Energy Conservation Program: Energy Conservation Standards for Commercial Packaged Boilers, 1592-1682 [2019-26356]

Agencies

• DEPARTMENT OF ENERGY

[Federal Register Volume 85, Number 7 (Friday, January 10, 2020)]
[Rules and Regulations]
[Pages 1592-1682]
From the Federal Register Online via the Government Publishing Office [www.gpo.gov]
[FR Doc No: 2019-26356]


-----------------------------------------------------------------------

DEPARTMENT OF ENERGY

10 CFR Part 431

[Docket Number EERE-2013-BT-STD-0030]
RIN 1904-AD01


Energy Conservation Program: Energy Conservation Standards for 
Commercial Packaged Boilers

AGENCY: Office of Energy Efficiency and Renewable Energy, Department of 
Energy.

ACTION: Final rule.

-----------------------------------------------------------------------

SUMMARY: The Energy Policy and Conservation Act of 1975 (EPCA), as 
amended, prescribes energy

[[Page 1593]]

conservation standards for various consumer equipment and certain 
commercial and industrial equipment, including commercial packaged 
boilers (CPBs). EPCA also requires the U.S. Department of Energy (DOE) 
to periodically review standards. In this final rule, DOE is adopting 
more-stringent energy conservation standards for certain commercial 
packaged boilers.

DATES: The effective date of this rule is March 10, 2020. Compliance 
with the amended standards established for commercial packaged boilers 
in this final rule is required on and after January 10, 2023.

ADDRESSES: The docket, which includes Federal Register notices, public, 
public meeting attendee lists and transcripts, comments, and other 
supporting documents/materials, is available for review at 
www.regulations.gov. All documents in the docket are listed in the 
www.regulations.gov index. However, not all documents listed in the 
index may be publicly available, such as information that is exempt 
from public disclosure.
    The docket web page can be found at www.regulations.gov/docket?D=EERE-2013-BT-STD-0030. The docket web page contains simple 
instructions on how to access all documents, including public comments, 
in the docket.
    For further information on how to review the docket, contact the 
Appliance and Equipment Standards Program staff at (202) 586-6636 or by 
email: [email protected].

FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: 
    Mr. James Raba, U.S. Department of Energy, Office of Energy 
Efficiency and Renewable Energy, Building Technologies Program, EE-5B, 
1000 Independence Avenue SW, Washington, DC 20585-0121. Telephone: 
(202) 586-8654. Email: [email protected].
    Mr. Peter Cochran, U.S. Department of Energy, Office of the General 
Counsel, GC-33, 1000 Independence Avenue SW, Washington, DC 20585-0121. 
Telephone: (202) 586-9496. Email: [email protected].

SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION: 

Table of Contents

I. Synopsis of the Final Rule
    A. Benefits and Costs to Consumers
    B. Impact on Manufacturers
    C. National Benefits and Costs
    D. Conclusion
II. Introduction
    A. Authority
    B. Background
    1. Current Standards
    2. History of Standards Rulemaking for Commercial Packaged 
Boilers
III. General Discussion
    A. Compliance Dates
    B. Test Procedure
    1. Summary of Recent Updates
    2. Timing of the Test Procedure and Energy Conservation 
Standards Rulemakings
    3. Impact on Efficiency Ratings
    C. Technological Feasibility
    1. General
    2. Maximum Technologically Feasible Levels
    D. Energy Savings
    1. Determination of Savings
    2. Significance of Savings
    E. Economic Justification
    1. Specific Criteria
    a. Economic Impact on Manufacturers and Consumers
    b. Savings in Operating Costs Compared To Increase in Price
    c. Energy Savings
    d. Lessening of Utility or Performance of Equipment
    e. Impact of Any Lessening of Competition
    f. Need for National Energy Conservation
    g. Other Factors
    2. Rebuttable Presumption
    F. General Comments
    1. Proposed Standard Levels
    a. Comments on Proposed TSL 2
    b. Comments on TSL 3
    c. Other Comments
    2. Statutory Requirements
IV. Methodology and Discussion of Related Comments
    A. Market and Technology Assessment
    1. General
    2. Scope of Coverage
    3. Equipment Classes
    4. Market Assessment
    5. Technology Options
    B. Screening Analysis
    C. Engineering Analysis
    1. Methodology
    a. Analysis of Large CPB Equipment Classes
    2. Data Collection and Categorization
    3. Baseline Efficiency
    4. Intermediate and Max-Tech Efficiency Levels
    5. Incremental Price and Price-Efficiency Curves
    D. Markups Analysis
    E. Energy Use Analysis
    1. Energy Use Characterization
    2. Building Sample Selection and Sizing Methodology
    3. Miscellaneous Energy Use
    F. Life-Cycle Cost and Payback Period Analysis
    1. Equipment Costs
    2. Installation Costs
    a. Base Boiler Installation
    b. Venting
    c. Other
    3. Annual Per-Unit Energy Consumption
    4. Energy Prices and Energy Price Trends
    5. Maintenance Costs
    6. Repair Costs
    7. Lifetime
    8. Discount Rates
    9. Market Efficiency Distribution in the No-New-Standards Case
    10. Payback Period Inputs
    11. General Comments
    G. Shipments Analysis
    H. National Impact Analysis
    1. Equipment Efficiency in the No-New-Standards Case and 
Standards Cases
    2. National Energy Savings
    3. Net Present Value of Consumer Benefit
    a. Total Annual Cost
    b. Total Annual Operating Cost Savings
    c. Discount Rate
    I. Consumer Subgroup Analysis
    J. Manufacturer Impact Analysis
    1. Overview
    2. Government Regulatory Impact Model
    a. Government Regulatory Impact Model Key Inputs
    b. Government Regulatory Impact Model Scenarios
    3. Discussion of Comments
    a. Elimination of Natural Draft Equipment
    b. Impacts on Direct Employment
    c. Conversion Costs
    d. Cumulative Regulatory Burden
    K. Emissions Analysis
    L. Monetizing Carbon Dioxide and Other Emissions Impacts
    1. Social Cost of Carbon
    a. Monetizing Carbon Dioxide Emissions
    b. Development of Social Cost of Carbon Values
    c. Current Approaches and Key Assumptions
    2. Social Cost of Other Air Pollutants
    M. Utility Impact Analysis
    N. Employment Impact Analysis
V. Analytical Results and Conclusions
    A. Trial Standard Levels
    B. Economic Justification and Energy Savings
    1. Economic Impacts on Individual Consumers
    a. Life-Cycle Cost and Payback Period
    b. Consumer Subgroup Analysis
    c. Rebuttable Presumption Payback
    2. Economic Impacts on Manufacturers
    a. Industry Cash-Flow Analysis Results
    b. Impacts on Direct Employment
    c. Impacts on Manufacturing Capacity
    d. Impacts on Subgroups of Manufacturers
    e. Cumulative Regulatory Burden
    3. National Impact Analysis
    a. Significance of Energy Savings
    b. Net Present Value of Consumer Costs and Benefits
    c. Indirect Impacts on Employment
    4. Impact on Utility or Performance
    5. Impact of Any Lessening of Competition
    6. Need of the Nation To Conserve Energy
    7. Other Factors
    8. Summary of National Economic Impacts
    C. Conclusion
    1. Benefits and Burdens of Trial Standard Levels Considered for 
Commercial Packaged Boiler Standards
    2. Summary of Benefits and Costs (Annualized) of the Adopted 
Standards
VI. Procedural Issues and Regulatory Review
    A. Review Under Executive Orders 12866 and 13563
    B. Review Under the Regulatory Flexibility Act
    1. Need for, Objectives of, and Legal Basis for, the Rule
    2. Significant Issues Raised In Response to the IRFA
    3. Description and Estimate of the Number of Small Entities 
Affected

[[Page 1594]]

    a. Methodology for Estimating the Number of Small Entities
    4. Description and Estimate of Compliance Requirements, 
Including Differences in Cost, If Any, for Different Groups of Small 
Entities
    5. Significant Alternatives to the Rule
    C. Review Under the Paperwork Reduction Act
    D. Review Under the National Environmental Policy Act of 1969
    E. Review Under Executive Order 13132
    F. Review Under Executive Order 12988
    G. Review Under the Unfunded Mandates Reform Act of 1995
    H. Review Under the Treasury and General Government 
Appropriations Act, 1999
    I. Review Under Executive Order 12630
    J. Review Under the Treasury and General Government 
Appropriations Act, 2001
    K. Review Under Executive Order 13211
    L. Review Under the Information Quality Bulletin for Peer Review
    M. Congressional Notification
VII. Approval of the Office of the Secretary

I. Synopsis of the Final Rule

    Title III of the Energy Policy and Conservation Act of 1975 (42 
U.S.C. 6291, et seq; ``EPCA''), Public Law 94-163, sets forth a variety 
of provisions designed to improve energy efficiency. Part C of Title 
III, which for editorial reasons was re-designated as Part A-1 upon 
incorporation into the U.S. Code (42 U.S.C. 6311-6317, as codified), 
establishes the ``Energy Conservation Program for Certain Industrial 
Equipment,'' which includes commercial packaged boilers (CPBs), the 
subject of this rulemaking.\1\ (42 U.S.C. 6311(1)(J))
    EPCA requires DOE to conduct an evaluation of its standards for CPB 
equipment every 6 years and to publish either a notice of determination 
that such standards do not need to be amended or a notice of proposed 
rulemaking (NOPR) including new proposed standards. (42 U.S.C. 
6313(a)(6)(C)(i)) This final rule satisfies DOE's statutory obligation 
under 42 U.S.C. 6313(a)(6)(C).
    In accordance with these and other statutory requirements discussed 
in this document, DOE is adopting amended energy conservation standards 
for commercial packaged boilers. DOE has examined the existing CPB 
standards and concludes that modifying and expanding the existing 10 
CPB equipment classes to 12 equipment classes is warranted. As 
discussed in detail in section IV.A.3 of this document, DOE opted to: 
(1) Discontinue the use of draft type as a criterion for equipment 
classes; and (2) establish separate equipment classes for ``very 
large'' commercial packaged boilers. Eliminating the use of draft type 
as a distinguishing feature for equipment classes consolidated the 4 
existing draft-specific equipment classes into 2 non-draft-specific 
equipment classes, while adding very large commercial packaged boilers 
as separate equipment classes resulted in an additional 4 equipment 
classes. As a result, the total number of equipment classes has 
increased from 10 to 12. DOE is adopting more stringent standards for 8 
of the 12 equipment classes in this final rule, which includes all 
classes except for the newly adopted very large CPB classes. The 
amended standards, which prescribe minimum thermal efficiencies 
(ET) or combustion efficiencies (EC), as 
applicable, are shown in Table I.1. These amended standards apply to 
all equipment listed in Table I.1 and manufactured in, or imported 
into, the United States on and after the compliance dates in Table I.1.

                    Table I.1--Energy Conservation Standards for Commercial Packaged Boilers
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                              Energy conservation
             Equipment               Size category (input)        standard *          Compliance date [dagger]
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Small Gas-Fired Hot Water            >=300,000 Btu/h and    84.0% ET..............  January 10, 2023.
 Commercial Packaged Boilers.         <=2,500,000 Btu/h.
Large Gas-Fired Hot Water            >2,500,000 Btu/h and   85.0% EC..............  January 10, 2023.
 Commercial Packaged Boilers.         <=10,000,000 Btu/h.
Very Large Gas-Fired Hot Water       >10,000,000 Btu/h....  82.0% EC..............  March 2, 2012.
 Commercial Packaged Boilers.
Small Oil-Fired Hot Water            >=300,000 Btu/h and    87.0% ET..............  January 10, 2023.
 Commercial Packaged Boilers.         <=2,500,000 Btu/h.
Large Oil-Fired Hot Water            >2,500,000 Btu/h and   88.0% EC..............  January 10, 2023.
 Commercial Packaged Boilers.         <=10,000,000 Btu/h.
Very Large Oil-Fired Hot Water       >10,000,000 Btu/h....  84.0% EC..............  March 2, 2012.
 Commercial Packaged Boilers.
Small Gas-Fired Steam Commercial     >=300,000 Btu/h and    81.0% ET..............  January 10, 2023.
 Packaged Boilers.                    <=2,500,000 Btu/h.
Large Gas-Fired Steam Commercial     >2,500,000 Btu/h and   82.0% ET..............  January 10, 2023.
 Packaged Boilers.                    <=10,000,000 Btu/h.
Very Large Gas-Fired Steam           >10,000,000 Btu/h....  79.0% ET..............  March 2, 2012.
 Commercial Packaged Boilers **.
Small Oil-Fired Steam Commercial     >=300,000 Btu/h and    84.0% ET..............  January 10, 2023.
 Packaged Boilers.                    <=2,500,000 Btu/h.
Large Oil-Fired Steam Commercial     >2,500,000 Btu/h and   85.0% ET..............  January 10, 2023.
 Packaged Boilers.                    <=10,000,000 Btu/h.
Very Large Oil-Fired Steam           >10,000,000 Btu/h....  81.0% ET..............  March 2, 2012.
 Commercial Packaged Boilers.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
* ET means ``thermal efficiency.'' EC means ``combustion efficiency.''
** Prior to March 2, 2022, for natural draft very large gas-fired steam commercial packaged boilers, a minimum
  thermal efficiency level of 77% is permitted and meets Federal commercial packaged boiler energy conservation
  standards.
[dagger] For very large CPB equipment classes DOE is not amending the existing standards, which had a compliance
  date of March 2, 2012, as shown.

A. Benefits and Costs to Consumers

    Table I.2 summarizes DOE's evaluation of the economic impacts of 
the adopted energy conservation standards on consumers of commercial 
packaged boilers, as measured by the average life-cycle cost (LCC) 
savings and the simple payback period (PBP).\2\ The average LCC savings 
are positive for all equipment classes, and the PBP is less than the 
average lifetime of the equipment, which is estimated to be 24.8 years 
for all equipment classes evaluated in this final rule.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \1\ All references to EPCA in this document refer to the statute 
as amended through the Energy Efficiency Improvement Act of 2015, 
Public Law 114-11 (April 30, 2015).
    \2\ The average LCC savings refer to consumers that are affected 
by a standard and are measured relative to the no-new-standards case 
efficiency distribution, which depicts the CPB market in the 
compliance year in the absence of amended standard levels (see 
section IV.F.9 of this document and chapter 8 of the final rule 
technical support document (TSD)). The simple PBP, which is designed 
to compare specific efficiency levels for commercial packaged 
boilers, is measured relative to the baseline CPB equipment (see 
section IV.F.10 of this document and chapter 8 of the TSD).

[[Page 1595]]



     Table I.2--Impacts of Adopted Energy Conservation Standards on Consumers of Commercial Packaged Boilers
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                  Average LCC savings     Simple payback period
                        Equipment class                                 (2015$)                  (years)
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Small Gas-Fired Hot Water.....................................                     $212                     10.1
Large Gas-Fired Hot Water.....................................                    2,037                      7.0
Small Oil-Fired Hot Water.....................................                   14,421                      4.1
Large Oil-Fired Hot Water.....................................                   31,379                      4.8
Small Gas-Fired Steam.........................................                    1,002                     10.1
Large Gas-fired Steam.........................................                   11,188                      4.2
Small Oil-fired Steam.........................................                    5,839                      4.0
Large Oil-Fired Steam.........................................                   36,832                      2.7
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    DOE's analysis of the impacts of the amended standards on consumers 
is described in section IV.F of this document and in chapter 8 of the 
final rule technical support document (TSD).

B. Impact on Manufacturers

    The industry net present value (INPV) is the sum of the discounted 
cash flows to the industry from the reference year through the end of 
the analysis period (2016 to 2049). Using a real discount rate of 9.5 
percent,\3\ DOE estimates that the INPV for manufacturers of commercial 
packaged boilers in the case without amended standards is $277.6 
million in 2015$. Under amended standards, DOE expects the change in 
INPV to range from approximately -6.7 to -3.7 percent, which 
corresponds to approximately -$18.5 to -$10.3 million (in 2015$). In 
order to bring equipment into compliance with amended standards, DOE 
expects the industry to incur $21.2 million in conversion costs.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \3\ DOE estimated draft financial metrics, including the 
industry discount rate, based on data from Securities and Exchange 
Commission (SEC) filings. DOE presented the draft financial metrics 
to manufacturers in MIA interviews and adjusted those values based 
on feedback from industry. The complete set of financial metrics and 
more detail about the methodology can be found in section 12.4.3 of 
chapter 12 of the TSD.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    DOE's analysis of the impacts of the adopted standards on 
manufacturers is described in section IV.J and section V.B.2 of this 
document.

C. National Benefits and Costs 4
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \4\ All monetary values in this section are expressed in 2015 
dollars and, where appropriate, are discounted to 2016.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    DOE's analyses indicate that the adopted standards would save a 
significant amount of energy. The lifetime energy savings for 
commercial packaged boilers purchased in the 30-year period that begins 
in the anticipated first full year of compliance with amended standards 
(2020-2049), relative to the case without amended standards (referred 
to as the ``no-new-standards case''), amount to 0.27 quadrillion Btu 
(quad).\5\ This represents a savings of 0.6 percent relative to the 
energy use of this equipment in the no-new-standards case.\6\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \5\ A quad is equal to 10\15\ British thermal units (Btu). The 
quantity refers to full-fuel-cycle (FFC) energy savings. FFC energy 
savings include the energy consumed in extracting, processing, and 
transporting primary fuels (i.e., coal, natural gas, petroleum 
fuels), and thus present a more complete picture of the impacts of 
energy efficiency standards. For more information on the FFC metric, 
see section IV.H.2 of this document.
    \6\ The no-new-standards case assumptions are described in 
section IV.F.9 of this document.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    The cumulative net present value (NPV) of total consumer benefits 
of the amended standards for commercial packaged boilers ranges from 
$0.558 billion (at a 7-percent discount rate) to $1.977 billion (at a 
3-percent discount rate). This NPV expresses the estimated total value 
of future operating-cost savings minus the estimated increased 
equipment and installation costs for commercial packaged boilers 
purchased in 2020-2049.
    In addition, the adopted CPB standards are projected to yield 
significant environmental benefits. The energy savings described in 
this section are estimated to result in cumulative emission reductions 
(over the same period as for energy savings) of 16 million metric tons 
(Mt) \7\ of carbon dioxide (CO2), 139 thousand tons of 
methane (CH4), 3.1 thousand tons of sulfur dioxide 
(SO2), 41 thousand tons of nitrogen oxides (NOX), 
0.1 thousand tons of nitrous oxide (N2O), and 0.0003 tons of 
mercury (Hg).\8\ The estimated cumulative reduction in CO2 
emissions through 2030 amounts to 1.58 Mt, which is equivalent to the 
emissions resulting from the annual electricity use of 0.233 million 
homes.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \7\ A metric ton is equivalent to 1.1 short tons. Results for 
emissions other than CO2 are presented in short tons 
(ton).
    \8\ DOE calculated emissions reductions relative to the no-new-
standards-case, which reflects key assumptions in the Annual Energy 
Outlook 2016 (AEO2016). AEO2016 represents current federal and state 
legislation and final implementation of regulations as of the end of 
February 2016.

---------------------------------------------------------------------------

[[Page 1596]]

    The value of the CO2 reductions is calculated using a 
range of values per metric ton (t) of CO2 (otherwise known 
as the ``social cost of CO2,'' or SCC) developed by a 
Federal interagency working group.\9\ The derivation of the SCC values 
is discussed in section IV.L.1 of this document. Using discount rates 
appropriate for each set of SCC values (see Table I.3), DOE estimates 
the present value of the CO2 emissions reduction is between 
$0.1 billion and $1.5 billion, with a value of $0.48 billion using the 
central SCC case represented by $40.6 per metric ton in 2015.\10\ DOE 
also estimates the present monetary value of the NOX 
emissions reduction is $0.35 billion at a 7-percent discount rate and 
$0.99 billion at a 3-percent discount rate.\11\ DOE is investigating 
appropriate valuation of the reduction in other emissions and did not 
include any such values in this rulemaking. More detailed results can 
be found in chapter 14 of the final rule TSD.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \9\ United States Government--Interagency Working Group on 
Social Cost of Carbon. Technical Support Document: Technical Update 
of the Social Cost of Carbon for Regulatory Impact Analysis Under 
Executive Order 12866. (Revised July 2015). https://www.whitehouse.gov/sites/default/files/omb/inforeg/scc-tsd-final-july-2015.pdf.
    \10\ The values only include CO2 emissions; 
CO2 equivalent emissions from other greenhouse gases are 
not included.
    \11\ DOE estimated the monetized value of NOX 
emissions reductions associated with electricity savings using 
benefit per ton estimates from the Regulatory Impact Analysis for 
the Clean Power Plan Final Rule, published in August 2015 by EPA's 
Office of Air Quality Planning and Standards. Available at 
www.epa.gov/cleanpowerplan/clean-power-plan-final-rule-regulatory-impact-analysis. See section IV.L.2 for further discussion. The U.S. 
Supreme Court has stayed the rule implementing the Clean Power Plan 
until the current litigation against it concludes. Chamber of 
Commerce, et al. v. EPA, et al., Order in Pending Case, 577 U.S. __ 
(2016). However, the benefit-per-ton estimates established in the 
Regulatory Impact Analysis for the Clean Power Plan are based on 
scientific studies that remain valid irrespective of the legal 
status of the Clean Power Plan. To be conservative, DOE is primarily 
using a national benefit-per-ton estimate for NOX emitted 
from the Electricity Generating Unit sector based on an estimate of 
premature mortality derived from the ACS study (Krewski et al. 
2009). If the benefit-per-ton estimates were based on the Six Cities 
study (Lepuele et al. 2011), the values would be nearly two-and-a-
half times larger.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Table I.3 summarizes the national economic benefits and costs 
expected to result from the adopted standards for commercial packaged 
boilers.

 Table I.3--Selected Categories of National Economic Benefits and Costs
    of Energy Conservation Standards for Commercial Packaged Boilers
                                [TSL 2 *]
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                           Present value
                Category                     (million      Discount rate
                                              2015$)            (%)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                Benefits
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Operating Cost Savings..................             907               7
                                                   2,585               3
CO2 Reduction Monetized Value (using                 100               5
 mean SCC at 5% discount rate) **.......
CO2 Reduction Monetized Value (using                 482               3
 mean SCC at 3% discount rate) **.......
CO2 Reduction Monetized Value (using                 777             2.5
 mean SCC at 2.5% discount rate) **.....
CO2 Reduction Monetized Value (using               1,468               3
 95th percentile SCC at 3% discount
 rate) **...............................
NOX Reduction [dagger]..................              35               7
                                                      99               3
Total Benefits [Dagger].................           1,425               7
                                                   3,166               3
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                  Costs
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Incremental Installed Costs.............             350               7
                                                     609               3
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                           Total Net Benefits
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Including CO2 and NOX Reduction                    1,075               7
 Monetized Value [Dagger]...............
                                                   2,558               3
------------------------------------------------------------------------
* This table presents the costs and benefits associated with commercial
  packaged boilers shipped in 2020-2049. These results include benefits
  to consumers that accrue after 2049 from the equipment purchased in
  2020-2049. The incremental installed costs include incremental
  equipment cost as well as installation costs. The CO2 reduction
  benefits are global benefits due to actions that occur nationally.
** The interagency group selected four sets of SCC values for use in
  regulatory analyses. Three sets of values are based on the average SCC
  from the integrated assessment models, at discount rates of 5 percent,
  3 percent, and 2.5 percent. For example, for 2015 emissions, these
  values are $12.4/t, $40.6/t, and $63.2/t, in 2015$, respectively. The
  fourth set ($118/t in 2015$ for 2015 emissions), which represents the
  95th percentile of the SCC distribution calculated using a 3-percent
  discount rate, is included to represent higher-than-expected impacts
  from temperature change further out in the tails of the SCC
  distribution. The SCC values are emission year specific. See section
  IV.L.1 for more details.
[dagger] DOE estimated the monetized value of NOX emissions reductions
  associated with electricity savings using benefit per ton estimates
  from the Regulatory Impact Analysis for the Clean Power Plan Final
  Rule, published in August 2015 by EPA's Office of Air Quality Planning
  and Standards. (Available at www.epa.gov/cleanpowerplan/clean-power-plan-final-rule-regulatory-impact-analysis.) See section IV.L.2 for
  further discussion. To be conservative, DOE is primarily using a
  national benefit-per-ton estimate for NOX emitted from the Electricity
  Generating Unit sector based on an estimate of premature mortality
  derived from the ACS study (Krewski et al. 2009). If the benefit-per-
  ton estimates were based on the Six Cities study (Lepuele et al.
  2011), the values would be nearly two-and-a-half times larger.
[Dagger] Total Benefits for both the 3-percent and 7-percent cases are
  presented using only the average SCC with 3-percent discount rate.

    The benefits and costs of the adopted energy conservation 
standards, for covered commercial packaged boilers sold in 2020-2049, 
can also be expressed in terms of annualized values. The monetary 
values for the total annualized net benefits are the sum of (1) the 
annualized national economic value of the benefits from consumer 
operation of the equipment that meets the amended standards (consisting 
primarily of reduced operating costs minus increases in equipment 
purchase price and installation costs) and (2) the

[[Page 1597]]

annualized value of the benefits of CO2 and NOX 
emission reductions.\12\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \12\ To convert the time-series of costs and benefits into 
annualized values, DOE calculated a present value in 2016, the year 
used for discounting the NPV of total consumer costs and savings. 
For the benefits, DOE calculated a present value associated with 
each year's shipments in the year in which the shipments occur 
(e.g., 2020 or 2030), and then discounted the present value from 
each year to 2016. The calculation uses discount rates of 3 and 7 
percent for all costs and benefits except for the value of 
CO2 reductions, for which DOE used case-specific discount 
rates, as shown in Table I.4. Using the present value, DOE then 
calculated the fixed annual payment over a 30-year period starting 
in the compliance year that yields the same present value.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    The national operating cost savings are domestic private U.S. 
consumer monetary savings that occur as a result of purchasing the 
covered equipment. The national operating cost savings is measured for 
the lifetime of commercial packaged boilers shipped in 2020-2049. The 
CO2 reduction is a benefit that accrues globally due to 
decreased domestic energy consumption that is expected to result from 
this rule. Because CO2 emissions have a very long residence 
time in the atmosphere,\13\ the SCC values in future years reflect 
future CO2-emissions impacts that continue beyond 2100 
through 2300.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \13\ The atmospheric lifetime of CO2 is estimated to 
be on the order of 30-95 years. Jacobson, MZ, ``Correction to 
`Control of fossil-fuel particulate black carbon and organic matter, 
possibly the most effective method of slowing global warming,' '' J. 
Geophys. Res. 110. pp. D14105 (2005).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Estimates of annualized benefits and costs of the amended standards 
are shown in Table I.4. The results under the primary estimate are as 
follows. Using a 7-percent discount rate for benefits and costs other 
than CO2 reductions (for which DOE used a 3-percent discount 
rate along with the average SCC series corresponding to a value of 
$40.6/t in 2015 (2015$)),\14\ the estimated cost of the adopted 
standards for CPB equipment is $35 million per year in increased 
equipment costs, while the estimated benefits are $90 million per year 
in reduced equipment operating costs, $27 million per year in 
CO2 reductions, and $3.5 million per year in reduced 
NOX emissions. In this case, the net benefit amounts to $85 
million per year.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \14\ DOE used a 3-percent discount rate because the SCC values 
for the series used in the calculation were derived using a 3-
percent discount rate (see section IV.L).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Using a 3-percent discount rate for all benefits and costs and the 
average SCC series corresponding to a value of $40.6/t in 2015 (in 
2015$), the estimated cost of the adopted standards for commercial 
packaged boilers is $34 million per year in increased equipment costs, 
while the estimated annual benefits are $144 million in reduced 
operating costs, $27 million in CO2 reductions, and $5.5 
million in reduced NOX emissions. In this case, the net 
benefit would amount to $143 million per year.

        Table I.4--Selected Categories of Annualized Benefits and Costs of Adopted Energy Conservation Standards for Commercial Packaged Boilers
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                                          Low net benefits          High net benefits
                                                 Discount rate                 Primary estimate *            estimate *                estimate *
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                        (million 2015$/year)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                        Benefits
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Consumer Operating Cost Savings *..  7%...................................  90......................  80......................  98.
                                     3%...................................  144.....................  128.....................  160.
CO2 Reduction Monetized Value        5%...................................  8.......................  7.......................  8.
 (using mean SCC at 5% discount
 rate) * **.
CO2 Reduction Monetized Value        3%...................................  27......................  24......................  29.
 (using mean SCC at 3% discount
 rate) * **.
CO2 Reduction Monetized Value        2.5%.................................  40......................  36......................  43.
 (using mean SCC at 2.5% discount
 rate) * **.
CO2 Reduction Monetized Value        3%...................................  82......................  74......................  89.
 (using 95th percentile SCC at 3%
 discount rate) * **.
NOX Reduction [dagger].............  7%...................................  3.......................  3.......................  9.
                                     3%...................................  5.......................  5.......................  12.
Total Benefits [Dagger]............  7% plus CO2 range....................  101 to 175..............  90 to 158...............  115 to 196.
                                     7%...................................  120.....................  108.....................  136.
                                     3% plus CO2 range....................  157 to 231..............  140 to 208..............  180 to 261.
                                     3%...................................  177.....................  158.....................  201.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                          Costs
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Consumer Incremental Equipment       7%...................................  35......................  31......................  37.
 Costs.
                                     3%...................................  34......................  31......................  37.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                      Net Benefits
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total [Dagger].....................  7% plus CO2 range....................  66 to 140...............  59 to 127...............  78 to 158.
                                     7%...................................  85......................  77......................  99.
                                     3% plus CO2 range....................  123 to 198..............  109 to 177..............  144 to 224.

[[Page 1598]]

 
                                     3%...................................  143.....................  127.....................  165.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
* This table presents the annualized costs and benefits associated with commercial packaged boilers shipped in 2020-2049. These results include benefits
  to consumers that accrue after 2049 from the equipment purchased in 2020-2049. The incremental installed costs include incremental equipment cost as
  well as installation costs. The CO2 reduction benefits are global benefits due to actions that occur nationally. The Primary, Low Benefits, and High
  Benefits Estimates utilize projections of building stock and energy prices from the AEO2016 No-CPP case, a Low Economic Growth case, and a High
  Economic Growth case, respectively. In addition, DOE used a constant equipment price assumption as the default price projection; the cost to
  manufacture a given unit of higher efficiency neither increases nor decreases over time. Compared to a case where a reduction in equipment price over
  time is applied (e.g., due to an observed price learning), a constant price assumption results in a more conservative estimate of economic benefits.
  The equipment price projection is described in section IV.F.1 of this document and chapter 8 of the final rule technical support document (TSD). In
  addition, DOE used estimates for equipment efficiency distribution in its analysis based on national data supplied by industry. Purchases of higher
  efficiency equipment are a result of many different factors unique to each consumer including boiler heating loads, installation costs, site
  environmental consideration, and others. For each consumer, all other factors being the same, it would be anticipated that higher efficiency purchases
  in the baseline would correlate positively with higher energy prices. To the extent that this occurs, it would be expected to result in some lowering
  of the consumer operating cost savings from those calculated in this rule.
** The CO2 reduction benefits are calculated using 4 different sets of SCC values. The first three use the average SCC calculated using 5-percent, 3-
  percent, and 2.5-percent discount rates, respectively. The fourth represents the 95th percentile of the SCC distribution calculated using a 3-percent
  discount rate. The SCC values are emission year specific. See section IV.L.1 for more details.
[dagger] DOE estimated the monetized value of NOX emissions reductions associated with electricity savings using benefit per ton estimates from the
  Regulatory Impact Analysis for the Clean Power Plan Final Rule, published in August 2015 by EPA's Office of Air Quality Planning and Standards.
  (Available at www.epa.gov/cleanpowerplan/clean-power-plan-final-rule-regulatory-impact-analysis.) See section IV.L.2 for further discussion. For the
  Primary Estimate and Low Net Benefits Estimate, DOE used national benefit-per-ton estimates for NOX emitted from the Electric Generating Unit sector
  based on an estimate of premature mortality derived from the ACS study (Krewski et al. 2009). For the High Net Benefits Estimate, the benefit-per-ton
  estimates were based on the Six Cities study (Lepuele et al. 2011); these are nearly two-and-a-half times larger than those from the ACS study.
[Dagger] Total Benefits for both the 3-percent and 7-percent cases are presented using the average SCC with 3-percent discount rate. In the rows labeled
  ``7% plus CO2 range'' and ``3% plus CO2 range,'' the operating cost and NOX benefits are calculated using the labeled discount rate, and those values
  are added to the full range of CO2 values.

    DOE's analysis of the national impacts of the adopted standards is 
described in sections IV.H, IV.K, and IV.L of this document.

D. Conclusion

    Based on the analysis culminating in this final rule, DOE finds the 
benefits of the amended standards to the Nation (energy savings, 
positive NPV of consumer benefits, consumer LCC savings, and emission 
reductions) outweigh the burdens (loss of INPV for manufacturers and 
LCC increases for some consumers). DOE also concludes that the amended 
standards represent significant additional energy conservation and are 
technologically feasible and economically justified. DOE further notes 
that equipment achieving these standard levels is already commercially 
available for all equipment classes covered by this final rule.\15\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \15\ See chapter 3 of the final rule TSD for information about 
the efficiency ratings of equipment currently available on the 
market.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

II. Introduction

    The following section briefly discusses the statutory authority 
underlying this final rule, as well as some of the relevant historical 
background related to the establishment of standards for commercial 
packaged boilers.

A. Authority

    The American Society of Heating, Refrigerating, and Air-
Conditioning Engineers (ASHRAE) Standard 90.1 (ASHRAE Standard 90.1), 
``Energy Standard for Buildings Except Low-Rise Residential 
Buildings,'' sets industry energy efficiency levels for small, large, 
and very large commercial package air-conditioning and heating 
equipment, packaged terminal air conditioners, packaged terminal heat 
pumps, warm air furnaces, packaged boilers, storage water heaters, 
instantaneous water heaters, and unfired hot water storage tanks 
(collectively ``ASHRAE equipment''). For each type of listed equipment, 
EPCA directs that if ASHRAE amends Standard 90.1, DOE must adopt 
amended standards at the new ASHRAE efficiency level, unless DOE 
determines, supported by clear and convincing evidence, that adoption 
of a more stringent level would produce significant additional 
conservation of energy and would be technologically feasible and 
economically justified. (42 U.S.C. 6313(a)(6)(A)(ii)
    Under EPCA, DOE must also review energy efficiency standards for 
commercial packaged boilers every six years and either: (1) Issue a 
notice of determination that the standards do not need to be amended as 
adoption of a more stringent level is not supported by clear and 
convincing evidence; or (2) issue a notice of proposed rulemaking 
including new proposed standards based on certain criteria and 
procedures in subparagraph (B).\16\ (42 U.S.C. 6313(a)(6)(C))
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \16\ In relevant part, subparagraph (B) specifies that: (1) In 
making a determination of economic justification, DOE must consider, 
to the maximum extent practicable, the benefits and burdens of an 
amended standard based on the seven criteria described in EPCA; (2) 
DOE may not prescribe any standard that increases the energy use or 
decreases the energy efficiency of a covered product; and (3) DOE 
may not prescribe any standard that interested persons have 
established by a preponderance of evidence is likely to result in 
the unavailability in the United States of any product type (or 
class) of performance characteristics (including reliability, 
features, sizes, capacities, and volumes) that are substantially the 
same as those generally available in the United States. (42 U.S.C. 
6313(a)(6)(B)(ii)-(iii))
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    In deciding whether a more-stringent standard is economically 
justified, under either the provisions of 42 U.S.C. 6313(a)(6)(A) or 
(C), DOE must determine whether the benefits of the standard exceed its 
burdens. DOE must make this determination after receiving comments on 
the proposed standard, and by considering, to the maximum extent 
practicable, the following seven factors:
    (1) The economic impact of the standard on manufacturers and

[[Page 1599]]

consumers of products subject to the standard;
    (2) The savings in operating costs throughout the estimated average 
life of the covered products in the type (or class) compared to any 
increase in the price, initial charges, or maintenance expenses for the 
covered equipment that are likely to result from the standard;
    (3) The total projected amount of energy savings likely to result 
directly from the standard;
    (4) Any lessening of the utility or the performance of the covered 
product likely to result from the standard;
    (5) The impact of any lessening of competition, as determined in 
writing by the Attorney General, that is likely to result from the 
standard;
    (6) The need for national energy conservation; and
    (7) Other factors the Secretary of Energy considers relevant.

42 U.S.C. 6313(a)(6)(B)(ii)(I)-(VII))
    Because ASHRAE did not update its efficiency levels for commercial 
packaged boilers in any of its most recent updates to ASHRAE Standard 
90.1 (i.e., ASHRAE Standard 90.1-2010, ASHRAE Standard 90.1-2013, and 
ASHRAE Standard 90.1-2016), DOE is analyzing amended standards 
consistent with the procedures defined under 42 U.S.C. 6313(a)(6)(C).
    EPCA, as codified, also contains what is known as an ``anti-
backsliding'' provision, which prevents DOE from prescribing any 
amended standard that either increases the maximum allowable energy use 
or decreases the minimum required energy efficiency of a covered 
product. (42 U.S.C. 6313(a)(6)(B)(iii)(I)) Furthermore, DOE may not 
prescribe an amended or new standard if interested persons have 
established by a preponderance of the evidence that the standard is 
likely to result in the unavailability in the United States of any 
covered product type (or class) of performance characteristics 
(including reliability), features, sizes, capacities, and volumes that 
are substantially the same as those generally available in the United 
States at the time of the Secretary's finding. (42 U.S.C. 
6313(a)(6)(B)(iii)(II)(aa))
    Further, EPCA, as codified, establishes a rebuttable presumption 
that an energy conservation standard is economically justified if the 
Secretary finds that the additional cost to the consumer of purchasing 
a product that complies with the standard will be less than three times 
the value of the energy (and, as applicable, water) savings during the 
first year that the consumer will receive as a result of the standard, 
as calculated under the applicable test procedure. (42 U.S.C. 
6295(o)(2)(B)(iii)) However, while this rebuttable presumption analysis 
applies to most commercial and industrial equipment (42 U.S.C. 
6316(a)), it is not a required analysis for ASHRAE equipment, including 
commercial packaged boilers (42 U.S.C. 6316(b)(1)). Nonetheless, DOE 
considered the criteria for rebuttable presumption as part of its 
economic justification analysis.
    After carefully reviewing all CPB equipment classes, DOE has 
concluded that amended energy conservation standards for 8 of the 12 
CPB equipment classes adopted in this final rule (i.e., all commercial 
packaged boilers with rated inputs <=10,000 kBtu/h) will result in 
significant additional conservation of energy and are technologically 
feasible and economically justified, as mandated by 42 U.S.C. 
6313(a)(6).
    For the remaining 4 equipment classes, (i.e., all commercial 
packaged boilers with rated inputs >10,000 kBtu/h), DOE tentatively 
decided in the March 2016 NOPR not to amend energy conservation 
standards because of a lack of sufficient data to justify amended 
standards. 81 FR 15836, 15851-15853 (March 24, 2016). DOE did not 
receive any additional information or data that would support the 
rulemaking analysis for such commercial packaged boilers. Therefore, 
DOE maintains the existing standards because there is not sufficient 
data to support, by clear and convincing evidence, more stringent 
standards for commercial packaged boilers with rated inputs >10,000 
kBtu/h. (42 U.S.C. 6313(a)(6)(C)(i)(I) For more discussion on 
commercial packaged boilers with rated input greater than 10,000 kBtu/
h, see section IV.A.3 of this final rule.

B. Background

1. Current Standards
    Prior to this final rule, DOE last amended its energy conservation 
standards for commercial packaged boilers through a final rule 
published in the Federal Register on July 22, 2009 (July 2009 final 
rule). 74 FR 36312. More specifically, the July 2009 final rule updated 
the energy conservation standards for commercial packaged boilers to 
correspond to the levels in the 2007 revision of ASHRAE Standard 90.1 
(i.e., ASHRAE Standard 90.1-2007). The July 2009 final rule established 
thermal efficiency as the energy efficiency metric for all equipment 
classes other than commercial packaged boilers with fuel rated input 
greater than 2,500,000 Btu/h and that are designed to deliver hot 
water. For such equipment classes (i.e., gas-fired and oil-fired hot 
water commercial packaged boilers with rated input greater than 
2,500,000 Btu/h), DOE established combustion efficiency as the energy 
efficiency metric. Compliance with the standards adopted in the July 
2009 final rule was required beginning on March 2, 2012. These levels 
are shown in Table II.1. Also in the July 2009 final rule, DOE again 
followed ASHRAE's approach in Standard 90.1-2007 and adopted a second 
tier of energy conservation standards for two classes of commercial 
packaged boilers, which are shown in Table II.2. Compliance with the 
latter standards is required beginning on March 2, 2022.

 Table II.1--Federal Energy Efficiency Standards for Commercial Packaged Boilers Manufactured on or After March
                                                     2, 2012
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                               Size category       Efficiency level-- effective
          Equipment type                 Subcategory              (input)             date: March 2, 2012 *
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Hot Water Commercial Packaged       Gas-fired............  >=300,000 Btu/h and   80.0% ET.
 Boilers.                                                   <=2,500,000 Btu/h.
Hot Water Commercial Packaged       Gas-fired............  >2,500,000 Btu/h....  82.0% EC.
 Boilers.
Hot Water Commercial Packaged       Oil-fired............  >=300,000 Btu/h and   82.0% ET.
 Boilers.                                                   <=2,500,000 Btu/h.
Hot Water Commercial Packaged       Oil-fired............  >2,500,000 Btu/h....  84.0% EC.
 Boilers.
Steam Commercial Packaged Boilers.  Gas-fired--All,        >=300,000 Btu/h and   79.0% ET.
                                     Except Natural Draft.  <=2,500,000 Btu/h.
Steam Commercial Packaged Boilers.  Gas-fired--All,        >2,500,000 Btu/h....  79.0% ET.
                                     Except Natural Draft.
Steam Commercial Packaged Boilers.  Gas-fired--Natural     >=300,000 Btu/h and   77.0% ET.
                                     Draft.                 <=2,500,000 Btu/h.

[[Page 1600]]

 
Steam Commercial Packaged Boilers.  Gas-fired--Natural     >2,500,000 Btu/h....  77.0% ET.
                                     Draft.
Steam Commercial Packaged Boilers.  Oil-fired............  >=300,000 Btu/h and   81.0% ET.
                                                            <=2,500,000 Btu/h.
Steam Commercial Packaged Boilers.  Oil-fired............  >2,500,000 Btu/h....  81.0% ET.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
* ET means ``thermal efficiency.'' EC means ``combustion efficiency.''


 Table II.2--Federal Energy Efficiency Standards for Commercial Packaged Boilers Manufactured on or After March
                                                     2, 2022
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                               Size category       Efficiency level-- effective
          Equipment type                 Subcategory              (input)              date: March 2, 2022
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Steam Commercial Packaged Boilers.  Gas-fired--Natural     >=300,000 Btu/h and   79.0% ET.
                                     Draft.                 <=2,500,000 Btu/h.
Steam Commercial Packaged Boilers.  Gas-fired--Natural     >2,500,000 Btu/h....  79.0% ET.
                                     Draft.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

2. History of Standards Rulemaking for Commercial Packaged Boilers
    DOE is conducting this rulemaking pursuant to 42 U.S.C. 
6313(a)(6)(C), which requires that every 6 years, DOE must publish 
either: (1) A notice of the determination that standards for the 
equipment do not need to be amended, or (2) a NOPR including proposed 
energy conservation standards. As noted above, DOE's last final rule 
for commercial packaged boilers was published on July 22, 2009. DOE is 
issuing this final rule pursuant to its statutory obligation under 42 
U.S.C. 6313(a)(6)(C).
    In initiating this rulemaking, DOE prepared a Framework document, 
``Energy Conservation Standards Rulemaking Framework Document for 
Commercial Packaged Boilers,'' which describes the procedural and 
analytical approaches DOE anticipated using to evaluate energy 
conservation standards for commercial packaged boilers. DOE published a 
notice that announced both the availability of the Framework document 
and a public meeting to discuss the proposed analytical framework for 
the rulemaking. That notice also invited written comments from the 
public. 78 FR 54197 (Sept. 3, 2013). The Framework document is 
available at: https://www1.eere.energy.gov/buildings/appliance_standards/rulemaking.aspx/ruleid/79.
    DOE held a public meeting on October 1, 2013, at which it described 
the various analyses DOE would conduct as part of the rulemaking, such 
as the engineering analysis, the life-cycle cost (LCC) and payback 
period (PBP) analyses, and the national impact analysis (NIA). 
Representatives of manufacturers, trade associations, environmental and 
energy efficiency advocates, and other interested parties attended the 
meeting. The participants discussed the following major topics, among 
others: (1) The rulemaking scope (2) test procedures for commercial 
packaged boilers; and (3) various issues related to the planned 
analyses of amended energy conservation standards. Interested parties 
also provided comments on the Framework document, which DOE considered 
and responded to in chapter 2 of the preliminary analysis TSD.
    On November 20, 2014, DOE published a second notice, ``Energy 
Conservation Standards for Commercial Packaged Boilers: Public Meeting 
and Availability of the Preliminary Technical Support Document'' in the 
Federal Register to announce the availability of the preliminary 
analysis technical support document (TSD). 79 FR 69066. The preliminary 
analysis TSD provided preliminary results of the analyses that DOE 
conducted in support of the energy conservation standards rulemaking. 
DOE invited interested parties to comment on the preliminary analysis, 
and requested public comments on specific issues related to the TSD. 
These issues are listed in the Executive Summary chapter of the 
preliminary analysis TSD. The preliminary analysis TSD is available at: 
https://www1.eere.energy.gov/buildings/appliance_standards/rulemaking.aspx/ruleid/79.
    On December 9, 2014, DOE held a public meeting, at which it 
described the methodology and preliminary results of the various 
analyses it conducted as part of the rulemaking, such as the 
engineering analysis, the LCC and PBP analyses, and the NIA. 
Representatives of manufacturers, trade associations, environmental and 
energy efficiency advocates, and other interested parties attended the 
meeting. The public meeting provided an opportunity for the attendees 
to provide feedback and comments that would help improve DOE's analysis 
and results for the NOPR stage. In addition, DOE also received several 
written comments from interested parties and stakeholders, in response 
to the preliminary analysis TSD.
    On March 24, 2016, DOE subsequently published a notice of proposed 
rulemaking (NOPR) and notice of public meeting in the Federal Register 
(March 2016 NOPR) that addressed all of the comments received in 
response to the preliminary analysis TSD and proposed amended energy 
conservation standards for commercial packaged boilers. 81 FR 15836. In 
addition to amended energy conservation standards, DOE also proposed to 
reorganize the equipment class structure for commercial packaged 
boilers. The March 2016 NOPR also updated the rulemaking analysis based 
on comments received in response to the preliminary analysis and the 
most recent data sources available, and sought comments from interested 
parties on specific issues listed in the March 2016 NOPR. The March 
2016 NOPR and the NOPR TSD are available at: https://www1.eere.energy.gov/buildings/appliance_standards/rulemaking.aspx/ruleid/79.
    On April 21, 2016, DOE held a public meeting where it presented and 
discussed the analyses conducted as part of this rulemaking (e.g., 
engineering analysis, LCC and PBP analysis, national impact analysis). 
In the public meeting, DOE presented the results of these analyses and 
requested comments

[[Page 1601]]

from stakeholders on various issues related to the rulemaking. In 
response to the March 2016 NOPR, DOE received both verbal comments 
(during the public meeting) and written comments from interested 
parties that were considered while updating its analysis for this final 
rule. The interested parties that commented on the March 2016 NOPR are 
shown in Table II.3 of this final rule.

                        Table II.3--Parties That Provided Comments on the March 2016 NOPR
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
          Name of party                    Abbreviation                   Source of comments            Type *
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Air-Conditioning, Heating and     AHRI..........................  Public Meeting, Written..........  TA
 Refrigeration Institute.
American Boiler Manufacturers     ABMA..........................  Public Meeting, Written..........  TA
 Association.
American Council for Energy       Joint Advocates...............  Written..........................  EA
 Efficient Economy, Appliance
 Standards Awareness Project,
 Natural Resource Defense
 Council, Northwest Energy
 Efficiency Alliance.
American Gas Association,         Gas Associations..............  Public Meeting, Written..........  UA
 American Public Gas Association.
Appliance Standards Awareness     ASAP..........................  Public Meeting...................  EA
 Project.
Bradford White Corporation......  Bradford White................  Written..........................  M
Burnham Holdings................  BHI...........................  Written..........................  M
Cato Institute..................  Cato..........................  Written..........................  O
The U.S. Chamber of Commerce,     The Associations..............  Written..........................  TA
 the American Chemistry Council,
 the American Coke and Coal
 Chemicals Institute, the
 American Forest & Paper
 Association, the American Fuel
 & Petrochemical Manufacturers,
 the American Petroleum
 Institute, the Brick Industry
 Association, the Council of
 Industrial Boiler Owners, the
 National Association of
 Manufacturers, the National
 Mining Association, the
 National Oilseed Processors
 Association, and the Portland
 Cement Association.
Crown Boiler....................  Crown.........................  Public Meeting, Written..........  M
Industrial Energy Consumers of    IECA..........................  Written..........................  TA
 America.
Lochinvar, LLC..................  Lochinvar.....................  Public Meeting, Written..........  M
Sidel Systems...................  Sidel.........................  Written..........................  M
Pacific Gas & Electric, San       Joint Utilities...............  Written, Public Meeting..........  U
 Diego Gas & Electric.
Phoenix Energy Management.......  PEM...........................  Public Meeting...................  C
Raypak, Inc.....................  Raypak........................  Public Meeting, Written..........  M
Southern California Gas.........  SoCalGas......................  Public Meeting, Written..........  U
Spire (formerly The LaClede       Spire/LaClede.................  Public Meeting...................  U
 Group, Inc.).                    Spire.........................  Written..........................
Tom Nussbaum....................  Tom Nussbaum..................  Written..........................  I
Weil-McLain.....................  Weil-McLain...................  Written..........................  M
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
* TA: Trade Association; EA: Efficiency/Environmental Advocate; M: Manufacturer; C: Contractor; U: Utility; UA:
  Utility Association; I: Individual; O: Other.

    In parallel to the energy conservation standards rulemaking, DOE 
published a notice of proposed determination on August 13, 2013 (August 
2013 NOPD), which initiated a coverage determination to explicitly 
clarify DOE's statutory authority under EPCA to cover natural draft 
commercial packaged boilers. DOE initiated this coverage determination 
because the existing definition of ``packaged boiler'' could have 
allowed for differing interpretations as to whether natural draft 
commercial packaged boilers are covered equipment. 78 FR 49202. In the 
August 2013 NOPD, DOE proposed a definition for natural draft 
commercial packaged boilers that would clarify its statutory authority 
to cover such equipment. DOE sought public comments in response to its 
proposed determination and definition for natural draft commercial 
packaged boilers, and received several written comments from interested 
parties. In addition, DOE also received several comments in response to 
the preliminary analysis TSD that are relevant to the issue of coverage 
determination of natural draft commercial packaged boilers. After 
carefully reviewing all of the comments received on the issue of 
coverage determination of natural draft commercial packaged boilers and 
determining that the comments indicated a common and long-standing 
understanding from interested parties that natural draft commercial 
packaged boilers are and have been covered equipment under part A-1 of 
Title III of EPCA, DOE decided to withdraw the August 2013 NOPD on 
August 25, 2015 (August 2015 withdrawal notice). 80 FR 51487.
    DOE also recently completed a separate test procedure rulemaking to 
consider an amended test procedure for commercial packaged boilers. On 
February 20, 2014, DOE initiated the test procedure rulemaking by 
publishing a request for information (RFI) in the Federal Register that 
sought comments and information from stakeholders on several issues 
pertaining to the CPB test procedure. 79 FR 9643. On March 17, 2016, 
DOE published a NOPR in the Federal Register, which proposed to update 
the test procedure for determining the efficiency of commercial 
packaged boilers (2016 CPB TP NOPR). 81 FR 14642. Subsequently, on 
December 9, 2016, DOE published a final rule in the Federal Register, 
which updated the test procedure for commercial packaged boilers. 81 FR 
89276. Section III.B of this document briefly discusses the amendments 
made to the test procedure.\17\ The analyses conducted for this final 
rule reflect the changes adopted in the December 2016 test procedure 
final rule. (2016 CPB TP final rule)
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \17\ For detailed discussion on the test procedure including the 
comments and DOE's response please see the docket #EERE-2014-BT-TP-
0006.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

III. General Discussion

A. Compliance Dates

    In 42 U.S.C. 6313(a), EPCA prescribes a number of compliance dates 
for amended standards for commercial packaged boilers. These compliance 
dates vary depending on the specific statutory authority under which 
DOE is conducting its review (i.e., whether DOE is triggered by a 
revision to ASHRAE Standard 90.1 or whether DOE is undertaking a 6-year 
review), and the action taken (i.e., whether DOE is adopting ASHRAE 
Standard 90.1 levels or more stringent levels). The discussion

[[Page 1602]]

that follows explains the compliance dates as they pertain to this 
rulemaking.
    As discussed in section II.A of this document, EPCA requires that 
at least once every 6 years, DOE must review standards for commercial 
packaged boilers and publish either a notice of determination that 
standards for this type of equipment do not need to be amended or a 
NOPR containing amended standards. (42 U.S.C. 6313(a)(6)(C)(i)) EPCA 
requires that an amended standard prescribed under 42 U.S.C. 
6313(a)(6)(C) must apply to products manufactured after the date that 
is the later of: (1) The date 3 years after publication of the final 
rule establishing a new standard or (2) the date 6 years after the 
effective date of the current standard for a covered product. (42 
U.S.C. 6313(a)(6)(C)(iv)) The current standards for commercial packaged 
boilers went into effect in 2012. Thus, the date 3 years after 
publication of this final rule is later than the date 6 years after 
2012, the effective date of the current standard. As a result, 
compliance with any amended energy conservation standards promulgated 
in this final rule is required starting from the dates specified in 
paragraph (b) of 10 CFR 431.87.

B. Test Procedure

1. Summary of Recent Updates
    DOE's current test procedure for commercial packaged boilers is 
found at 10 CFR 431.86.
    As stated previously, on December 9, 2016, DOE published a final 
rule amending the CPB test procedure. 81 FR 89276. The 2016 CPB TP 
final rule adopted specific sections of American National Standards 
Institute (ANSI)/AHRI Standard 1500, ``Standard for Performance Rating 
of Commercial Space Heating Boilers,'' (ANSI/AHRI Standard 1500-2015) 
as the basis of the test procedure for commercial packaged boilers, 
replacing the previous industry test standard BTS-2000. In addition, 
the 2016 CPB TP final rule incorporates the following amendments to the 
DOE test procedure: (1) Clarifies the coverage for field-constructed 
commercial packaged boilers and the applicability of DOE's test 
procedure and standards for this category of commercial packaged 
boilers, (2) provides an optional field test for commercial packaged 
boilers with rated input greater than 5,000,000 Btu/h, (3) provides a 
conversion method to calculate thermal efficiency based on combustion 
efficiency testing for steam commercial packaged boilers with rated 
input greater than 5,000,000 Btu/h, (4) modifies the inlet water 
temperature requirements during tests of hot water commercial packaged 
boilers, (5) establishes limits on the ambient temperature and relative 
humidity conditions during testing, (6) modifies setup and 
instrumentation requirements to remove ambiguity, and (7) standardizes 
terminology and provisions for ``fuel input rate'' and ``rated input.''
    In response to the March 2016 NOPR, DOE received several comments 
that are specifically related to the CPB test procedure. Comments 
related to the technical aspects of the test procedure development were 
considered and addressed in the test procedure final rule.
2. Timing of the Test Procedure and Energy Conservation Standards 
Rulemakings
    Several stakeholders expressed legal, procedural, and practical 
concerns regarding the timing of the test procedure and energy 
conservation standards revisions for commercial packaged boilers, and 
requested that DOE delay any further work on the rulemakings to amend 
efficiency standards until after the finalization of the test 
procedure. (Bradford White, No. 68 at p. 1; Gas Associations, No. 69 at 
p. 2; BHI, No. 71 at p. 5; Lochinvar, No. 70 at p. 7; AHRI, No. 76 at 
pp. 2-3; ABMA, No. 64 at p. 1, Crown, Public Meeting Transcript, No. 61 
at p. 13; AHRI, Public Meeting Transcript, No. 61, at p. 14); \18\ AHRI 
highlighted that DOE has two years from the publication of the NOPR for 
energy conservation standards before it must publish a final rule for 
CPB standards under 42 U.S.C. 6313(a)(6)(C)(iii), and asserted that DOE 
has sufficient time to finalize the test procedure and subsequently 
reopen comments on the proposed standard. (AHRI, No. 76 at p. 5)
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \18\ DOE will identify comments received in response to the 
March 2016 CPB ECS NOPR and placed in Docket No. EERE-2013-BT-STD-
0030 by the commenter, the number of the comment document as listed 
in the docket maintained at www.regulations.gov, and the page number 
of that document where the comment appears (for example: Bradford 
White, No. 68 at p. 1). If a comment was made during the CPB ECS 
NOPR public meeting, DOE will also specifically identify those as 
being located in the NOPR public meeting transcript (for example: 
Crown, Public Meeting Transcript, No. 61 at p. 13).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    AHRI argued that the non-final status of the test procedure 
inhibits stakeholders' fair evaluation of the proposed standards and 
stressed the importance of having a known efficiency test procedure. 
AHRI pointed out that DOE is required to provide stakeholders the 
opportunity to submit meaningful comments (42 U.S.C. 6306(a), 42 U.S.C. 
6314(b)), and opined that the joint proposal of test procedures and 
standards eliminates that opportunity. (AHRI, No. 76 at pp. 2-3)
    AHRI further commented that having simultaneous rulemakings creates 
an unfair burden on stakeholders. (AHRI, Public Meeting Transcript, No. 
61 at p. 80) Similarly, Raypak, Bradford White, and Crown commented 
that the ongoing changes to the test procedure do not allow 
manufacturers the opportunity to properly evaluate the effects of the 
proposed standards. Bradford White noted that their resources are 
focused on proposed test procedure changes. (Raypak, No. 72 at p. 1; 
Bradford White, No. 68 at p. 1; Crown, Public Meeting Transcript, No. 
61 at p. 13; Bradford White, No. 68 at p. 12) Several stakeholders also 
contended that the timing of the test procedure and standards 
rulemaking violated DOE's own procedural policies or ``the process 
rule.'' (Gas Associations, No. 69 at p. 2; Bradford White, No. 68 at p. 
12; Weil-McLain, No. 67 at p. 4; Spire, No. 73 at pp. 5-7; AHRI, No. 76 
at p. 3; Lochinvar, No. 71 at p. 7) AHRI highlighted that the process 
rule is not merely a guideline, noting it was codified in the Code of 
Federal Regulations. AHRI contended that DOE must abide by its own 
regulations. (AHRI, No. 76 at p. 3)
    DOE provided a detailed response on this issue in the 2016 CPB TP 
final rule. DOE re-iterates in this final rule that the amendments to 
the Federal test procedure includes updates to the referenced industry 
test standard (ANSI/AHRI Standard 1500-2015) which was developed by a 
consensus-based AHRI process. In May 2015, AHRI petitioned DOE to 
replace its references to BTS-2000 with ANSI/AHRI Standard 1500-2015. 
In addition, DOE received insightful and detailed comments on the 
proposed amendments to the test procedure in response to the 2016 CPB 
TP NOPR. Considering these developments leading up to the 2016 CPB TP 
final rule, the industry was involved at all stages of the test 
procedure rulemaking, and DOE's amendments are largely in keeping with 
the test methodology found in consensus-based industry standard ANSI/
AHRI Standard 1500-2015. Any deviations in the 2016 CPB TP final rule 
from ANSI/AHRI 1500-2015 are a result of DOE's efforts to make the test 
procedure better reflect the energy efficiency during a representative 
average use cycle, as required by EPCA. (42 U.S.C. 6314(a)(2)). In the 
2016 CPB TP final rule, as discussed in section III.B.3, DOE concluded 
that the amendments to the test procedure that were ultimately adopted 
would mitigate

[[Page 1603]]

concerns regarding the impact on ratings. 81 FR 89276, 89281-89282 
(December 9, 2016).
    Furthermore, in the energy conservation standards rulemaking, DOE 
granted a 30-day extension of the comment period following the 
publication of the March 2016 NOPR to ensure that stakeholders had 
sufficient time to comment on the analyses and results. Therefore, DOE 
believes that stakeholders have had adequate time to gauge the effect 
of the standards rulemaking to enable them to provide meaningful 
comments on its analysis and results.
    Regarding the commenters' assertions that DOE has violated the 
process rule, DOE notes that the codified procedures at 10 CFR part 
430, subpart C, appendix A (7)(c), Appendix A establish procedures, 
interpretations, and policies to guide DOE in the consideration and 
promulgation of new or revised appliance efficiency standards under 
EPCA. (See section 1 of 10 CFR part 430 subpart C, appendix A) These 
procedures are a general guide to the steps DOE typically follows in 
promulgating energy conservation standards. The guidance recognizes 
that DOE can and will, on occasion, deviate from the typical process. 
In the case of commercial packaged boilers, DOE was petitioned by the 
industry to adopt the industry test standard AHRI Standard 1500-2015, 
while the energy conservation standards rulemaking was in process. The 
energy conservation standards rulemaking was initiated in August 2013 
with the publication of the Framework document, as discussed in section 
II.B.2 of this final rule, and AHRI petitioned DOE to amend the test 
procedure in May 2015, as noted above. Therefore, per AHRI's request, 
DOE initiated a test procedure rulemaking concurrent with the standards 
rulemaking. As noted above and discussed in section III.B.3, the 
changes to the test procedure that were ultimately adopted in the 2016 
CPB TP final rule mitigated stakeholders' concerns about impacts to 
efficiency ratings. Accordingly, DOE has concluded that there is no 
basis to delay the final rule adopting standards for commercial 
packaged boilers.
3. Impact on Efficiency Ratings
    Several commenters indicated that they expected that the proposed 
changes to the test procedure would result in changes to the rated 
efficiency. Lochinvar, BHI, and AHRI questioned DOE's tentative 
determination that the test procedure changes would not impact 
efficiency ratings. (Lochinvar, No. 70 at p. 7; BHI, No. 71 at p. 3; 
AHRI No. 76 at p. 4)
    Lochinvar noted that DOE's own test summary shows that the TP 
changes would reduce the rated efficiency of some boilers. Lochinvar 
also stated that anti-backsliding provisions would prevent DOE from 
making any changes to the standard after the fact if TP changes 
negatively impact ratings. (Lochinvar, No. 70 at p. 7) AHRI noted that 
DOE's conclusion that the efficiency ratings would not be impacted by 
the proposed test procedure changes is based on limited testing data, 
and stakeholders did not have sufficient time to provide meaningful 
comments. (AHRI No. 76 at p. 4) BHI added that that the rating of some 
equipment could be significantly impacted, given that the test 
procedure is significantly different. (BHI, No. 71 at pp. 3, 4-5) They 
suggested that the efficiency of 85-percent ET ``Category 
I'' boilers in the directory will change due to the proposed water 
temperature changes in the 2016 CPB TP NOPR. (BHI, No. 71 at p. 10) 
Raypak provided similar comments. (Raypak, No. 72 at p. 3)
    Weil-McLain and SoCalGas commented that the efficiency ratings of 
non-condensing boilers will drop due to the new test procedure and that 
the proposed increases in the minimum standard would combine to 
significantly reduce the types of feasible non-condensing equipment. 
(Weil-McLain, No. 67 at p. 2; SoCalGas, No. 77 at p. 2) AHRI commented 
that the analysis must be based on finalized test procedures in order 
to realistically represent the impacts of amended standards (including 
energy savings, cost to consumers and manufacturers). (AHRI, No. 76 at 
pp. 2-3) SoCal suggested that the benefits of TSL 1 may actually be 
closer to those calculated for TSL 2, given the proposed water 
temperature changes in the test procedure. (SoCalGas, No. 77 at p. 2)
    In the 2016 CPB TP NOPR, DOE tentatively determined that the 
proposed test procedure amendments would not result in an overall 
measureable impact on equipment's measured efficiency. 81 FR 14642, 
12878 (March 17, 2016). However, as discussed above, DOE received 
comments from stakeholders in response to both the March 2016 NOPR and 
the 2016 CPB TP NOPR suggesting that several proposals included in the 
2016 CPB TP NOPR would impact efficiency ratings. In the 2016 CPB TP 
final rule, DOE addressed stakeholders' concerns and ultimately revised 
the proposals that could have resulted in changes to the efficiency 
ratings in order to mitigate impacts on the efficiency ratings.\19\ 81 
FR 89276, 89289-89290 (December 9, 2016).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \19\ For additional discussion and DOE's detailed response to 
the comments please refer to the 2016 CPB TP final rule docketed at 
ID #EERE-2014-BT-TP-0006. https://www.regulations.gov/docket?D=EERE-2014-BT-TP-0006.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

C. Technological Feasibility

1. General
    In each energy conservation standards rulemaking, DOE conducts a 
screening analysis based on information gathered on all current 
technology options and prototype designs that could improve the 
efficiency of the equipment that is the subject of the rulemaking. As 
the first step in such an analysis, DOE conducts a market and 
technology assessment that develops a list of technology options for 
consideration in consultation with manufacturers, design engineers, and 
other interested parties. DOE then determines which of those means for 
improving efficiency are technologically feasible. DOE considers 
technologies incorporated in commercially available equipment or in 
working prototypes to be technologically feasible. 10 CFR part 430, 
subpart C, appendix A, section 4(a)(4)(i)
    After DOE has determined that particular technology options are 
technologically feasible, it further evaluates each technology option 
in light of the following additional screening criteria: (1) 
Practicability to manufacture, install, and service; (2) adverse 
impacts on equipment utility or availability; and (3) adverse impacts 
on health or safety. 10 CFR part 430, subpart C, appendix A, section 
4(a)(4)(ii)-(iv) Additionally, DOE notes that these screening criteria 
do not directly address the proprietary status of design options. DOE 
only considers efficiency levels achieved through the use of 
proprietary designs in the engineering analysis if they are not part of 
a unique path to achieve that efficiency level (i.e., if there are 
other non-proprietary technologies capable of achieving the same 
efficiency). DOE concludes that the amended standards for the equipment 
covered in this final rule do not mandate the use of any proprietary 
technologies, and that all manufacturers are able to achieve the 
amended standard levels through the use of non-proprietary designs. 
Section IV.B and IV.C of this final rule discuss the results of the 
screening analysis and engineering analysis for commercial packaged 
boilers. For further details on the screening analysis and engineering

[[Page 1604]]

analysis for this final rule, see chapter 4 and chapter 5 of the final 
rule TSD.
2. Maximum Technologically Feasible Levels
    When DOE proposes to adopt an amended standard for a type or class 
of covered equipment, it determines the maximum improvement in energy 
efficiency or maximum reduction in energy use that is technologically 
feasible for such equipment. Accordingly, in the engineering analysis 
of this final rule, DOE determined the maximum technologically feasible 
(``max-tech'') improvements in energy efficiency for commercial 
packaged boilers, using the design parameters for the most efficient 
equipment currently available on the market. The max-tech levels that 
DOE determined for this rulemaking are described in section IV.C.4 of 
this document and in chapter 5 of the final rule TSD.

D. Energy Savings

1. Determination of Savings
    For each trial standard level (TSL), DOE projected energy savings 
from the application of the TSL to commercial packaged boilers 
purchased in the 30-year period that begins in the year of compliance 
with amended standards (2020-2049).\20\ The savings are measured over 
the entire lifetime of commercial packaged boilers purchased in the 30-
year analysis period. DOE quantified the energy savings attributable to 
each TSL as the difference in energy consumption between each standards 
case and the no-new-standards-case. The no-new-standards case 
represents a projection of energy consumption that reflects how the 
market for equipment would likely evolve in the absence of amended 
efficiency standards.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \20\ DOE also presents a sensitivity analysis that considers 
impacts for equipment shipped in a 9-year period.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    DOE uses its NIA spreadsheet models to estimate energy savings from 
potential amended standards. The NIA spreadsheet model (described in 
section IV.H of this document) calculates savings in site energy, which 
is the energy directly consumed by equipment at the locations where 
they are used. For electricity, DOE reports national energy savings 
(NES) in terms of primary energy savings, which is the savings in the 
energy that is used to generate and transmit the site electricity. For 
natural gas, the primary energy savings are considered to be equal to 
the site energy savings. DOE also calculates NES in terms of full-fuel-
cycle (FFC) energy savings. The FFC metric includes the energy consumed 
in extracting, processing, and transporting primary fuels (i.e., coal, 
natural gas, petroleum fuels), and thus presents a more complete 
picture of the impacts of energy conservation standards. DOE's approach 
is based on the calculation of an FFC multiplier for each of the energy 
types used by covered products or equipment. For more information on 
FFC energy savings, see section IV.H.2 of this document.
2. Significance of Savings
    To amend standards for commercial packaged boilers, DOE must 
determine that the standards would result in ``significant'' additional 
energy savings. (42 U.S.C. 6313(a)(6)(A)(ii)(II) and (C)(i)) Although 
the term ``significant'' is not defined in the Act, the U.S. Court of 
Appeals for the District of Columbia Circuit, in Natural Resources 
Defense Council v. Herrington, 768 F.2d 1355, 1373 (D.C. Cir. 1985), 
indicated that Congress intended ``significant'' energy savings in the 
context of EPCA to be savings that were not ``genuinely trivial.'' DOE 
concludes the energy savings for the amended standards (presented in 
section V.B.3 of this document) are ``significant'' as required by 42 
U.S.C. 6313(a)(6)(A)(ii)(II) and (C)(i).

E. Economic Justification

1. Specific Criteria
    EPCA provides seven factors to be evaluated in determining whether 
a potential energy conservation standard is economically justified. (42 
U.S.C. 6313(a)(6)(B)(ii)(I)-(VII)) The following sections discuss how 
DOE has addressed each of those seven factors in this rulemaking.
a. Economic Impact on Manufacturers and Consumers
    EPCA requires DOE to consider the economic impact of a standard on 
manufacturers and the consumers of the products subject to the 
standard. (42 U.S.C. 6313(a)(6)(B)(ii)(I)) In determining the impacts 
of a potential amended standard on manufacturers, DOE conducts a 
manufacturer impact analysis (MIA), as discussed in section IV.J of 
this document. DOE first uses an annual cash-flow approach to determine 
the quantitative impacts. This step includes both a short-term 
assessment--based on the cost and capital requirements during the 
period between when a regulation is issued and when entities must 
comply with the regulation--and a long-term assessment over a 30-year 
period. The industry-wide impacts analyzed include: (1) INPV, which 
values the industry based on expected future cash flows; (2) cash flows 
by year; (3) changes in revenue and income; and (4) other measures of 
impact, as appropriate. Second, DOE analyzes and reports the impacts on 
different types of manufacturers, including impacts on small 
manufacturers. Third, DOE considers the impact of standards on domestic 
manufacturer employment and manufacturing capacity, as well as the 
potential for standards to result in plant closures and loss of capital 
investment. Finally, DOE takes into account cumulative impacts of 
various DOE regulations and other regulatory requirements on 
manufacturers.
    For individual consumers, measures of economic impact include the 
changes in LCC and PBP associated with new or amended standards. These 
measures are discussed further in the following section. For consumers 
in the aggregate, DOE also calculates the national NPV of the economic 
impacts applicable to a particular rulemaking. DOE also evaluates the 
LCC impacts of potential standards on identifiable subgroups of 
consumers that may be affected disproportionately by a national 
standard.
b. Savings in Operating Costs Compared To Increase in Price
    EPCA requires DOE to consider the savings in operating costs 
throughout the estimated average life of the covered equipment in the 
type (or class) compared to any increase in the price of, or in the 
initial charges for, or maintenance expenses of, the covered equipment 
that are likely to result from an amended standard. (42 U.S.C. 
6313(a)(6)(B)(ii)(II)) DOE conducts this comparison in its LCC and PBP 
analysis.
    The LCC is the sum of the purchase price of the equipment 
(including installation cost and sales tax) and the operating expense 
(including energy, maintenance, and repair expenditures) discounted 
over the lifetime of the equipment. The LCC analysis requires a variety 
of inputs, such as equipment prices, equipment energy consumption, 
energy prices, maintenance and repair costs, equipment lifetime, and 
discount rates appropriate for consumers. To account for uncertainty 
and variability in specific inputs, such as equipment lifetime and 
discount rate, DOE uses a distribution of values, with probabilities 
attached to each value. For its analysis, DOE assumes that consumers 
will purchase the covered equipment in the first year of compliance 
with amended standards.
    The PBP is the estimated amount of time (in years) it takes 
consumers to

[[Page 1605]]

recover the increased purchase cost (including installation) of more-
efficient equipment through lower operating costs. DOE calculates the 
PBP by dividing the change in purchase cost due to a more stringent 
standard by the change in annual operating cost for the year that 
standards are assumed to take effect.
    The LCC savings for the considered efficiency levels are calculated 
relative to a no-new-standards-case that reflects projected market 
trends in the absence of amended standards. DOE identifies the 
percentage of consumers estimated to receive LCC savings or experience 
an LCC increase, in addition to the average LCC savings associated with 
a particular standard level. DOE's LCC and PBP analysis is discussed in 
further detail in section IV.F of this document.
c. Energy Savings
    EPCA requires DOE, in determining the economic justification of a 
standard, to consider the total projected energy savings that are 
expected to result directly from the standard. (42 U.S.C. 
6313(a)(6)(B)(ii)(III)) As discussed in section III.D.1 and section 
IV.E of this document and chapter 10 of the final rule TSD, DOE uses 
spreadsheet models to project national energy savings.
d. Lessening of Utility or Performance of Equipment
    In determining whether amending a standard is economically 
justified, DOE evaluates any lessening of the utilities or performance 
of the considered equipment. (42 U.S.C. 6313(a)(6)(B)(ii)(IV)) Based on 
data available to DOE, the standards adopted in this document do not 
reduce the utility or performance of the equipment under consideration 
in this rulemaking. See section IV.A.3 and section IV.B for DOE's 
detailed determinations that adopted standards in this final rule do 
not reduce utility or performance of CBP equipment covered under this 
rulemaking.
e. Impact of Any Lessening of Competition
    EPCA directs DOE to consider the impact of any lessening of 
competition, as determined in writing by the Attorney General of the 
United States that is likely to result from a standard. (42 U.S.C. 
6313(a)(6)(B)(ii)(V)) DOE transmitted a copy of its proposed rule to 
the Attorney General with a request that the Department of Justice 
(DOJ) provide its determination on this issue. On October 19, 2015, DOJ 
provided its determination to DOE that the amended standards for 
commercial packaged boilers are unlikely to have a significant adverse 
impact on competition. DOE has included this determination from DOJ at 
the end of this rule.
f. Need for National Energy Conservation
    In considering new or amended energy conservation standards, EPCA 
also directs DOE to consider the need for the national energy 
conservation. (42 U.S.C. 6313(a)(6)(B)(ii)(VI)) The adopted standards 
are likely to improve the security and reliability of the Nation's 
energy system. Reductions in the demand for electricity also may result 
in reduced costs for maintaining the reliability of the Nation's 
electricity system. DOE conducts a utility impact analysis to estimate 
how standards may affect the Nation's needed power generation capacity, 
as discussed in section IV.M of this document.
    The adopted standards also are likely to result in environmental 
benefits in the form of reduced emissions of air pollutants and 
greenhouse gases (GHGs) associated with energy production and use. DOE 
conducts an emissions analysis to estimate how standards may affect 
these emissions, as discussed in section IV.K of this document. DOE 
reports the emissions impacts from each TSL it considered in section 
V.B.6 of this document. DOE also estimates the economic value of 
emissions reductions resulting from the considered TSLs, as discussed 
in section IV.L of this document.
g. Other Factors
    In determining whether an energy conservation standard is 
economically justified, DOE may consider any other factors that the 
Secretary deems to be relevant. (42 U.S.C. 6313(a)(6)(B)(ii)(VII)) To 
the extent interested parties submit any relevant information regarding 
economic justification that does not fit into the other categories 
described above, DOE could consider such information under ``other 
factors.''
2. Rebuttable Presumption
    EPCA creates a rebuttable presumption that an energy conservation 
standard is economically justified if the additional cost to the 
consumer of the equipment that meets the standard is less than three 
times the value of the first year's energy savings resulting from the 
standard, as calculated under the applicable DOE test procedure. DOE's 
LCC and PBP analyses generate values used to calculate the effects that 
amended energy conservation standards would have on the PBP for 
consumers. These analyses include, but are not limited to, the 3-year 
PBP contemplated under the rebuttable-presumption test.
    In addition, DOE routinely conducts an economic analysis that 
considers the full range of impacts to consumers, manufacturers, the 
Nation, and the environment, as required under 42 U.S.C. 
6313(a)(6)(B)(ii) and (C)(i). The results of this analysis serve as the 
basis for DOE's evaluation of the economic justification for a 
potential standard level (thereby supporting or rebutting the results 
of any preliminary determination of economic justification). The 
rebuttable presumption payback calculation is discussed in section 
V.B.1.c of this document.

F. General Comments

1. Proposed Standard Levels
    In response to the efficiency levels proposed in the March 2016 
NOPR (NOPR TSL 2), DOE received numerous comments on the appropriate 
levels for selection as the Federal standards.
a. Comments on Proposed TSL 2
    The Joint Utilities expressed their support for the proposed 
standard levels (i.e., NOPR TSL 2). (Joint Utilities, No. 66 at p. 1)
    BHI, Weil-McLain, and Lochinvar opposed the proposed standard 
levels at NOPR TSL 2, and Lochinvar encouraged DOE to make no change to 
the minimum efficiency standard. (BHI, No. 71 at p. 1; Weil-McLain, No. 
67 at pp. 4-5; Lochinvar, No. 70 at p. 8)
    BHI expressed concern that commercial packaged boilers meeting the 
efficiency levels proposed in the March 2016 NOPR for small gas-fired 
hot water (SGHW) and large gas-fired hot water (LGHW) equipment classes 
(85-percent ET and 85-percent EC, respectively) 
cannot be safely vented using a conventional ``category I'' chimney. 
(BHI, No. 71 at p. 2) Raypak added that the category I venting 
commercial packaged boilers must be retained to allow replacement of 
boilers from old installations. (Raypak, No. 72 at p. 3) Raypak also 
expressed concern that the proposed TSL 2 is too close to condensing 
and could lead to failure of B-vent pipes and leaking combustion 
equipment.
    Raypak suggested that DOE selected the proposed efficiency levels 
because higher efficiency standards exist in Europe. Raypak noted that 
the regulations governing boiler maintenance in Europe are 
substantially different, and that some countries require annual boiler 
inspections and service, which are not required in the United States. 
Raypak argued that DOE

[[Page 1606]]

should not set standards at the levels proposed in the March 2016 NOPR 
until maintenance practices in the United States are comparable to 
those in other countries. Raypak further stated that the complexity of 
newer technology requires installers who are skilled and experienced to 
install higher efficiency commercial packaged boilers. (Raypak, No. 72 
at p. 3)
    Weil-McLain expressed concern that the proposed levels included in 
the NOPR TSL 2 would significantly reduce the non-condensing options 
available to consumers. Weil-McLain also added that DOE would erase a 
future increase in efficiency that was to take effect in 2022 pursuant 
to 10 CFR 431.87(c), noting that manufacturers' ability to make long-
term development plans are impacted when efficiency requirements are 
obsoleted before they have even gone into effect. (Weil-McLain, No. 67 
at pp. 2-3) Both Weil-McLain and BHI suggested that the proposed levels 
could reduce their ability to sell non-condensing commercial packaged 
boilers, and therefore would create a significant burden on 
manufacturers. (Weil-McLain, No. 67 at pp. 4-5; BHI, No. 71 at p. 1) 
BHI further commented that adopting NOPR TSL 2 would potentially reduce 
employment at their facilities. (BHI, No. 71 at p. 1) The Gas 
Associations urged DOE to revise the technical analysis and economic 
justification for the 85-percent level proposed in the March 2016 NOPR. 
The Gas Associations expressed concern about issues with possible 
condensation in the venting system and interior heat exchanger leading 
to premature failure and believe that the current standards are 
sufficient and justified. (Gas Associations, No. 69 at p. 2)
    SoCalGas and AHRI recommended that DOE adopt NOPR TSL 1. (SoCalGas, 
No. 77 at p. 4; AHRI, No. 76 at pp. 27, 44) SoCalGas argued that the 
changes to test procedure may impact efficiency ratings, and noted that 
if a 1 percent decrease in ratings were to occur as a result of the 
test procedure changes, the result would be effectively requiring an 
86-percent ET for SGHW commercial packaged boilers. SoCalGas 
cited DOE's own analysis demonstrating that there are very few 
commercial packaged boilers on the market meeting the 86-percent 
ET level. (SoCalGas, No. 77 at p. 3) AHRI also stated that, 
based on DOE's analysis, it should not adopt a standard more stringent 
than the proposed TSL 2 in all equipment classes, because the increase 
in incorrect venting and other installation decisions should prohibit 
consideration of near-condensing efficiency levels. (AHRI, No. 76 at p. 
27) AHRI and Raypak stated that forcing consumers to buy near-
condensing and condensing boilers in circumstances where they are not 
warranted for installation is a perversion of the regulatory process. 
(AHRI, No. 76 at p. 27; Raypak, No. 72 at p. 2)
    ABMA commented that the proposed levels included in NOPR TSL 2 for 
the LGHW and LOHW equipment classes (i.e., 85-percent EC and 
88-percent EC) would be unattainable for certain sizes of 
commercial packaged boilers in its members' equipment lines and 
recommended that DOE adopt standards at 83 percent and 86 percent, 
respectively. (ABMA, No. 64 at p. 2)
    Bradford White and Raypak recommended that DOE adopt a minimum 
standard of 82-percent ET for the SGHW equipment class. For 
the LGHW equipment class, Bradford White recommended DOE select 84-
percent EC, while, Raypak recommended 82-percent 
EC. (Bradford White, No. 68 at p. 4; Raypak, No. 72 at p. 4)
    Bradford White stated that the proposed level of 85-percent 
EC for LGHW commercial packaged boilers forces the use of 
such equipment in applications where it may not make sense. Bradford 
White added that equipment with a combustion efficiency of 
approximately 85 to 88 percent in use today is a result of contractors 
consciously determining such equipment is appropriate for each 
respective installation. Bradford White stated that the proposed level 
of 85-percent EC for LGHW commercial packaged boilers forces 
the use of such equipment in inappropriate applications and noted that 
changing out the vent system may not be possible in these 
installations. (Bradford White, No. 68 at p. 3)
    In view of the preceding stakeholder comments about TSLs, DOE notes 
that DOE is required to set a standard that achieves significant 
additional energy savings that is determined to be technologically 
feasible and economically justified. In making such a determination, 
DOE must consider, to the maximum extent practicable, the benefits and 
burdens based on the seven criteria described in EPCA (see 42 U.S.C. 
6313(a)(6)(B)(ii)(I)-(VII)). DOE's weighing of the benefits and burdens 
based on the final rule analysis and rationale for the TSL selection is 
discussed in section V and in detail in appendix 10C of the final rule 
TSD. DOE notes that much of the commentary regarding the selection of 
TSL levels for the standards is based on more detailed comments 
regarding specific portions of the final rule analysis. These comments 
related to specific analyses are addressed within the specific analysis 
section to which they pertain.
    DOE also disagrees with Raypak's comments that the proposed 
standards were based on the standards applicable in Europe. Although 
DOE researches international energy efficiency regulations in the 
context of its market assessment, the standard levels that were 
proposed in the March 2016 NOPR, and those that are adopted in this 
final rule are not determined based on international regulations. 
Rather, DOE selects standard levels by weighing the benefits and 
burdens of each TSL to ensure that the standards save a significant 
additional amount of energy and are technologically feasible and 
economically justified, as required by EPCA. (42 U.S.C. 
6313(a)(6)(A)(ii)(II) and (C)(i))
    In addition, Bradford White questioned the selection of TSL 2 due 
the fact that it does not meet the rebuttable presumption payback of 
three years, and therefore would place a significant burden on 
consumers. (Bradford White, No. 68 at p. 4)
    DOE notes that the 3-year payback period is contemplated under the 
rebuttable presumption test. However, DOE routinely conducts a full 
economic analysis that considers the full range of impacts, including 
those to the consumer, manufacturer, Nation and environment, and the 
results of this economic analysis are what serve as the basis for DOE 
to definitively evaluate the economic justification for a standard 
level. As detailed in section IV and section V of DOE's full economic 
analysis for this final rule document, DOE concludes based on clear and 
convincing evidence that the benefits of amended standards at TSL 2 
outweigh the burdens, and the standards at TSL 2 are economically 
justified.
b. Comments on TSL 3
    The Joint Advocates urged DOE to adopt NOPR TSL 3, noting that TSL 
3 was found to be cost effective for purchasers and would more than 
double the national energy savings achieved by NOPR TSL 2. (Joint 
Advocates, No. 74 at p. 1) ASAP also suggested DOE should consider 
adopting NOPR TSL 3. (ASAP, Public Meeting Transcript, No. 61 at pp. 
14-15) Weil-McLain, ABMA, and AHRI opposed the adoption of NOPR TSL 3. 
(Weil-McLain, No. 67 at p. 9; ABMA, No. 64 at p. 3; AHRI, No. 76 at pp. 
1, 27, 44) Bradford White expressed the belief that the estimated gains 
of the SGHW equipment class at NOPR TSL 3 (i.e., at 95-percent 
ET) were overstated in DOE's analysis, and noted that the 
market is voluntarily moving towards products with efficiencies in

[[Page 1607]]

excess of 90-percent ET. (Bradford White, No. 68 at p. 3)
    DOE considered the comments received in response to the 
consideration for TSL 3 as proposed in the March 2016 NOPR. However, 
based on DOE's updated analyses and the results presented in this final 
rule (see section V), TSL 3 is no longer economically feasible. 
Therefore, for the reasons discussed in section V.C.1, DOE has rejected 
TSL 3.
c. Other Comments
    SoCalGas expressed concerns that the results of a SoCalGas modified 
LCC analysis shows a potentially significant burden to California and 
SoCalGas consumers, in particular regarding the LGHW equipment class, 
but acknowledged limitations to their analysis and filtering of the 
CBECS dataset. (SoCalGas, No. 77 at p. 4)
    Nussbaum requests clarity on whether DOE's regulations are intended 
to remove enforcement from existing authorities, stating that 
California Energy Commission's interpretation is that DOE has taken 
over all enforcement related to efficiency. He further states that 
without state and local enforcement of efficiency, it will be 
sacrificed in order to achieve low NOX requirements since in 
California emissions requirements are enforced. (Nussbaum, No. 60 at p. 
1)
    In response, DOE notes that while the SoCalGas analysis shows a 
small decline in the cost effectiveness (i.e., LCC savings) of small 
gas-fired hot water equipment at certain efficiency levels, it showed 
an increase in the LCC savings at other levels relative to DOE's 
analysis. While the analysis did show negative LCC savings for the 
large gas-fired hot water equipment class at all efficiency levels, the 
approach taken in modifying the model to only look at a relatively 
small sample of buildings in the combined San Francisco and Los Angeles 
climate regions, may allow for a substantial uncertainty in the LCC 
results obtained for those regions. DOE's analysis focuses on the 
national costs and benefits obtained, as befitting development of 
National standards. Regarding the comment submitted by Nussbaum, under 
EPCA DOE has authority to establish and regulate minimum efficiency for 
commercial packaged boilers as measured under a standardized test 
procedure, but DOE recognizes that performance in the field can vary 
based on installation conditions, set-up, and maintenance.
2. Statutory Requirements
    AHRI pointed out that EPCA's requirements in 42 U.S.C. 6295(o)(2) 
for DOE to achieve the maximum improvement in energy efficiency in its 
energy conservation standards rulemakings do not apply to commercial 
packaged boilers. Therefore, AHRI suggested that DOE's entire analysis 
is predicated on a fundamental flaw because it reflects an analysis 
that blatantly disregards the crucial flexibility that DOE has to more 
fully consider negative impacts on industry, particularly on small 
business and job loss. (AHRI, No. 76 at p. 6)
    DOE agrees that EPCA does not require DOE to select the standard 
level that provides the maximum improvement in energy savings for 
commercial packaged boilers. However, as discussed in section II.A, an 
amended CPB standard must be designed to achieve significant additional 
energy conservation and be technologically feasible and economically 
justified. (42 U.S.C. 6313(a)(6)(A)(ii)(II) and (C)(i)) It is in DOE's 
discretion to adopt amended standards at any level that meet these 
legal criteria. DOE does not base its rulemaking solely on achieving 
maximum energy efficiency improvements as claimed by the stakeholders. 
In making the determination of economic justification of an amended 
standard, DOE considers, to the maximum extent practicable, the 
benefits and burdens of an amended standard based on the seven criteria 
described in EPCA, which include the economic impact of the standard on 
manufacturers. (See 42 U.S.C. 6313(a)(6)(B)(ii)(I)-(VII).) In 
considering both the standards proposed in the March 2016 NOPR and 
those being adopted in this final rule, DOE fully addressed EPCA's 
requirements in 42 U.S.C. 6313(a)(6)(B)(ii)(I)-(VII), including 
economic impact of the amended standards on manufacturers and small 
businesses. A discussion of DOE's weighting of the benefits and burdens 
based on these factors is contained in section V of this final rule. 
With regard to the specific comments on impact on manufacturers and 
employment impacts, DOE has considered these impacts, and they are 
discussed in V.B of this final rule. The differential impacts for small 
business manufacturers are discussed in section VI.B.
    AHRI and Spire commented that DOE's CPB ECS rulemaking does not 
meet EPCA's requirement for clear and convincing evidence prescribed in 
42 U.S.C. 6313 (a)(6)(A)(ii)(II), because DOE failed to provide 
reasonable basis for its analyses, such as its unsupported assumptions 
for venting costs and the fundamental energy use of commercial packaged 
boilers. AHRI further stated that this burden of proof is met only if 
evidence ``instantly tilted the evidentiary scales'' when viewed in 
light of alternative information. Colorado v. New Mexico, 467 U.S. 310, 
316 (1984). By asking the stakeholders to substantiate its assumptions 
and by initiating a rulemaking amending ASHRAE standards without 
meeting the burden of proof requirements, AHRI argues that DOE 
impermissibly shifted the agency's burden of production onto the 
stakeholders. (AHRI, No. 76 at p. 7; Spire, No. 73 at pp. 6-8, 10)
    DOE notes that it is adopting these standards pursuant to 42 U.S.C. 
6313(a)(6)(C)(i)(II), which requires DOE to issue new standards based 
on ``the criteria and procedures established under subparagraph (B).'' 
In relevant part, subparagraph (B) specifies that: (1) In making a 
determination of economic justification, DOE must consider, to the 
maximum extent practicable, the benefits and burdens of an amended 
standard based on the seven criteria described in EPCA; (2) DOE may not 
prescribe any standard that increases the energy use or decreases the 
energy efficiency of a covered product; and (3) DOE may not prescribe 
any standard that interested persons have established by a 
preponderance of evidence is likely to result in the unavailability in 
the United States of any product type (or class) of performance 
characteristics (including reliability, features, sizes, capacities, 
and volumes) that are substantially the same as those generally 
available in the United States. (42 U.S.C. 6313(a)(6)(B)(ii)-(iii))
    Importantly, subparagraph (B) does not mention clear and convincing 
evidence. What is more, multiple features of the statutory text 
indicate that a rule establishing standards under subparagraph 
(C)(i)(II) need not be based on clear and convincing evidence.\21\ But

[[Page 1608]]

assuming that clear and convincing evidence is required here, DOE 
believes its findings fully satisfy that threshold. To explain that 
conclusion, DOE articulates how it understands the ``clear and 
convincing evidence'' concept to operate in the context of DOE's 
setting energy conservation standards. Commenters referred to the 
context of litigation, where ``clear and convincing'' means that the 
evidence must ``place in the ultimate factfinder an abiding conviction 
that the truth'' of its conclusions is ``highly probable.'' \22\ At the 
same time, to satisfy the ``clear and convincing'' standard of proof, a 
litigant need not eliminate all possible doubt, or even all reasonable 
doubt; ``clear and convincing'' is an intermediate standard that is 
less stringent than the ``beyond all reasonable doubt'' threshold 
required for a criminal conviction.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \21\ To explain, the reference to ``criteria and procedures 
established under subparagraph (B)'' is not best read as 
encompassing a ``clear and convincing evidence'' threshold. For that 
phrase appears in subparagraph (A), not subparagraph (B), and 
therefore it is not a criterion or procedure ``established under 
subparagraph (B).'' Subparagraph (B) does mention subparagraph (A), 
but not in a manner that incorporates subparagraph (A) by reference; 
rather, subparagraph (B) says the criteria and procedures it 
establishes are to be used in subparagraph (A)(ii)(II). Subparagraph 
(C)(i)(II) says the subparagraph (B) criteria and procedures are 
also to be used in a subparagraph (C)(i)(II) decision. It does not 
follow--logistically or linguistically--that such a decision must 
also incorporate an evidentiary threshold that is used in a 
different type of decision to which subparagraph (B) also applies.
    In addition, subsection (a) includes multiple cross-references 
to various paragraphs, subparagraphs, clauses, and subclauses. See, 
e.g., 42 U.S.C. 6313(a)(5)(A); 6313(a)(5)(G); 6313(a)(6)(A)(ii)(I). 
Consistent with the ordinary scheme of cross-references, see House 
Legislative Counsel's Manual on Drafting Style, HLC No. 104-1, p. 24 
(1995); Senate Office of the Legislative Counsel, Legislative 
Drafting Manual 10 (1997), in each of these cross-references a 
``subparagraph'' reference is to an item labeled with a capital 
letter (such as ``subparagraph (B)''). Given the careful 
construction of the network of cross-references in subsection (a), 
it would be unusual for ``established under subparagraph (B)'' to 
sweep in an evidentiary standard stated in text other than 
subparagraph (B).
    DOE also notes that clause (C)(i) contains two cross-references. 
Subclause (I), addressing one decision DOE might make, mandates that 
it be based on ``the criteria established under subparagraph (A).'' 
Subclause (II), addressing the decision DOE is making in this 
rulemaking, refers to ``the criteria and procedures established 
under subparagraph (B).'' By interpreting the latter phrase not to 
encompass ``clear and convincing evidence,'' DOE appropriately gives 
significance to this difference in language. Evidently ``the 
criteria established under subparagraph (A)'' are different from the 
``the criteria established under subparagraph (B)''; were they the 
same criteria, there would have been no need to use different cross-
references. ``Clear and convincing evidence'' is in (A), not (B).To 
the extent there is ambiguity in paragraph (a)(6) about whether DOE 
must have clear and convincing evidence to establish an amended 
standard under subparagraph (C), DOE believes its approach is 
consistent with the purposes of subparagraph (C). That is to say, 
the intent of paragraph (6) is to include ASHRAE in the standards-
developing process. ASHRAE maintains standards that achieve energy 
conservation with respect to the products to which paragraph (6) 
applies, and ASHRAE is expected to update those standards as 
technology and markets evolve over time. When ASHRAE has acted in a 
timely fashion, DOE is to reflect ASHRAE's standards in its own 
standards, unless it has clear and convincing evidence justifying 
more stringent standards (on the terms of subclause (A)(i)(II)). 
However, the statute directs DOE to review its standards every six 
years--in case ASHRAE has not acted. This six-year review encourages 
ASHRAE to keep its standards up to date, because if it has recently 
amended its standards (and triggered DOE to follow), DOE will not 
need to engage in its independent standards revision. But, if ASHRAE 
has not revisited its standards for some while, DOE's six-year 
review provides an occasion on which DOE might adopt more stringent 
standards, without being tied to the ASHRAE standards. By not 
imposing the ``clear and convincing'' threshold for such a 
rulemaking, the statute encourages ASHRAE to continually update its 
standards. In short, a common-sense approach to the purposes of 
subparagraph (C) aligns with the above careful textual reading.
    \22\ Colorado v. New Mexico, 467 U.S. 310, 316 (1984).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    DOE fully recognizes that whenever it must have ``clear and 
convincing evidence'' pursuant to subclause (A)(i)(II), it needs a 
higher degree of confidence in its conclusions than would be required 
under the ``preponderance'' standard that ordinarily applies in an 
agency rulemaking. In such matters, the administrative record, taken as 
a whole, must justify DOE in a strong conviction that its conclusions 
are highly likely to be correct.
    However, some commenters appear to think that the ``clear and 
convincing'' threshold would preclude DOE from using its expert 
judgment to make predictions. That would not be the case in litigation; 
a ``clear and convincing evidence'' standard of proof does not restrict 
the type, quality, or nature of evidence, including expert opinions 
that can be used. Moreover, a standards-setting rulemaking is not a 
litigation, and the differences warrant some differences in how the 
``clear and convincing evidence'' threshold operates. DOE both develops 
the record and reviews it to make findings. Also, as an agency tasked 
with setting policy, DOE is ordinarily expected to use its predictive 
judgment. The text of paragraph (6) is consistent with that notion. 
Subparagraph (B), which describes various factors that DOE is to 
consider in making a subclause (A)(i)(II) decision for which it would 
need clear and convincing evidence, repeatedly calls for predictive 
judgments. DOE is to forecast the likely energy savings of a standard, 
the economic costs and benefits of the standard, and other future 
effects. By their nature, these assessments cannot be instantly 
determined to be correct. Rather, DOE believes ``clear and convincing 
evidence'' would mean that DOE must be strongly convinced that its 
forecasts are highly likely to be reasonable forecasts given current 
conditions and information.
    In sum, for purposes of setting standards under paragraph (a)(6), 
``clear and convincing evidence'' can include the same sorts of 
evidence and analysis that DOE would use in any other standards 
rulemaking. But DOE will conclude it has ``clear and convincing 
evidence'' only when it is strongly convinced that it is highly likely 
to have reached appropriate findings. With respect to the findings 
discussed in this rulemaking, DOE does have that strong conviction, 
well placed given the record as a whole.
    Spire further commented that the NOPR was issued without remotely 
sufficient information and analysis to justify adoption of the 
standards proposed and that key information and analysis underlying it 
has yet to be disclosed so that it can be exposed to potential 
refutation through comment, and as such the NOPR is inadequate to 
satisfy notice and comment requirements, and should therefore be 
withdrawn.
    Under the notice-and-comment or informal rulemaking provisions of 
the Administrative Procedure Act, DOE must publish in the Federal 
Register a notice of proposed rulemaking that includes: (1) A statement 
of the time, place, and nature of the public rulemaking proceedings; 
(2) a reference to the legal authority under which the rule is 
proposed; and (3) either the terms or substance of the proposed rule or 
a description of the subjects and issues involved. (5 U.S.C. 553(b)) 
DOE must then allow interested parties an opportunity to participate in 
the rulemaking through submission of written data, views, or arguments 
with or without opportunity for oral presentation. (5 U.S.C. 553(c)) On 
March 24, 2016, DOE published a NOPR and notice of public meeting in 
the Federal Register that met the requirements under 5 U.S.C. 553(b). 
DOE also provided the public an opportunity to present oral and written 
data, views, and arguments on the March 2016 CPB ECS NOPR.

IV. Methodology and Discussion of Related Comments

    This section addresses the analyses DOE has performed for this 
rulemaking with regard to commercial packaged boilers. Separate 
subsections address each component of DOE's analyses.
    DOE used three analytical tools to estimate the impact of the 
standards. The first tool is a spreadsheet that calculates the LCC 
savings and PBP of potential amended energy conservation standards. See 
section IV.F and chapter 8 of final rule TSD for details of the LCC and 
PBP spreadsheet tool. The second tool is a Microsoft Excel spreadsheet 
that calculates national energy savings and net present value resulting 
from potential amended energy conservation standards. More details of 
this spreadsheet tool can be found in section IV.H and chapter 10 of 
the final rule TSD. The third spreadsheet tool, the Government 
Regulatory Impact Model (GRIM), helps DOE to assess manufacturer 
impacts of potential standards. See section IV.J and chapter

[[Page 1609]]

12 of the final rule TSD. In addition, these tools are available on the 
DOE website for this rulemaking: https://www.regulations.gov/docket?D=EERE-2013-BT-STD-0030.
    Additionally, DOE used output from the 2016 version of the Energy 
Information Administration's (EIA's) Annual Energy Outlook (AEO) for 
the emissions and utility impact analyses.

A. Market and Technology Assessment

1. General
    For the market and technology assessment, DOE develops information 
that provides an overall snapshot of the market for the equipment 
considered, including the nature of the equipment, market 
characteristics, industry structure, and technologies that improve 
energy efficiency. DOE divides the market and technology assessment 
broadly into two categories: (1) Market assessment and (2) technology 
assessment. The purpose of the market assessment is to develop a 
qualitative and quantitative characterization of the CPB industry and 
market structure, based on information that is publicly available as 
well as data submitted by manufacturers and other interested parties. 
Issues addressed include CPB characteristics (gathered from market 
databases and literature), market share and equipment classes; existing 
regulatory and non-regulatory efficiency improvement initiatives; 
models currently available and their distribution with respect to 
efficiency and rated input in each equipment class. The purpose of the 
technology assessment is to investigate technologies currently used in 
commercial packaged boilers, and identify those that will improve the 
energy efficiency of commercial packaged boilers. The technology 
assessment results in a preliminary list of technology options that can 
improve the thermal and/or combustion efficiency of commercial packaged 
boilers. Chapter 3 of the final rule TSD contains all the information 
related to the market and technology assessment. The chapter also 
provides additional details on the methodology used, information 
gathered, and results. DOE typically uses the information gathered in 
this chapter in the various downstream analyses such as engineering 
analysis, shipment analysis, and manufacturer impact analyses.
    For this final rule, DOE explored the market to identify 
manufacturers of commercial packaged boilers. As per the definition set 
forth in 10 CFR 431.82, a manufacturer of a commercial packaged boiler 
is any entity that: (1) Manufactures, produces, assembles, or imports a 
commercial packaged boiler in its entirety; (2) manufactures, produces, 
assembles, or imports a commercial packaged boiler in part, and 
specifies or approves the boiler's components, including burners or 
other components produced by others, as for example by specifying such 
components in a catalogue by make and model number or parts number; or 
(3) is any vendor or installer who sells a commercial packaged boiler 
that consists of a combination of components that is not specified or 
approved by a person described in the two previous parts of this 
definition.
    Through extensive search of publicly available information, 
including DOE's Compliance Certification Database \23\ and ABMA's and 
AHRI's websites, DOE identified 46 unique parent companies that 
manufacture CPB equipment. The complete list of manufacturers can be 
found in chapter 3 of the final rule TSD.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \23\ DOE's Compliance Certification Database houses 
certification reports and compliance statements submitted by 
manufacturers for covered products and equipment subject to Federal 
conservation standards. https://energy.gov/eere/buildings/implementation-certification-and-enforcement.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    In the NOPR analysis, DOE relied on equipment listing data from 
AHRI and other public sources and requested comment on any 
manufacturers of CPB equipment that were not represented in this 
analysis. Bradford White recommended that DOE review the paid research 
reports, included in research from BRG Building Solutions to identify 
manufacturers that are neither members of AHRI nor ABMA.\24\ (Bradford 
White, No. 68 at p. 4)
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \24\ BRG Building Solutions is a global consultancy that 
provides market data for various construction, building products, 
and utility industries, including heating and ventilation products. 
www.brgbuildingsolutions.com/.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    For the final rule, DOE's market analysis is primarily based on the 
Compliance Certification Database. The Compliance Certification 
Database houses certification reports and compliance statements 
submitted by manufacturers for covered equipment and equipment subject 
to Federal conservation standards. Manufacturers of all covered 
equipment are required to submit a certification report before a basic 
model is distributed in commerce. The Compliance Certification Database 
includes only certification records of current basic models that have 
been submitted to DOE in the past year. Thus, this database should 
provide the most comprehensive list of manufacturers actively selling 
commercial packaged boilers in the United States. However, DOE also 
surveyed the market to identify manufacturers that are not included in 
the Compliance Certification Database, but that appear to be actively 
selling CPB models. DOE reviewed AHRI and ABMA member manufacturers, 
and also searched publicly available information to identify several 
manufacturers who are neither members of AHRI nor ABMA. Through these 
information sources, DOE concludes it has generated a complete picture 
of the CPB market and manufacturers, and, thus, did not require the 
report suggested by Bradford White. The models offered by all 
manufacturers that DOE identified in this rulemaking characterize the 
market for commercial packaged boilers in the market and technology 
assessment (chapter 3 of the final rule TSD).
2. Scope of Coverage
    EPCA lists ``packaged boilers'' as a type of covered equipment. (42 
U.S.C. 6311(1)) EPCA defines the term ``packaged boiler'' as ``a boiler 
that is shipped complete with heating equipment, mechanical draft 
equipment, and automatic controls; usually shipped in one or more 
sections.'' (42 U.S.C. 6311(11)(B))
    In the 2016 CPB TP final rule, DOE consolidated various definitions 
related to commercial packaged boilers by revising its definitions for 
``packaged boiler'' and ``commercial packaged boiler'' at 10 CFR 
431.82, and removing the definitions for ``packaged low pressure 
boiler'' and ``packaged high pressure boiler.'' The definition for 
``packaged boiler'' adopted by DOE in the 2016 CPB TP final rule is 
essentially the same as EPCA's definition, but clarifies that if the 
boiler is shipped in more than one section, the sections may be 
produced by more than one manufacturer, and may be originated or 
shipped at different times and from more than one location. DOE updated 
the definition of a ``commercial packaged boiler'' to define the term 
as a packaged boiler that meets all of the following criteria: (1) Has 
a rated input of 300,000 Btu/h or greater; (2) is distributed in 
commerce for space conditioning and/or service water heating in 
buildings but does not meet the definition of ``hot water supply 
boiler''; (3) does not meet the definition of ``field-constructed''; 
and (4) is designed to, or is operated at a steam pressure of at or 
below 15 psig or a water pressure at or below 160 psig and water 
temperature of 250 [deg]F. 81 FR 89276, 89279-89280 (December 9, 2016). 
DOE also adopted a related definition for ``field-constructed.''
    As noted above, the definition of ``packaged boiler'' refers to a 
boiler that is shipped complete with heating

[[Page 1610]]

equipment, mechanical draft equipment, and automatic controls. 
Although, the definition does not explicitly include natural draft 
equipment, DOE concluded in the August 2015 withdrawal notice that 
natural draft commercial packaged boilers are and have been covered 
equipment subject to DOE's energy conservation standards for commercial 
packaged boilers. 80 FR 51487. Accordingly, DOE proposed amended energy 
conservation standards in the March 2016 NOPR that are applicable to 
natural draft commercial packaged boilers, and has likewise included 
natural draft commercial packaged boilers in the analysis for this 
final rule and adopts standards that are applicable to this equipment.
3. Equipment Classes
    When evaluating and establishing energy conservation standards, DOE 
typically divides covered equipment into equipment classes based on the 
type of energy used, capacity, or performance-related features that 
justify a different standard. In making a determination whether a 
performance-related feature justifies a different standard, DOE 
considers such factors as the utility to the consumer of the feature 
and other factors DOE determines are appropriate. The current 
regulations for commercial packaged boilers list 10 equipment classes 
with corresponding energy efficiency standards for each.\25\ 10 CFR 
431.87. These equipment classes are based on (1) size (rated input), 
(2) heating media (hot water or steam), and (3) type of fuel used (oil 
or gas).\26\ The gas-fired steam commercial packaged boilers are 
further classified according to draft type. In the March 2016 NOPR, DOE 
proposed to consolidate CPB equipment classes that are currently 
divided by draft type.\27\ Specifically, DOE proposed to combine the 
small (>=300,000 Btu/h and <=2,500,000 Btu/h), gas fired--all except 
natural draft, steam and small (>=300,000 Btu/h and <=2,500,000 Btu/h), 
gas fired--natural draft, steam classes; and the large (>2,500,000 Btu/
h and <=10,000,000 Btu/h), gas fired--all except natural draft, steam 
and large (>=2,500,000 Btu/h and <=10,000,000 Btu/h), gas fired--
natural draft, steam classes from four equipment classes to two 
equipment classes: (1) Small (>=300,000 Btu/h and <=2,500,000 Btu/h), 
gas-fired steam; and (2) large (>2,500,000 Btu/h and <=10,000,000 Btu/
h), gas-fired steam. 81 FR 15852.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \25\ These standard levels were adopted in the July 2009 final 
rule. 74 FR 36312 (July 22, 2009).
    \26\ Under subpart E of 10 CFR part 431, commercial packaged 
boilers are divided into equipment classes based on rated input 
(i.e., size category). Throughout this document, DOE refers to units 
with a rated input of >=300,000 Btu/h and <=2,500,000 Btu/h as 
``small'' and units with a rated input of >2,500,000 Btu/h as 
``large.'' See 10 CFR 431.87.
    \27\ Because DOE is not adopting amended standards for 
commercial packaged boilers with rated inputs above 10,000,000 Btu/
h, the standards for equipment in this class will remain unchanged. 
Thus, although DOE is consolidating this equipment into a single 
class, an allowance will still be made for natural draft units to 
have a lower minimum efficiency until March 2, 2022, as is allowed 
under the current standards.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    The Joint Advocates and Bradford White supported DOE's 
reconfiguration of the equipment classes to eliminate draft type as a 
distinguishing feature. (Joint Advocates, No. 74 at p. 2; Bradford 
White, No. 68 at p. 4) The Joint Advocates added that natural draft 
boilers provide no distinct performance-related utility. (Joint 
Advocates, No. 74 at p. 2)
    Weil-McLain, Spire, the Gas Associations, and BHI requested that 
DOE establish separate equipment classes for natural draft and 
mechanical draft commercial packaged boilers, noting that the ability 
to utilize natural draft in installations provides consumers with 
utility. (Weil-McLain, No. 67 at p. 6; BHI, No. 71 at pp. 14-15; Spire, 
No. 73 at p. 11; Gas Associations, No. 69 at p. 4; Crown, Public 
Meeting Transcript, No. 61 at p. 159) BHI stated that loss of the 
ability to use Category I venting (suitable for non-condensing boilers) 
is a loss in utility because the circumstances of many real world 
installations offer no practical alternatives to Category I venting. 
BHI argued that providing heat and hot water are not the only utility 
functions, features, and performance characteristics of boilers, and 
that designs that allow proper installation in a variety of cases are a 
critical aspect of utility so that such equipment can be installed and 
used safely. In addition, BHI stated that there is a point at which 
increasing installation costs become large enough to effectively create 
a ``loss of utility,'' and this situation in the real world is as 
likely to ``result in the unavailability'' of appropriate Category I 
boilers as a pure design issue. Further, BHI adds that DOE overstated 
the availability and utility of 85-percent gas-fired hot water boilers, 
particularly 85-percent atmospheric boilers in its screening analysis. 
BHI suggests that the adoption of 85-percent gas-fired hot water 
standard will leave many consumers with no cost effective option for 
replacement boiler and could lead to safety issues due to problems in 
venting system. BHI stated that this is a direct violation of the 
``safe harbor rule.'' (BHI, No. 71 at pp. 4, 13-15) Spire also 
suggested that easy installation to existing natural draft venting 
systems should qualify as a unique utility of natural draft units and 
therefore should be preserved under 42 U.S.C. 6313(a)(6)(B)(i)(IV). 
Spire noted that DOE has recognized this fact in its decision to 
maintain separate equipment classes for ``space-constrained'' heat 
pumps and air conditions. (Spire, No. 72, at pp. 10-12) Raypak 
commented that DOE should not assume that all boiler installations will 
be capable of handling new installations at the amended efficiencies 
proposed in the March 2016 NOPR. They add that half of the commercial 
buildings were built before 1980 and when these boilers need to be 
replaced, it may not be possible to install an 85-percent efficient 
boiler in its place. Raypak further states that the category I boilers 
must be retained for such replacement scenarios. (Raypak, No. 72 at p. 
3)
    DOE maintains its position explained in the March 2016 NOPR and 
reiterates that the utility derived by consumers from commercial 
packaged boilers is in the form of the space heating function that a 
boiler performs, rather than the type of venting the boiler uses. 
Boilers requiring Category I or Category IV venting are capable of 
providing the same heating function to the consumer, and, thus, provide 
the same utility with respect to their primary function. DOE does not 
consider reduced costs associated with Category I venting in certain 
installations as a utility to the consumer, and also disagrees with 
BHI's assertion that there is a point at which the installation costs 
get so prohibitively expensive that they create a loss of utility to 
the consumer. Instead, the expenses associated with venting 
requirements are considered as an economic impact on consumers in the 
rulemaking's cost-benefit analysis and ultimately the analysis 
determines if the cost is economically prohibitive. Details regarding 
installation costs can be located in section IV.F.2. Further, DOE 
maintains that this final rule is not in violation of ``safe harbor'' 
rule because it does not result in the unavailability of any covered 
product class of performance characteristics (including reliability, 
features, sizes, capacities and volumes) that are substantially the 
same as those currently available. 42 U.S.C. 6313(a)(B)(iii)(II)(aa) 
DOE does not consider the type of venting to be a ``feature'' that 
would provide utility to consumers; instead DOE properly accounts for 
the economic benefits of the venting type in the economic analysis. 
Further, with regard to issues of safety in venting and incorrect

[[Page 1611]]

installation, DOE notes that there is equipment that is currently 
installed in commercial buildings that meets or exceeds the amended 
standards established in this final rule. Manufacturers will also have 
sufficient time after the publication of this final rule and before the 
compliance date to revise their installation and operation manuals of 
their compliant equipment or to train contractors on installation of 
equipment that requires a change of the venting system.
    In the March 2016 NOPR, DOE tentatively decided to classify 
commercial packaged boilers with rated input greater than 10,000 kBtu/h 
into separate equipment classes and not amend energy conservation 
standards for those classes because of regulatory complexities and lack 
of sufficient data to justify amended standards. 81 FR 15851-15853. 
Specifically, DOE noted that commercial packaged boilers with rated 
input greater than 10,000 kBtu/h are generally engineered-to-order, 
have very low shipment volumes as compared to other equipment classes 
with lower rated input, and have limited potential for significant 
additional energy savings. These factors, combined with a lack of 
information on pricing, shipments, and rated efficiency, led DOE to not 
propose amended energy conservation standards for very large commercial 
packaged boilers; however, the current efficiency standards applicable 
for the large CPB equipment classes remain applicable to the very large 
CPB equipment classes.
    In response to these proposed amendments, Bradford White and ABMA 
expressed support for the introduction of the ``Very Large'' equipment 
classes. (Bradford White, No. 68 at p. 4; ABMA, No. 64 at p. 1) 
However, ABMA requested DOE to place a capacity limit on this 
rulemaking. (ABMA, No. 64 at p. 1) Raypak expressed support for not 
increasing the efficiency standard for very large commercial packaged 
boilers. (Raypak, No. 72 at p. 4) ABMA also noted that very large 
commercial packaged boilers are generally custom-built, and obtaining 
realistic prices for such equipment will not be possible. (ABMA, No. 64 
at p. 2)
    Based on the foregoing, DOE adopts equipment classes for ``very 
large'' commercial packaged boilers in this final rule. However, as 
discussed in the March 2016 NOPR, an upper limit for the rated input 
for commercial packaged boilers regulated by DOE's standards would 
violate EPCA's anti-backsliding provisions set forth in 42 U.S.C. 
6313(a)(6)(B)(iii)(I), as the existing standards apply to all equipment 
meeting the definition of commercial packaged boiler regardless of the 
rated input. Providing an upper limit for rated input above which 
standards do not apply would essentially be repealing the existing 
standards for that equipment, which is prohibited by the anti-
backsliding clause. As such, DOE maintains the existing standards for 
very large commercial packaged boilers at the levels currently 
applicable to all commercial packaged boilers with rated input greater 
than or equal to 2,500 kBtu/h.
    In summary, today's final rule adopts the following changes 
proposed in the March 2016 NOPR: (1) Separating the equipment classes 
for commercial packaged boilers that have rated input above 10,000 
kBtu/h, and (2) consolidating the equipment classes for small and large 
gas-fired steam boilers that are currently divided based on draft type 
into equipment classes that are not divided based on draft type, 
thereby reducing the four draft-specific classes into two classes that 
are not draft specific. In addition, DOE has decided not to amend 
energy conservation standards for very large commercial packaged 
boilers. The current standards for large CPB equipment classes will 
remain applicable to the corresponding very large CPB equipment 
classes.
    Thus, in total, DOE is adopting 12 equipment classes \28\ for 
commercial packaged boilers. The equipment classes are categorized 
based on: (1) Rated input (small (>=300,000 Btu/h to <=2,500,000 Btu/
h), large (>2,500,000 Btu/h and <=10,000,000 Btu/h) and very large 
(>10,000,000 Btu/h)); (2) heating medium (hot water or steam); and (3) 
fuel type (gas-fired or oil-fired). Table IV.1 shows all of the CPB 
equipment classes, including the eight equipment classes for which DOE 
is amending standards and four equipment classes for which DOE did not 
amend standards.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \28\ Consolidating the 4 draft-specific classes into 2 non-
draft-specific classes reduces the number of equipment classes from 
10 to 8, and creating separate equipment classes for very large CPB 
equipment adds 4 equipment classes. These changes result in 12 
equipment classes.

                                              Table IV.1--Equipment Classes for Commercial Packaged Boilers
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                                                               Amended standards adopted
         Equipment class                  Size                  Fuel               Heating medium              Acronym             in this final rule
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Small Gas-fired Hot Water.......  >=300kBtu/h to       Gas...................  Hot Water.............  SGHW                    Yes.
                                   <=2,500kBtu/h.
Large Gas-fired Hot Water.......  >2,500kBtu/h to      Gas...................  Hot Water.............  LGHW                    Yes.
                                   <=10,000kBtu/h.
Very Large Gas-fired Hot Water    >10,000kBtu/h......  Gas...................  Hot Water.............  VLGHW                   No.
 **.
Small Oil-fired Hot Water.......  >=300kBtu/h to       Oil...................  Hot Water.............  SOHW                    Yes.
                                   <=2,500kBtu/h.
Large Oil-fired Hot Water.......  >2,500kBtu/h to      Oil...................  Hot Water.............  LOHW                    Yes.
                                   <=10,000kBtu/h.
Very Large Oil-fired Hot Water    >10,000kBtu/h......  Oil...................  Hot Water.............  VLOHW                   No.
 **.
Small Gas-fired Steam *.........  >=300kBtu/h to       Gas...................  Steam.................  SGST                    Yes.
                                   <=2,500kBtu/h.
Large Gas-fired Steam *.........  >2,500kBtu/h to      Gas...................  Steam.................  LGST                    Yes.
                                   <=10,000kBtu/h.
Very Large Gas-fired Steam **...  >10,000kBtu/h......  Gas...................  Steam.................  VLGST                   No.
Small Oil-fired Steam...........  >=300kBtu/h to       Oil...................  Steam.................  SOST                    Yes.
                                   <=2,500kBtu/h.
Large Oil-fired Steam...........  >2,500kBtu/h to      Oil...................  Steam.................  LOST                    Yes.
                                   <=10,000kBtu/h.
Very Large Oil-fired Steam **...  >10,000kBtu/h......  Oil...................  Steam.................  VLOST                   No.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
* The small, gas-fired, steam, natural draft equipment classes and small, gas-fired steam, all except natural draft equipment classes prior to this
  final rule are consolidated into a single small gas-fired, steam equipment class. Similarly, the large, gas-fired, steam, natural draft equipment
  classes and large, gas-fired steam, all except natural draft equipment classes prior to this final rule are consolidated into a single large, gas-
  fired, steam equipment class.
** DOE establishes separate equipment classes for commercial packaged boilers with rated input above 10,000kBtu/h.


[[Page 1612]]

4. Market Assessment
    As discussed previously, in the market assessment DOE uses 
qualitative and quantitative information to assess the past and present 
industry structure and market characteristics. In carrying out this 
assessment, DOE examines literature from a variety of sources, 
including industry publications, trade journals, government agencies, 
manufacturers, and trade organizations.
    In the March 2016 NOPR, DOE compiled a database of commercial 
packaged boilers that was sourced from the AHRI's Directory of 
Certified Product Performance (AHRI database) for commercial packaged 
boilers and information gathered from manufacturer specifications of 
ABMA member manufacturers. In chapter 3 of the NOPR TSD, DOE presented 
histograms showing the distribution of commercial packaged boilers by 
efficiency and rated input for each equipment class. DOE used these 
distributions of models as inputs to the engineering analysis to 
calculate the incremental prices and identify intermediate and max-tech 
efficiency levels in each equipment class.
    In response to using the distribution of models in the engineering 
analysis, AHRI provided comments requesting DOE to reconsider its 
approach. AHRI provided histograms of the distribution of the boiler 
models based on their directory of certified equipment performance and 
highlighted the differences with the histograms presented in the market 
and technology assessment (chapter 3 of the NOPR TSD). (AHRI, No. 76 at 
p. 12) Raypak also provided comments opposing the use of the 
distribution of CPB models available on the market in each equipment 
class, to conduct the engineering analysis. Raypak also added that DOE 
does not have equipment listings for 11 out of 45 manufacturers who are 
not represented by AHRI or ABMA. (Raypak, Public Meeting Transcript, 
No. 61 at pp. 57-58; Raypak, No. 72 at pp. 2-3)
    In response, DOE notes that it created the equipment database for 
the March 2016 NOPR using the AHRI database (that was accessed in July 
2015) and models of ABMA member manufacturers. The histograms that AHRI 
provided in their comments only include models from a more recent 
version of AHRI's directory of equipment performance. Therefore, the 
difference in the histograms is most likely due to the difference in 
the versions of the AHRI database considered in the March 2016 NOPR and 
in AHRI's comments; and due to the additional data from ABMA member 
manufacturer literature which is not accounted for in the histograms in 
AHRI's comments.
    In this final rule, DOE has created an updated database, that 
includes commercial packaged boilers from several sources of 
information, including its own Compliance Certification Database,\29\ 
AHRI's Directory of Certified Product Performance \30\ (accessed in 
July 2016) for commercial packaged boiler, and manufacturer literature. 
In response to comments provided by Raypak, DOE has also considered 
boilers that meet the definition of commercial packaged boilers and are 
produced by manufacturers who are not members of ABMA or AHRI. DOE 
compiled a database consisting of a total of 4,791 CPB models for the 
final rule (MTA database). However, in the downstream analysis, DOE did 
not use information for certain models because they either: (1) Did not 
list the relevant energy efficiency metric applicable for that 
commercial packaged boiler; (2) had rated efficiency lower than the 
corresponding energy conservation standard; or (3) listed an efficiency 
rating based on a test procedure other than DOE's test procedure for 
commercial packaged boilers. While such equipment was considered as 
part of the boiler models available on the market since they meet the 
definition of commercial packaged boilers, they were not considered in 
the downstream analysis since the relevant data was missing. Out of the 
total of 4,791 CPB models in the MTA database, 2,826 models had the 
necessary data for consideration in the engineering analysis. (Note, 
the 2,826 model count does not include the models in the ``very large'' 
equipment classes.) DOE used these remaining boiler models for 
selecting efficiency levels and to conduct the analysis for evaluating 
the incremental prices for higher efficiency. DOE has presented the 
distribution of commercial packaged boilers based on the relevant 
energy-efficiency metric (i.e., ET or EC) and 
rated input in chapter 3 of the final rule TSD.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \29\ DOE's Compliance Certification Database is located at: 
https://www.regulations.doe.gov/certification-data/#q=Product_Group_s%3A*.
    \30\ AHRI's Directory of Certified Product Performance can be 
found at https://www.ahridirectory.org/ahridirectory/pages/home.aspx.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    In response to the March 2016 NOPR, AHRI provided aggregated 
shipments data for SGHW and LGHW equipment classes, broken down by 
efficiencies and rated input for the years 2014 and 2015. In a separate 
correspondence with DOE, AHRI has also provided aggregated annual 
shipment information for different non-condensing and condensing; and 
gas- and oil-fired commercial packaged boilers spanning the years from 
2001 to 2015. (AHRI, No. 76 at p. 13)
    DOE used the shipment data provided by AHRI in its rulemaking 
analyses for this final rule.
    Chapter 3 of the final rule TSD, the market and technology 
assessment, contains a detailed discussion of the models in the 
analysis used and the distribution of CPB models by their efficiency 
and rated input, and other characteristics (e.g., material, modulating 
or non-modulating). Chapter 5 of the final rule TSD, the engineering 
analysis, discusses the models used for the selection of efficiency 
levels and the engineering analysis.
5. Technology Options
    As part of the rulemaking analysis, DOE identifies technology 
options that are currently used in commercial packaged boilers at 
different efficiency levels available on the market. This helps DOE to 
assess the technology changes that would be required to increase the 
efficiency of a commercial packaged boiler from baseline to other 
higher efficiency levels. Initially, these technologies encompass all 
those DOE determines are technologically feasible.
    As a starting point, DOE typically uses information from existing 
and past rulemakings as inputs to determine what technologies 
manufacturers use to attain higher performance levels. DOE also 
researches emerging technologies that have been demonstrated in 
prototype designs. DOE developed its list of design options for the 
considered equipment classes through consultation with manufacturers, 
including manufacturers of components and systems, and from trade 
publications and technical papers.
    In the March 2016 NOPR, DOE presented a list of technologies for 
improving the efficiency of commercial packaged boilers: (1) Jacket 
insulation; (2) heat exchanger improvements (including condensing heat 
exchanger); (3) burner derating; (4) improved burner technology; (5) 
combustion air preheaters; (6) economizers; (7) blowdown waste heat 
recovery; (8) oxygen trim systems; and (9) integrated, high efficiency 
steam boiler. DOE also added in the March 2016 NOPR that it is 
considering ``pulse combustion burners'' as an option to achieve 
condensing operation and tentatively decided to categorize it under 
condensing boiler heat exchanger design. 81 FR 15853.

[[Page 1613]]

    In response to the March 2016 NOPR, Lochinvar suggested that the 
benefits of the oxygen trim technology were overstated in the TSD and 
requested that DOE provide more details on the 1 to 2 percent 
efficiency improvement claim. Lochinvar noted that oxygen trim systems 
require electronically positioned valves and other controls that 
increase the cost of the boiler which must be factored into the 
analysis. Lochinvar added that oxygen trim systems incorporate oxygen 
sensors which require replacement every few years. (Lochinvar, No. 70 
at p. 7)
    In response, DOE notes that the efficiency increments specified in 
the NOPR TSD for oxygen trim systems are based on a possible reduction 
in combustion air and an estimated improvement in efficiency 
corresponding to that reduction in excess air. These efficiency 
improvements are sourced from publicly available literature.\31\ Based 
on the literature, every 1-percent decrease in excess oxygen or 15-
percent decrease in excess air in the stack, could result in an 
improvement in efficiency of 0.5 percent and 1 percent, respectively. 
While DOE considered these technology options as opportunities to 
improve the efficiency for the technology assessment, it did not use 
the options directly in the engineering analysis to establish a path 
for improvement in efficiency and calculate the corresponding 
incremental cost. Instead, in the engineering analysis, DOE used the 
price-efficiency approach to determine the increase in manufacturer 
selling price of the boiler with respect to increase in efficiency (see 
section IV.C.1). This approach relies on selecting efficiency levels 
and collecting pricing for commercial packaged boilers at those levels, 
regardless of the particular technology used to reach the level and 
using that information to develop aggregate industry price estimates at 
each efficiency level. Therefore, the technology options identified and 
specifically the options that passed the screening analysis (discussed 
in section IV.B of this final rule) do not directly impact the 
engineering analysis, but rather serve an informational purpose for 
options that manufacturers, researchers, and other interested parties 
may consider to improve the efficiency of commercial packaged boilers.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \31\ For more information on ``Oxygen trim systems'' see: https://www1.eere.energy.gov/manufacturing/tech_assistance/pdfs/steam4_boiler_efficiency.pdf and https://www.pdhonline.com/courses/m166/m166content.pdf.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    DOE also received comments from Raypak in the NOPR public meeting 
recommending moving pulse combustion as a completely independent 
technology option rather than enlisting it under heat exchanger 
improvements. (Raypak, Public Meeting Transcript, No. 61 at p. 51)
    DOE agrees with the comments and has decided to add pulse 
combustion as a separate technology option different from heat 
exchanger improvements or improved burner technology.
    DOE did not receive any other comments on the technology options it 
considered in the March 2016 NOPR. Therefore, in this final rule, DOE 
has retained all the technology options that were identified in the 
March 2016 NOPR and has included ``pulse combustion'' as a separate 
technology option. The technology options that are identified for the 
final rule analysis are described in detail in chapter 3 of the final 
rule TSD.

B. Screening Analysis

    After DOE identified the technologies that might improve the energy 
efficiency of commercial packaged boilers, DOE conducted a screening 
analysis. The goal of the screening analysis is to identify technology 
options that will be considered further, and those that will be 
eliminated from further consideration, in the rulemaking analyses. DOE 
applied the following set of screening criteria to each of the 
technologies identified in the technology assessment to determine which 
technology options are unsuitable for further consideration in the 
rulemaking:
     Technological feasibility: DOE will consider technologies 
incorporated in commercial equipment or in working prototypes to be 
technologically feasible.
     Practicability to manufacture, install, and service: If 
mass production and reliable installation and servicing of a technology 
in commercial equipment could be achieved on the scale necessary to 
serve the relevant market at the time the standard comes into effect, 
then DOE will consider that technology practicable to manufacture, 
install, and service.
     Adverse impacts on equipment utility or equipment 
availability: If DOE determines a technology would have a significant 
adverse impact on the utility of the equipment to significant subgroups 
of consumers, or would result in the unavailability of any covered 
equipment type with performance characteristics (including 
reliability), features, sizes, capacities, and volumes that are 
substantially the same as equipment generally available in the United 
States at the time, it will not consider this technology further.
     Adverse impacts on health or safety: If DOE determines 
that a technology will have significant adverse impacts on health or 
safety, it will not consider this technology further. 10 CFR part 430, 
subpart C, appendix A, 4(a)(4) and 5(b)
    In sum, if DOE determines that a technology, or a combination of 
technologies, fails to meet one or more of the above four criteria, it 
will be excluded from further consideration in the engineering 
analysis. Additionally, it is DOE policy not to include in its analysis 
any proprietary technology that is a unique pathway to achieving a 
certain efficiency level.
    In the March 2016 NOPR, DOE applied the screening criteria to all 
technologies identified in the technology assessment (see section 
IV.A.5). Based on the screening criteria described previously, DOE 
removed ``burner derating'' from further consideration in the 
rulemaking analysis, noting that the technology option could lower the 
heating output to the consumer thereby reducing consumer utility. The 
remaining technology options passed the screening analysis. Out of the 
options that passed the screening analysis criteria, DOE further 
identified technology options that would have negligible impact on the 
efficiency as measured by DOE's test procedure set forth in 10 CFR 
431.86. Specifically, DOE identified the following technologies as 
having a negligible impact on the rated energy efficiency: (1) Jacket 
insulation; (2) combustion air pre-heaters; (3) economizers; and (4) 
blowdown waste heat recovery. These technologies were removed from 
further consideration in the rulemaking analysis. The remaining 
technology options were found to have an impact on the measured energy 
efficiency of commercial packaged boilers: (1) Heat exchanger 
improvements (including condensing heat exchangers); (2) improvements 
in burner technology; and (3) oxygen trim systems. 81 FR 15853-15855.
    As discussed in section IV.A.5 of this final rule, DOE has decided 
to add pulse combustion as a separate technology option. Previously DOE 
had included pulse combustion under heat exchanger technology options 
which passed the screening analysis in the March 2016 NOPR. Therefore, 
in this final rule, pulse combustion was included as a separate 
technology option in the list that passed the screening analysis.
    DOE did not receive any comments on the technology options that 
were

[[Page 1614]]

removed from further consideration or passed the screening criteria. 
Therefore, DOE continues to screen the technologies as was done for the 
March 2016 NOPR and summarized immediately above. For more information 
on the screening analysis see chapter 4 of the final rule TSD.

C. Engineering Analysis

    The engineering analysis establishes the relationship between 
manufacturer selling prices (MSP) and energy-efficiency of commercial 
packaged boilers. This price-efficiency relationship serves as a basis 
for subsequent cost-benefit calculations for individual consumers, 
manufacturers, and the Nation.
    To determine this price-efficiency relationship, DOE uses data from 
the market and technology assessment, publicly available equipment 
literature and research reports, and information from manufacturers, 
distributors, and contractors. For this rulemaking, DOE first used 
information from the market and technology assessment to identify 
efficiency levels and representative equipment for analysis (see 
section IV.A). In the engineering analysis, DOE collected CPB prices 
primarily from manufacturers, mechanical contractors, and equipment 
distributors. DOE tabulated all of the price data in a separate 
database, which is referred to as the ``prices database.''
1. Methodology
    DOE has identified three basic methods for developing price-
efficiency curves: (1) The design-option approach, which provides the 
incremental manufacturing costs of adding design options to a baseline 
model that will improve its efficiency; (2) the efficiency-level 
approach, which provides the incremental price of moving to higher 
efficiency levels without regard to any particular design option; (3) 
the reverse-engineering (or cost-assessment) approach, which provides 
``bottom-up'' manufacturing cost assessments for achieving various 
levels of increased efficiency based on teardown analyses (or physical 
teardowns) providing detailed data on costs for parts and material, 
labor, shipping/packaging, and investment for models that operate at 
particular efficiency levels.\32\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \32\ The term `cost' refers to the manufacturing cost, while the 
term `price' refers to the manufacturer selling price. In some of 
the engineering analysis approaches DOE calculates the manufacturing 
cost which is multiplied with the appropriate markups to get the 
manufacturer selling price.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    For this rulemaking, DOE has decided to use the efficiency-level 
approach to conduct the engineering analysis. This methodology 
generally involves calculating prices of commercial packaged boilers 
for a given rated input (representative capacity) for each manufacturer 
at different efficiency levels spanning from the minimum allowable 
standard (i.e., baseline level) to the maximum technologically feasible 
efficiency level. The primary output of the analysis is a set of price-
efficiency relationships that represent the average change in 
manufacturer selling price for higher efficiency equipment (i.e., 
``incremental price''). In the subsequent markups analysis (chapter 6 
in the final rule TSD), DOE determines consumer prices by applying 
additional distribution chain markups and sales tax to the manufacturer 
selling prices developed in the engineering analysis. After applying 
these markups, the data serve as inputs to the life-cycle cost and 
payback period analyses (chapter 8 in the final rule TSD).
    As discussed previously, DOE classified commercial packaged boilers 
into twelve equipment classes based on rated input, heating medium (hot 
water or steam), and fuel type (gas or oil). For all equipment classes, 
except the very large CPB equipment classes (for which DOE is not 
amending energy conservation standards), DOE collected pricing data 
which it used to directly analyze the price-efficiency relationship of 
each equipment class. DOE did not analyze very large CPB equipment 
classes in this engineering analysis.
    For each manufacturer selling price obtained, DOE first calculated 
the ratio of the price of the commercial packaged boiler with respect 
to its rated input to obtain all prices on a per-unit rated input basis 
(dollars per kBtu/h). The prices obtained were at various rated inputs, 
so DOE assigned weights to individual prices (on a per rated input 
basis) based on the distribution of rated inputs of either CPB 
shipments (where DOE had this data available) or CPB models available 
on the market. DOE gave more weight to the prices for equipment at 
input capacities that have higher representation in CPB shipments or 
CPB models on the market. For SGHW equipment class, AHRI provided 
shipment information that includes the distribution of CPB shipments by 
rated input and by efficiency. Therefore, for the engineering analysis 
for the SGHW equipment class, DOE used the information provided by AHRI 
to calculate the weights based on the distribution of shipments by 
rated input. For all other equipment classes, DOE did not have 
information on distribution of shipment by rated input. As a result, 
DOE used the numbers of models available on the market from the 
equipment database to calculate the weights to corresponding to the 
rated input of each CPB price. DOE applied these weights to calculate 
the weighted average price per rated input and the weighted average 
rated input for each efficiency level.
    Next, DOE scaled the weighted average price (on a per rated input 
basis) at each efficiency level from the weighted average rated input 
(at which the price was calculated in the previous step) to the 
representative rated input for the respective equipment class. DOE used 
800 kBtu/h and 3,000 kBtu/h as the representative rated input for the 
small and large equipment classes. To normalize the prices back to the 
representative capacity, DOE used non-linear regression to determine 
the equation that best represents the price on a per-unit input basis 
as a function of rated input. Through the non-linear regression, DOE 
noticed that for lower input capacities the price on a per input basis 
is higher, and as the rated input increases, the price per input 
decreases. In addition, the rate of change of the price on a per-unit 
input basis with respect to rated input also decreases considerably as 
the rated input increases. The result of this non-linear regression is 
a scatter plot that appears to resemble a decreasing exponential curve. 
This trend is expected, as CPB models will have certain fixed costs 
that are present regardless of the size, and other costs that will 
increase as the rated input increases. DOE applied the regression 
equation to determine the weighted average price per input at the 
representative rated input for each efficiency level analyzed.
    Once DOE had determined the weighted average price per input at the 
representative capacity for all efficiency levels, DOE performed a 
regression analysis to deduce the equation that best represents the 
price-efficiency relationship. Using the regression equation, DOE 
calculated the predicted weighted average price per input at the 
representative capacity for all efficiency levels that were analyzed in 
each equipment class. DOE then multiplied the predicted weighted 
average price per input at the representative capacity by the 
representative capacity to get the manufacturer selling price at each 
efficiency level. As a final step, DOE calculated the incremental 
prices by subtracting the baseline price from the manufacturer selling 
price of each efficiency level above the baseline.
    DOE used the methodology described above to analyze each equipment 
class (other than very large equipment classes). For the SGHW equipment 
classes DOE used the same methodology

[[Page 1615]]

to conduct separate analyses for condensing and non-condensing 
efficiency levels. This was done to account for difference in the 
slopes of the price efficiency curves between non-condensing and 
condensing efficiency levels. To carry out the separate assessment for 
condensing SGHW commercial packaged boilers, DOE separated the 
condensing SGHW models from the non-condensing SGHW models and used the 
separate datasets to conduct the analysis as per the methodology 
described in the previous paragraph. DOE did not have sufficient 
pricing data to analyze each condensing efficiency level of LGHW, SOHW 
and LOHW. As a result, DOE did not analyze these condensing levels 
separately. Instead, DOE used the same incremental manufacturer selling 
prices that were determined in the preliminary analysis TSD to evaluate 
the prices for condensing efficiency levels in these equipment classes. 
DOE did not receive any comments in the previous stages of the 
rulemaking providing additional pricing data or suggesting that the 
prices were inaccurate.
    For further details on the methodology and results are provided in 
the chapter 5 of the final rule TSD.
a. Analysis of Large CPB Equipment Classes
    As discussed in section IV.C.2, DOE collected 584 CPB prices that 
covered all CPB equipment classes that are analyzed in this final rule. 
Out of the eight equipment classes analyzed, DOE received sufficient 
information to analyze five equipment classes at all efficiency levels 
without extrapolation of data from other equipment class. For three 
large equipment classes, i.e., LOHW, LGST and LOST, DOE did not have 
pricing data at several efficiency levels that are analyzed in this 
final rule. The lack of data stems from the general low number of 
models available in the market for such equipment classes. To address 
these cases, DOE leveraged the pricing collected for the small CPB 
equipment classes to estimate the price of a large commercial packaged 
boiler. To extrapolate the prices, DOE first combined the price data of 
each small and large equipment classes that have the same 
characteristics (e.g., SHOW and LOHW). DOE then performed a regression 
analysis of the entire dataset to find an equation that represents the 
relationship between equipment price and rated input for the given type 
of equipment. DOE then used the equation to estimate the price of a 
commercial packaged boiler when its size is scaled up to 3,000 kBtu/h. 
The detailed methodology for the engineering analysis including, the 
plots that show the variation of CPB price with rated input are 
included in chapter 5 of the final rule TSD. In the March 2016 NOPR DOE 
tentatively used this approach to estimate prices for commercial 
packaged boilers at certain efficiency levels for the three equipment 
classes. DOE requested comments and feedback from interested parties on 
various aspects of the engineering analysis performed for the NOPR 
analysis, and specifically on the methodology and results.
    In response to this approach, DOE received comments from ABMA 
expressing concern about the extrapolation of prices from small boilers 
to address the lack of data for large boilers. ABMA stated that large 
boilers not only have a significantly different applications and 
features but also carry an exponentially higher cost for 
transportation, installation and start-up. (ABMA, No. 64 at p. 1) 
Phoenix Energy Management stated in the NOPR public meeting that there 
is no connection between a small and a large boiler and that there are 
multiple variables that come into play in establishing the price. (PEM, 
Public Meeting Transcript, No. 61 at p. 64) Raypak stated that the 
price of a 3,000 kBtu/h boiler is substantially different from a 10,000 
kBtu/h boiler. (Raypak, Public Meeting Transcript, No. 61 at p. 65)
    In response, DOE notes that the extrapolation of prices from the 
small to large equipment classes (for oil-fired hot water and steam; 
and gas-fired steam equipment classes) is based on actual pricing data 
that is available for commercial packaged boilers in each corresponding 
small and large equipment classes. DOE obtained 163 prices for large 
CPB models in the LOHW, LGST, and LOST equipment classes that were used 
in developing the price trend between small and large commercial 
packaged boilers in these classes. There are only a few efficiency 
levels in the three large equipment classes where DOE extrapolated data 
from the corresponding small classes. The trends in prices between the 
small and large classes show a smooth linear trend and are devoid of 
sudden changes in pricing structure. The r-squared values for the 
linear equations that fit the pricing data are 0.923, 0.982 and 0.967 
for oil-fired hot water, gas-fired steam and oil-fired steam equipment 
classes, respectively, indicating a strong fit to the data. Considering 
the r-squared value of the plots, DOE is highly confident that the 
extrapolated prices used in the analysis are representative of the 
prices for larger commercial packaged boilers. Therefore, in this final 
rule, DOE continues to use this approach to estimate the prices at 
several efficiency levels for LOHW, LGST and LOST commercial packaged 
boilers.
    The detailed methodology for the engineering analysis including the 
plots that show the variation of CPB price with rated input are 
included in chapter 5 of the final rule TSD.
2. Data Collection and Categorization
    As part of the engineering analysis, DOE collected 584 CPB prices 
from manufacturers, wholesalers, distributors and contractors.
    A distributor or wholesaler is usually the first consumer in the 
distribution chain and typically receives a discount on the list price 
when purchasing equipment from the manufacturer. This discount varies 
by manufacturer and the equipment being sold, and also depends on the 
business relationship between the manufacturer and the purchaser (i.e., 
the discount may vary depending on the volume of units that a 
distributor or contractor purchases). While collecting price data, DOE 
also obtained information on typical discounts applicable on the list 
prices, and applied the discount to list prices to obtain the actual 
manufacturer selling price. All manufacturer selling prices used in the 
engineering analysis include the appropriate discount to the list 
prices. In chapter 5 of the NOPR TSD, DOE specified that the discount 
rates offered by manufacturers typically lie within a range of 15 to 40 
percent.
    In response to this, AHRI commented that the equipment costs were 
wrongly generated using estimated discounts from list prices. AHRI 
highlighted that the discount factors used in the analysis had a large 
range (15 to 40 percent) and were based on manufacturers or DOE's 
estimates rather than actual data. AHRI stated that even small errors 
in these factors would have a significant effect on the resulting 
relationships established by DOE for determining actual manufacturer 
selling prices. AHRI opposed DOE's use of a single price estimate for 
an assumption with known variability and suggested using distribution 
of the estimates. (AHRI, No. 76 at pp. 41-42)
    DOE disagrees with AHRI's comment suggesting that it used its own 
estimates rather than actual data to determine the discounts from list 
pricing that are applicable to the pricing data. The range of discount 
rates specified in the chapter 5 of the NOPR TSD and mentioned in 
AHRI's comment, represent the typical rates offered by manufacturers. 
DOE gathered this

[[Page 1616]]

information through consultations with manufacturers, distributors, and 
contractors that provided CPB price data. While collecting pricing 
data, DOE also requested and received specific information on the 
discounts from list price offered by specific manufacturers and 
received by specific distributors. As a result, DOE had actual data on 
list price discounts for the models for which pricing was obtained, and 
DOE applied those discounts directly to the corresponding CPB list 
prices to calculate the manufacturer selling price that was used in the 
analysis. DOE considered the comments received from AHRI with regard to 
using a distribution of list price discount estimates instead of a 
fixed value. DOE concludes that using actual list price discounts that 
were shared by manufacturers, contractors and distributors is a more 
accurate approach to estimate the actual manufacturer selling prices 
than randomly assigning the discount based on a distribution through a 
Monte Carlo simulation, as suggested by AHRI. As a result, DOE decided 
to use the actual data for list price discounts received from 
manufacturers, distributors and contractors and applied it to the list 
prices received from the respective source before using the pricing 
data in the engineering analysis.
    DOE collected the bulk of its prices for commercial packaged 
boilers from distributors and contractors. This price data was also 
supplemented by information gathered through manufacturer interviews. 
The prices cover a wide variety of commercial packaged boiler models. 
The models for which DOE obtained pricing include mechanical draft, 
natural (or atmospheric) draft, condensing boilers and non-condensing 
boilers, and cover all equipment classes that are analyzed in this 
rulemaking. The input capacities of boilers for which prices were 
obtained ranged from 300 kBtu/h to 9,500 kBtu/h.
    In the March 2016 NOPR, DOE also described the approach it used in 
selecting the add-on features applicable to each commercial packaged 
boiler that is included in the price books. Most of the add-on features 
are related to control system that do not have an impact on the 
ET or EC as measured using DOE's test procedure. 
Each additional feature installed on a basic boiler model adds to the 
price of the model. However, this increase in price is generally not 
associated with the corresponding increase in efficiency.
    In response to the engineering analysis, ABMA stated that very 
large commercial packaged boilers are extremely difficult to price 
because these boilers are custom built to a specific set of 
requirements for a given installation. ABMA noted that the 
customization is primarily in the area of controls, instrumentation, 
interfacing with building energy management systems and meeting 
location specific emission requirements. ABMA noted that these add-ons 
carry a high price tag. However, ABMA suggested that while these units 
are custom built, they are built on a standard heat exchanger design 
and burner capacity and therefore energy efficiency should not be 
affected by the customizing features. (ABMA, No. 64 at p. 2) Raypak 
provided comments at the public meeting that DOE should be looking at 
the local code requirements that vary with jurisdiction, for installing 
commercial packaged boilers, stating that as the size increases the 
number of applicable controls and codes also increase. (Raypak, Public 
Meeting Transcript, No. 61 at pp. 62-63)
    DOE agrees with ABMA that the customizing of certain optional 
features do not impact the efficiency of commercial packaged boilers. 
To ensure that the cost of added features (that do not improve the 
efficiency of the equipment) are not included in the prices used for 
the engineering analysis, DOE normalized the optional features 
applicable to each boiler model by selecting the same options for all 
CPB prices collected. For example, DOE noticed that in several CPB 
series, prices of control and safety features are listed separately 
which get added to the basic model trade price. For such cases, DOE 
chose the same type of control feature for all CPB models where a 
choice is offered. While selecting the prices DOE also encountered 
scenarios where (1) a feature that DOE has consistently selected for 
all CPB models is not offered for a particular series; and (2) a 
particular feature becomes inapplicable for commercial packaged boilers 
of higher capacity within the same CPB series. In such cases DOE 
selected a similar feature that would offer similar functionality. This 
approach helped to minimize the effects of optional auxiliary 
components.
    In response to the engineering analysis presented in the NOPR 
public meeting, ABMA asked how much data was available and used for 
large sized boilers. (ABMA, Public Meeting Transcript, No. 61 at pp. 
93-94)
    In response, Table IV.2 shows the number of CPB prices that DOE 
used in the engineering analysis in each equipment class. This table 
was also presented in the March 2016 NOPR. 81 FR 15858. DOE did not 
collect additional price data for the final rule analysis.

     Table IV.2--Number of Prices Collected for Engineering Analysis
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                             Number of
                     Equipment class                      prices used in
                                                             analysis
------------------------------------------------------------------------
SGHW....................................................             203
LGHW....................................................              52
SOHW....................................................              70
LOHW....................................................              44
SGST....................................................              72
LGST....................................................              76
SOST....................................................              24
LOST....................................................              43
                                                         ---------------
  Total.................................................             584
------------------------------------------------------------------------

    As discussed previously, in response to DOE's requests for shipment 
data for conducting the rulemaking analyses, AHRI provided actual 
shipments data for SGHW and LGHW equipment classes for the years 2014 
and 2015. The information received represents shipment data collected 
by AHRI from AHRI-member manufacturers in an aggregated form. The 
information includes distributions of shipments by rated input for the 
SGHW equipment class for the years 2014 and 2015, distribution of 
shipments by efficiency for SGHW and LGHW equipment classes for the 
years 2014 and 2015, and shipment weighted efficiency for all equipment 
classes. DOE used the information for the distribution of shipment by 
rated input to conduct the analysis for SGHW condensing and non-
condensing efficiency levels. Further, this information is also used to 
conduct LCC and PBP analysis.
3. Baseline Efficiency
    DOE selects baseline efficiency levels as reference points for each 
equipment class, against which DOE calculates potential changes in 
energy use, cost, and utility that could result from an amended energy 
conservation standard. Typically, a baseline unit is one that meets, 
but does not exceed, the required energy conservation standard, as 
applicable, and provides basic consumer utility. A CPB model that has a 
rated efficiency equal to its applicable baseline efficiency is 
referred to as a ``baseline model.'' DOE uses the baseline model for 
comparison in several phases of the analyses, including the engineering 
analysis, LCC analysis, PBP analysis and NIA. For the engineering 
analysis, DOE used the current energy conservation standards that are 
set forth in 10 CFR 431.87 as baseline efficiency levels.
    As discussed previously in section IV.A.3 of this document, DOE has 
consolidated the equipment classes that are set forth in the current 
regulations

[[Page 1617]]

such that the current draft-specific classes (i.e., those identified as 
being ``natural draft'' and ``all except natural draft'') are merged 
into non-draft-specific classes. For the four draft-specific classes, 
DOE used the natural draft equipment class efficiency standard as the 
baseline efficiency level. For the remaining equipment classes, DOE 
used the current standards in 10 CFR 431.87 as the baseline efficiency 
levels in the engineering analysis. The baseline efficiency levels for 
each equipment class are presented in Table IV.3.

Table IV.3--Baseline Efficiencies Considered in the Engineering Analysis
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                               Baseline
                      Equipment class                         efficiency
                                                                * (%)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Small Gas-fired Hot Water..................................           80
Large Gas-fired Hot Water..................................           82
Small Oil-fired Hot Water..................................           82
Large Oil-fired Hot Water..................................           84
Small Gas-fired Steam......................................        ** 77
Large Gas-fired Steam......................................        ** 77
Small Oil-fired Steam......................................           81
Large Oil-fired Steam......................................           81
------------------------------------------------------------------------
* Efficiency levels represent thermal efficiency for all equipment
  classes except for Large Gas Hot Water and Large Oil Hot Water, for
  which the efficiency levels are in terms of combustion efficiency.
** Mechanical draft equipment within this class currently has a minimum
  standard of 79-percent thermal efficiency. 10 CFR 431.87 All equipment
  analyzed below 79 percent is natural draft equipment.

4. Intermediate and Max-Tech Efficiency Levels
    As part of its engineering analysis, DOE determined the maximum 
technologically feasible (``max-tech'') improvement in energy 
efficiency for each equipment class of commercial packaged boilers. DOE 
surveyed the CPB market and the research literature relevant to 
commercial packaged boilers to determine the max-tech efficiency 
levels. Additionally, for each equipment class, DOE generally 
identifies several intermediate efficiency levels between the baseline 
efficiency level and max-tech efficiency level. These efficiency levels 
typically represent the most common efficiencies available on the 
market or a major design change (e.g., switching to a condensing heat 
exchanger). In the analysis, DOE uses the intermediate and max-tech 
efficiency levels as target efficiencies for conducting the cost-
benefit analysis of achieving increased efficiency levels.
    During the market assessment, DOE conducted an extensive review of 
publicly available CPB equipment literature. DOE used the distribution 
of models in the equipment database compiled during the market 
assessment to identify intermediate and max-tech efficiency levels for 
analysis. DOE generally selected the efficiency levels with the most 
models or that represented a significant technology (e.g., condensing) 
for analysis. The efficiency levels for each equipment class that DOE 
considered in the final rule TSD are presented in Table IV.4.

    Table IV.4--Baseline, Intermediate and Max Tech Efficiency Levels
                  Analyzed in the Engineering Analysis
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                     Efficiency *     Efficiency level
          Equipment class                 (%)            identifier
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Small Gas Hot Water...............              80  EL--0 Baseline.
                                                81  EL--1.
                                                82  EL--2.
                                                84  EL--3.
                                                85  EL--4.
                                                93  EL--5.
                                                95  EL--6.
                                                99  EL--7 Max Tech.
Large Gas Hot Water...............              82  EL--0 Baseline.
                                                83  EL--1.
                                                84  EL--2.
                                                85  EL--3.
                                                94  EL--4.
                                                97  EL--5 Max Tech.
Small Oil Hot Water...............              82  EL--0 Baseline.
                                                83  EL--1.
                                                84  EL--2.
                                                85  EL--3.
                                                87  EL--4.
                                                88  EL--5.
                                                97  EL--6 Max Tech.
Large Oil Hot Water...............              84  EL--0 Baseline.
                                                86  EL--1.
                                                88  EL--2.
                                                89  EL--3.
                                                97  EL--4 Max Tech.
Small Gas Steam...................              77  EL--0 Baseline.
                                                78  EL--1.
                                                79  EL--2.
                                                80  EL--3.
                                                81  EL--4.
                                                83  EL--5 Max Tech.
Large Gas Steam...................              77  EL--0 Baseline.
                                                78  EL--1.
                                                79  EL--2.
                                                80  EL--3.
                                                81  EL--4.

[[Page 1618]]

 
                                                82  EL--5.
                                                84  EL--6 Max Tech.
Small Oil Steam...................              81  EL--0 Baseline.
                                                83  EL--1.
                                                84  EL--2.
                                                86  EL--3 Max Tech.
Large Oil Steam...................              81  EL--0 Baseline.
                                                83  EL--1.
                                                85  EL--2.
                                                87  EL--3 Max Tech.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
* Efficiency levels represent thermal efficiency for all equipment
  classes except for LGHW and LOHW, for which the efficiency levels are
  in terms of combustion efficiency.

    Bradford White commented that the prices of commercial packaged 
boilers will increase due to the effect of the proposed CPB test 
procedure changes. Bradford White noted that if DOE establishes an 85-
percent ET standard for SGHW commercial packaged boilers, 
manufacturers may choose to overdesign their equipment by increasing 
their efficiency to be 0.5 to 1 percent greater than the minimum to 
ensure that the equipment passes any random audit test. Bradford White 
stated that as a result of this increase, commercial packaged boilers 
will likely be operating at temperatures that will lead to condensation 
forming in the vent. Manufacturers may incorporate additional sensors 
and controls, as well as more costly materials to protect the equipment 
longevity. This will lead to more costly equipment. (Bradford White, 
No. 63 at p. 3)
    In response, DOE conducts its analysis to evaluate the increase in 
manufacturer selling price or manufacturing cost to achieve the desired 
efficiency level selected as part of the engineering analysis. Although 
some manufacturers may choose to overdesign their equipment, DOE cannot 
assume that the models on the market today and rated at a given 
efficiency would not be representative of models at that efficiency 
under an amended standard, as such a decision would be made by 
individual manufacturers based on their business practices. Further, 
DOE notes that if tests on a small sample produce a mean sample 
efficiency that is lower than what a manufacturer believes to be the 
true mean across manufactured units, DOE's regulations for commercial 
packaged boilers at 10 CFR 429.60 would permit the manufacturer to 
enlarge the sample rather than overdesign the equipment. The mean of a 
larger sample would tend to have smaller departures from the population 
mean. Therefore, DOE has determined it would be inappropriate to assume 
that at a given standard level under consideration costs would be 
incurred to achieve an efficiency greater than that being analyzed.
5. Incremental Price and Price-Efficiency Curves
    The final results of the engineering analysis are a set of price-
efficiency curves that represent the manufacturer selling price for 
higher efficiency models. DOE uses these results as inputs to the 
downstream analyses such as the life cycle cost analysis.
    DOE received several comments on the incremental price results and 
the price-efficiency curves published in the NOPR analysis TSD.
    Weil-McLain suggested that DOE's analysis did not adequately 
account for the additional costs related to additional components, 
venting materials, system engineering and design, manufacturing costs, 
installation costs and operating costs of higher efficiency mechanical 
draft equipment. (Weil-McLain, No. 67 at p. 2)
    DOE does not agree with Weil-McLain, in that the engineering 
analysis conducted in this final rule is based on list prices that 
manufacturers and their representatives use to sell their equipment. 
These prices include the manufacturing cost and the relevant 
manufacturer markups (Markups analysis is discussed in section IV.D of 
this final rule). Other costs related to installation and venting are 
discussed in section IV.F of this final rule.
    Table IV.5 shows the incremental manufacturer selling price results 
based on prices in 2015$ for all eight equipment classes along with the 
baseline prices.

                            Table IV.5--Manufacturer Selling Price-Efficiency Results
                                                     [2015$]
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                                     Baseline
                Equipment class                         Efficiency level*           Incremental    manufacturer
                                                                                      prices       selling price
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Small Gas Hot Water...........................  Baseline--80%...................              $0          $7,043
                                                81%.............................             510
                                                82%.............................             961
                                                84%.............................           3,112
                                                85%.............................           4,048
                                                93%.............................          11,076
                                                95%.............................          11,719
                                                Max Tech--99%...................          13,910
Large Gas Hot Water...........................  Baseline--82%...................               0          22,123
                                                83%.............................           1,983
                                                84%.............................           4,144

[[Page 1619]]

 
                                                85%.............................           6,498
                                                94%.............................          31,917
                                                Max Tech--97%...................          36,025
Small Oil Hot Water...........................  Baseline--82%...................               0           8,626
                                                83%.............................             689
                                                84%.............................           1,433
                                                85%.............................           2,236
                                                87%.............................           4,040
                                                88%.............................           5,051
                                                Max Tech--97%...................          17,465
Large Oil Hot Water...........................  Baseline--84%...................               0          19,128
                                                86%.............................           4,870
                                                88%.............................          10,980
                                                89%.............................          14,595
                                                Max Tech--97%...................          49,710
Small Gas Steam...............................  Baseline--77%...................               0           6,630
                                                78%.............................             568
                                                79%.............................           1,184
                                                80%.............................           1,853
                                                81%.............................           2,580
                                                Max Tech--83%...................           4,225
Large Gas Steam...............................  Baseline--77%...................               0          19,365
                                                78%.............................           1,132
                                                79%.............................           2,329
                                                80%.............................           3,597
                                                81%.............................           4,939
                                                82%.............................           6,359
                                                Max Tech--84%...................           9,453
Small Oil Steam...............................  Baseline--81%...................               0           7,617
                                                83%.............................           1,651
                                                84%.............................           2,607
                                                Max Tech--86%...................           4,823
Large Oil Steam...............................  Baseline--81%...................               0          18,781
                                                83%.............................           3,236
                                                85%.............................           7,029
                                                Max Tech--87%...................          11,476
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
* Efficiency levels represent thermal efficiency for all equipment classes except for LGHW and LOHW, for which
  the efficiency levels are in terms of combustion efficiency.

D. Markups Analysis

    The markups analysis develops appropriate markups in the 
distribution chain (e.g., retailer markups, distributer markups, 
contractor markups, and sales taxes) to convert the estimates of 
manufacturer selling price derived in the engineering analysis to 
consumer prices (``consumer'' refers to purchasers of the equipment 
being regulated), which are then used in the LCC and PBP analysis and 
in the manufacturer impact analysis. DOE develops baseline and 
incremental markups based on the equipment markups at each step in the 
distribution chain. For this rulemaking, DOE developed distribution 
chain markups in the form of multipliers that represent increases above 
equipment purchase costs for key market participants, including CPB 
wholesalers/distributors, and mechanical contractors and general 
contractors working on behalf of CPB consumers. The baseline markup 
relates the change in the manufacturer selling price of baseline models 
to the change in the consumer purchase price. The incremental markup 
relates the change in the manufacturer selling price of higher 
efficiency models (the incremental cost increase) to the change in the 
consumer purchase price.
    Four different markets exist for commercial packaged boilers: (1) 
New construction in the residential buildings sector, (2) new 
construction in the commercial buildings sector, (3) replacements in 
the residential buildings sector, and (4) replacements in the 
commercial buildings sector. In this rulemaking, DOE characterized 
eight distribution channels to address these four markets.
    For both the residential and commercial buildings sectors, DOE 
characterizes the replacement distribution channels as follows:

 Manufacturer [rarr] Wholesaler [rarr] Mechanical Contractor 
[rarr] Consumer
 Manufacturer [rarr] Manufacturer Representative [rarr] 
Mechanical Contractor [rarr] Consumer

    DOE characterizes the new construction distribution channels for 
both the residential and commercial buildings sectors as follows:

 Manufacturer [rarr] Wholesaler [rarr] Mechanical Contractor 
[rarr] General Contractor [rarr] Consumer
 Manufacturer [rarr] Manufacturer Representative [rarr] 
Mechanical Contractor [rarr] General Contractor [rarr] Consumer

    In addition to these distribution channels, there are scenarios in 
which manufacturers sell commercial packaged boilers directly to a 
consumer through a national account via a manufacturer representative, 
and its associated markup (assumed as 12.5 percent of sales; other 
distribution channels previously discussed make up the remaining 87.5 
percent of sales).

[[Page 1620]]

These scenarios occur in both new construction and replacements markets 
and in both the residential and commercial sectors. The relative shares 
for these are dependent on equipment class and details may be found in 
chapter 6 of the final rule TSD. In these instances, installation is 
typically accomplished by site personnel. These distribution channels 
are depicted as follows:

 Manufacturer [rarr] Manufacturer Representative [rarr] 
Consumer (National Account)

    To develop markups for the parties involved in the distribution of 
the commercial packaged boilers, DOE utilized several sources, 
including (1) the Heating, Air-Conditioning & Refrigeration 
Distributors International (HARDI) 2013 Profit Report \33\ to develop 
wholesaler markups; (2) the 2005 Air Conditioning Contractors of 
America's (ACCA) financial analysis for the heating, ventilation, air-
conditioning, and refrigeration (HVACR) contracting industry \34\ to 
develop mechanical contractor markups; and (3) U.S. Census Bureau's 
2012 Economic Census data \35\ for the commercial and institutional 
building construction industry to develop general contractor markups. 
In addition to the markups, DOE derived State and local taxes from data 
provided by the Sales Tax Clearinghouse.\36\ These data represent 
weighted-average taxes that include county and city rates. DOE derived 
shipment-weighted-average tax values for each region considered in the 
analysis.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \33\ Heating, Air Conditioning & Refrigeration Distributors 
International 2013 Profit Report. Available at https://web.archive.org/web/20130822231322/https://www.hardinet.org/Profit-Report.
    \34\ Air Conditioning Contractors of America (ACCA), Financial 
Analysis for the HVACR Contracting Industry: 2005. Available at 
https://www.acca.org/store/.
    \35\ Census Bureau. 2012 Economic Census Data. (2012). Available 
at https://www.census.gov/econ/.
    \36\ Sales Tax Clearinghouse Inc. State Sales Tax Rates Along 
with Combined Average City and County Rates, (2016). Available at: 
https://thestc.com/STrates.stm.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    In the March 2016 NOPR, DOE requested information or insight that 
would better inform its markups analysis. Bradford White commented that 
for the CPB market most units are sold from the manufacturer to a buy/
sell representative, also known as a specialty wholesaler, before being 
sold to the contractor and eventually the consumer. It is also Bradford 
White's experience that sales to national accounts still go through a 
wholesaler. (Bradford White, No. 68 at p. 4) Lochinvar stated that a 
distributor/wholesaler as the first consumer in the distribution chain 
does not adequately represent the primary commercial boiler market, 
noting 80 percent of small and large commercial packaged boilers 
typically follow the path of Manufacturer [rarr] Manufacturer 
Representative [rarr] Mechanical Contractor [rarr] General Contractor 
[rarr] Owner. (Lochinvar, No. 70 at p. 2) Raypak somewhat agreed with 
the distribution model used by DOE for commercial packaged boilers, 
noting that it uses manufacturer representatives almost exclusively, 
but also noting that DOE's model shows wholesalers and manufacturer 
representatives in the same category and that these should be handled 
separately, as their functions differ. Further, Raypak commented that 
DOE is underestimating the markups associated with manufacturer 
representatives in the distribution formula and other downstream 
analyses, and that it believes the estimated market segment and sector 
weights by CPB equipment class breakouts are not appropriate and that 
the assumption of 17.5 percent of commercial packaged boilers sold via 
national accounts is a considerable overstatement, noting it believes 
it should be closer to 5 percent. (Raypak, No. 72 at p. 4)
    DOE appreciates the stakeholder inputs regarding distribution 
channels for commercial packaged boilers. DOE believes that there is a 
misunderstanding around the national account distribution channel. DOE 
wishes to clarify that the national account considered for commercial 
packaged boilers already includes a manufacturer representative tier 
whose markup is the same as a wholesale distributor in the regular 
channel and the equipment does not get sold to the consumers directly 
from the manufacturer but through the manufacturer representative. With 
respect to the estimated market segment and sector weights, while 
Raypak commented that 17.5 percent is an overestimation, Lochinvar's 
comment suggests that 20 percent of the market segment is handled 
through the national distribution channel. DOE considered these 
comments and adjusted the fraction of commercial packaged boilers sold 
via the national account distribution channel to 12.5 percent.
    DOE also received comments regarding its use of incremental 
markups. BHI commented that DOE should eliminate the use of incremental 
markups, noting the varying supply chains and tremendous number of 
options, and recommends that DOE survey building owners to find out 
what they are actually paying for various classes of equipment, 
acknowledging that this has drawbacks but should result in more 
accurate costs. (BHI, No. 71 at pp. 17-18) AHRI continues to object to 
DOE's use of incremental markups, and reiterates that it has provided 
ample evidence that contractors do not use incremental markups. 
However, it understands that the markups in DOE's analysis are 
approximately accurate as average markups, also noting manufacturer's 
representatives have markups in the 10- to 15-percent range. (AHRI, No. 
76 at pp. 41-42) NEEA commented that when they do similar analyses, the 
focus is on the costs that change based on the efficiency of the 
boiler, noting that in their experience it is when you change 
technology (e.g., non-condensing to condensing) that things will 
change, and that DOE's approach is similar in that it is looking for 
incremental differences, not specific differences in any given 
building. (NEEA, Public Meeting Transcript, No. 61 at pp. 99-101) AHRI 
also commented that the markups for large and small boilers were not 
different enough. Crown commented that the markup methodology being 
used is probably inappropriate and that DOE should take the time to 
survey the engineers who are actually installing units. AHRI commented 
that they had little confidence in the incremental markups process, 
despite acknowledging in written comments that the markups in DOE's 
analysis are approximately accurate as average markups, and asked if 
there was an intent to survey, at some level, the actual selling point 
of the commercial boiler. (AHRI, Public Meeting Transcript, No. 61 at 
pp. 95-96, AHRI, No. 76 at pp. 41-42, Crown, Public Meeting Transcript, 
No. 61 at p. 103)
    In response to these comments, DOE notes that incremental markups 
relate the change in manufacturer selling price of higher efficiency 
equipment to the change in the consumer purchase price. DOE develops 
markups based on data on costs incurred by various entities in the 
distribution chain and considers that certain costs incurred by these 
entities would not be expected to increase due to merely increasing the 
efficiency of equipment. For example, salaries, benefits, and operating 
expenses are among those costs that would not be expected to increase 
with higher costs of goods sold. With respect to BHI's and AHRI's 
comment that incremental markups are not typically used by contractors 
and manufacturers, DOE notes that it does not expect that an individual 
manufacturer or contractor would, in its general practice,

[[Page 1621]]

differentially provide markups by efficiency level or equipment cost. 
The concept of incremental markups applies to an industry as a whole 
and serves the purpose in this rulemaking of differentiating industry 
costs that scale up with cost of goods sold, and those that would not, 
as described in the final rule TSD. DOE's intent is to accurately 
estimate the price of higher efficiency equipment to the consumer under 
an amended standards scenario, and as such DOE maintains that the 
markups methodology accomplishes this and is consistent with the 
methodology used in other rulemakings.
    Chapter 6 of the final rule TSD provides details on DOE's 
development of markups for commercial packaged boilers.

E. Energy Use Analysis

    The purpose of the energy use analysis is to determine the annual 
energy consumption of commercial packaged boilers in use in the United 
States and assess the energy savings potential of increases in 
efficiency (thermal efficiency (ET) or combustion efficiency 
(EC)). The energy use analysis for commercial packaged 
boilers seeks to estimate the range of energy consumption of the 
equipment in the field (i.e., as they are actually used by consumers). 
DOE estimates the annual energy consumption of commercial packaged 
boilers at specified energy efficiency levels across a range of climate 
zones, building characteristics, and space and water heating 
applications. The annual energy consumption includes natural gas, 
liquid petroleum gas (LPG), oil, and/or electricity use by the 
commercial packaged boiler for space and water heating. The energy use 
analysis provides the basis for other analyses DOE performed, 
particularly assessments of the energy savings and the savings in 
consumer operating costs that could result from adoption of amended or 
new standards.
    In its March 2016 NOPR, DOE estimated the energy consumption of 
commercial packaged boilers in commercial buildings and multi-family 
housing units by developing building samples for each of eight 
equipment classes examined based on the EIA's 2003 Commercial Building 
Energy Consumption Survey \37\ (CBECS 2003) and EIA's 2009 Residential 
Energy Consumption Survey (RECS 2009). Further, DOE noted that it had 
used all the data available at the time from CBECS 2012 in its NOPR, 
which included only the building characteristics segment, to inform its 
analysis. However, the public use microdata files on consumption and 
expenditure required for developing building samples used in the LCC 
analysis were not yet released. During the March 2016 NOPR public 
meeting, and also in written comments, DOE received feedback regarding 
its continued use of CBECS 2003 data. SoCalGas and the Joint Utilities 
urged DOE to utilize CBECS 2012 data in its energy use analysis and 
shipments analysis, since the building energy use profile is expected 
to have changed significantly from data in CBECS 2003, noting as an 
example trends in commercial heating away from single large boilers and 
toward smaller modular boilers. They further encouraged DOE to utilize 
RECS 2015, should the data be released before the final rule is 
published. (SoCalGas, No. 77 at p. 6; Joint Utilities, No. 66 at p. 2) 
Raypak and AHRI also encouraged DOE to update its analysis based on 
CBECS 2012 data, noting several energy use characterization metrics 
that differ from those of CBECS 2003 (e.g., percent of buildings using 
boilers as the main heating equipment and energy use intensity). In 
addition, AHRI commented that since significant changes in results 
could be expected if CBECS 2012 data are used in the analysis, DOE 
should consider publishing a corresponding supplemental NOPR. (AHRI, 
No. 76 at pp. 1, 2, 13, 14, 16; Raypak, No. 72 at pp. 1-2)
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \37\ U.S. Energy Information Administration (EIA), 2003 
Commercial Building Energy Consumption Survey (CBECS) Data, (2003). 
(https://www.eia.gov/consumption/commercial/data/2003/.)
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    DOE understands the stakeholders' comments and requests and 
recognizes there is benefit to the use of more current data that better 
represents the energy use of commercial packaged boilers that would be 
installed in 2020 and beyond. In this final rule DOE updated its LCC 
model to use the EIA's 2012 CBECS microdata \38\ that became available 
in May 2016 for developing building samples for each of the eight 
equipment classes examined. While it can be expected that such a change 
would impact the modeling results to some degree, this update was 
performed at the request of stakeholders. Consequently, DOE concluded 
that the analytical results of the final rule utilizing CBECS 2012 data 
are an improvement to the analysis, consistent with stakeholder 
requests, and do not warrant publication of an SNOPR. Further, DOE does 
not have any opportunity to use RECS 2015 data as the ongoing survey is 
currently in the data gathering stage.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \38\ U.S. Energy Information Administration (EIA), 2012 
Commercial Building Energy Consumption Survey (CBECS) Data, (2012). 
Available at https://www.eia.gov/consumption/commercial/data/2012/index.cfm?view=microdata. Last accessed May 18, 2016.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

1. Energy Use Characterization
    DOE's energy characterization modeling approach calculates CPB 
energy use based on rated thermal efficiency and building heat load 
(BHL), accounting for the conversion from combustion efficiency to 
thermal efficiency where applicable, part-load operation (in the case 
of multi-stage equipment), and cycling losses (for single-stage 
equipment), as well as return water temperature (RWT) and climate 
zones. In this rulemaking, DOE analyzed CPB annual energy use based on 
the building sample, equipment efficiency characteristics, and 
equipment performance at part-load conditions.
    In determining building heat load, DOE adjusted the building heat 
load to reflect the expectation that buildings in 2020 would have a 
somewhat different building heat load than buildings in the CBECS 2012 
and RECS 2009 building sample. The adjustment involved multiplying the 
calculated BHL for each CBECS 2012 or RECS 2009 building by the 
building shell efficiency index from AEO2016. This factor differs for 
commercial and residential buildings as well as new construction and 
replacement buildings. Additionally, DOE also adjusted the building 
heat load computed from CBECS 2012 and RECS 2009 data for each sample 
building taking into account the relative ratio of heating degree days 
(HDD) for the CBECS or RECS year (2012 or 2009) to the corresponding 10 
year average HDD, both averaged over the specific region of the 
building location. This ratio was computed using the HDD data from the 
National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA) and applied to 
the computed building heating load to reflect the heating load under 
historical average climate conditions.
    For this rulemaking, DOE adjusted the rated thermal efficiency of 
evaluated commercial packaged boilers based on RWT, cycling losses, and 
part-load operation. High RWT is applied to all non-condensing boiler 
installations. For condensing boiler installations, low RWT is applied 
to all commercial packaged boilers in the new construction market, 25 
percent of replacement boilers in buildings built on or after 1990, and 
5 percent of replacement boilers in buildings built before 1990. DOE 
assumed that all other

[[Page 1622]]

condensing boiler installations are high RWT applications. The 
efficiency adjustment for low and high RWT is dependent on climate, 
with low RWT values resulting in the condensing CPB equipment operating 
in condensing mode, on average, and high RWT values resulting in the 
condensing CPB equipment operating in non-condensing mode, on average. 
See appendix 7B of the final rule TSD for the adjustment factors used 
for RWT, part-load operation, and cycling by climate zone. For 
commercial packaged boilers rated in combustion efficiency, DOE 
converted combustion efficiency to thermal efficiency. DOE used 
combustion and thermal efficiency data from the AHRI database to create 
a conversion factor that is representative of the range of commercial 
packaged boilers on the market.
    DOE received comments in the March 2016 NOPR regarding the energy 
modeling approach. Regarding DOE's approach to converting combustion 
efficiency to thermal efficiency in the LCC model, Lochinvar commented 
that it is inappropriate to correlate combustion efficiency and thermal 
efficiency, as they are derived by two totally different test methods. 
(Lochinvar, Public Meeting Transcript, No. 61 at p. 127) Lochinvar 
further objected to DOE's approach of removing data samples it 
considered nonsensical (i.e., combustion efficiency was reported as 
lower than thermal efficiency in an AHRI database entry) and suggested 
using the entire set of data in determining the relationship that would 
be more appropriate. (Lochinvar, Public Meeting Transcript, No. 61 at 
pp. 126-128) AHRI agreed with Lochinvar regarding the fact that 
combustion efficiency and thermal efficiency tests use different 
methods, and further commented that for any given boiler model, there 
definitely is a relationship between combustion efficiency and thermal 
efficiency, but that looking at aggregated datasets is not the way to 
derive a general relationship. Each model has to be looked at to sort 
out that relationship. (AHRI, Public Meeting Transcript, No. 61 at pp. 
129-130)
    DOE appreciates the comments regarding its approach to convert 
combustion efficiency to thermal efficiency. DOE notes that, as AHRI 
and Lochinvar have stated, combustion and thermal efficiencies are 
determined by two different methods. DOE understands the concerns of 
the commenters and in the final rule has reverted to consider a 
relationship utilizing the entire dataset available where both 
combustion and thermal efficiencies are reported in establishing a 
combustion to thermal efficiency conversion factor for the LCC 
analysis, with no filtering of data applied.
    DOE received various comments regarding its return water 
temperature assumptions in its analysis. Lochinvar commented that it is 
overly optimistic to assume 25 percent of buildings constructed after 
1990 are condensing and 100 percent of new construction is low 
temperature hydronic systems. (Lochinvar, Public Meeting Transcript, 
No. 61 at pp. 128-129) In its written comments, however, Lochinvar 
clarified that DOE's assumption that 25 percent of buildings 
constructed after 1990 will allow for condensing boilers to condense 
for a significant part of the season does not correlate to true market 
conditions and that their experience suggests the actual percentage of 
buildings with low-temperature heating systems is much lower. 
(Lochinvar, No. 70 at p. 2) Similarly, Weil-McLain commented that DOE's 
heat load estimation methodology overestimates true energy savings 
associated with condensing boilers at high return water temperature and 
overestimates the number of low temperature systems in existence. 
(Weil-McLain, No. 67 at pp. 6-7) ASAP, however, questioned DOE's 
assumption that in new construction a condensing boiler system would 
not be capable of condensing a significant portion of the time and 
whether it is more representative for new construction to assume that 
the system is always operating with low enough return water 
temperatures to be always in condensing mode. (ASAP, Public Meeting 
Transcript, No. 61 at pp. 133-134) Crown, in response to ASAP's comment 
regarding condensing boilers in new construction, commented that it 
would not be assumed that, even in new construction, condensing boilers 
would condense all the time, especially so, for example, on the coldest 
day of the year, noting that the availability of condensing mode and 
corresponding reset schedules depends on what emitters are used. 
(Crown, Public Meeting Transcript, No. 61 at pp. 134-137) ASAP added 
that the amount of time equipment operates in condensing mode seems 
conservative. (ASAP, Public Meeting Transcript, No. 61 at p. 136) 
Raypak further commented that condensing mode is dependent on user 
comfort, and that a boiler may be designed for condensing mode but if 
users are uncomfortable they will raise the water temperature. (Raypak, 
Public Meeting Transcript, No. 61 at p. 137)
    In response to the comments regarding return water temperature and 
the time a commercial packaged boiler operates in condensing mode, DOE 
points out that the LCC model does not establish a given amount of time 
a commercial packaged boiler will condense. The model develops a 
thermal efficiency adjustment that is an average based on various 
factors as described in appendix 7B of the final rule TSD. For 
condensing boilers, DOE does consider the fact that some commercial 
packaged boilers will be operating with low return water temperatures, 
and the rest will operate with high return water temperatures, in the 
field. DOE notes that in the field, depending on the heat load and 
system design, the commercial packaged boiler may be operating at 
higher efficiencies or lower efficiencies than those established as the 
average adjusted efficiency in the model, but it believes its approach 
adequately reflects the energy use of the commercial packaged boiler 
throughout the entire heating season. DOE does assume that all new 
construction scenarios in the model (25 percent of buildings 
constructed on or after 1990 and 5 percent of buildings constructed 
before 1990) would be designed to allow for low return water 
temperatures, on average, and that all other scenarios would operate 
with high return water temperatures, on average. Regarding Lochinvar's 
comment that these assumptions do not correlate to true market 
conditions, DOE notes that neither Lochinvar, nor any other commenter, 
provided any data regarding the actual number of installations it 
expects would use low-temperature heating systems in new construction 
or existing buildings, but notes that DOE received additional comment 
indicating that even the use low temperature distribution may change 
over the life of the building to meet occupant comfort.
    Conversely, the Joint Advocates commented that DOE's return water 
temperature distributions for condensing boilers represent overly 
conservative scenarios. Further, they point out that the default 
outdoor reset schedules from manufacturers of condensing boilers and 
real-world implementations of condensing boilers replacing non-
condensing boilers suggest that condensing boilers can operate a 
greater portion of the heating season in condensing mode than that 
assumed in DOE's analysis, and that this would increase the savings 
from condensing boilers relative to non-condensing boilers. In support 
of these assertions, they cited published reports of field replacements 
of boilers, manufacturer data showing defaults and the range of reset 
schedules for condensing boilers, and various strategies in new and 
existing buildings

[[Page 1623]]

to provide lower return water temperatures to enable condensing. These 
strategies included retrofitting heating systems with high-delta-T 
heating coils, lowering the design supply hot water temperature in 
existing systems based on the systems being oversized for heating, 
showing the impact of later building improvements in reducing heating 
load, using a load-based reset schedule, and using variable circulation 
pumps supplying heated water to coils to further increase temperature 
drops in systems. (Joint Advocates, No. 74 at pp. 2-6)
    DOE agrees with the comments from the Joint Advocates in that there 
is a significant potential for system retrofits and system redesigns in 
both new and in existing buildings that could provide for better use of 
low return water temperatures during a larger portion of the heating 
season; however, these may incur additional and unknown costs that DOE 
has no ability to represent on an aggregate basis. The experiences and 
input from other parties indicate that there is strong concern that 
even many current condensing boiler installations do not live up to 
their energy savings potential. DOE concludes that its analysis (which 
presumes a smaller fraction of older existing buildings, a larger 
fraction of newer existing buildings, and all new construction designs) 
will be able to support, on average, low return water temperature 
distribution and accurately reflects the performance of condensing 
commercial packaged boilers in new construction and existing building 
stock.
    AHRI commented that the energy use analysis applies residential 
temperature bins to estimate the loading of commercial package boilers, 
which results in erroneous average annual energy use values, and AHRI 
provided a comparison of a typical commercial office building load 
profile and a residential load profile. (AHRI, No. 76 at pp. 14-15)
    In response to AHRI's comment, DOE notes that the model assumes the 
heating load for a commercial building is zero above 50 [deg]F. The 
model uses the percentage of time in a year that a given climate zone 
spends in each of four temperature bins that are considered for the 
purposes of establishing the return water temperature condition, which 
impacts the thermal efficiency of the boiler as installed. The 
temperature bins in Table 7B.2.4 in appendix 7B of the final rule TSD 
are only used in the development of the part-load adjustment factor for 
condensing boilers and not the building thermal loads. DOE, in 
addition, understands that the load profile shared by AHRI may reflect 
many larger office buildings with significant internal loading and 
tight thermal envelopes, such as used in the standard ASHRAE 90.1-2013 
analysis for new construction. However, many existing commercial 
buildings will have heating loads above the 30 [deg]F level suggested 
by AHRI.
    For the reasons noted in this section, DOE retained its methodology 
for adjusting the thermal efficiencies of the commercial packaged 
boilers, based on return water temperature conditions, in this final 
rule.
    During the March 2016 NOPR public meeting, Lochinvar commented that 
DOE should consider boilers used for purposes other than space heating 
in its analyses. (Lochinvar, No. 61 at pp. 124-125) Spire commented 
that DOE, for its analysis, should use a more robust data source, 
specifically referencing Jurisdiction Online \39\ and added that this 
online data source provides information about fuel consumption, age and 
location of installed boilers and types of entities that own commercial 
boilers. (Spire, No. 73 at pp. 26-27)
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \39\ https://www.praeses.com/jurisdiction-online.html.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    In response to Lochinvar's request to include in its analysis 
boilers that are used for purposes other than space heating, DOE 
retained its NOPR approach and did not include such CPB equipment in 
its final rule analysis because DOE was not able to obtain any data 
needed for the analyses. Regarding Spire's suggestion to use 
Jurisdiction Online, DOE investigated that data source and determined 
that its content is already captured in the EPA database used to inform 
shipments, and as such much of the available data are already taken 
into account in that context.
    A more detailed description of the energy use characterization 
approach can be found in appendix 7B of the final rule TSD.
2. Building Sample Selection and Sizing Methodology
    In its energy analysis for this rulemaking, DOE's estimation of the 
annual energy savings of commercial packaged boilers from higher 
efficiency equipment alternatives relied on building sample data from 
CBECS 2012 and RECS 2009. CBECS 2012 includes energy consumption and 
building characteristic data for 6,720 commercial buildings 
representing 5.6 million commercial buildings. RECS 2009 includes 
similar data from 12,083 housing units that represent almost 113.6 
million residential households.
    The subset of CBECS 2012 and RECS 2009 building records used in the 
analysis met the following criteria. The CPB application has the 
following characteristics:
     Used commercial packaged boiler(s) as one of the main 
heating equipment components in the building,
     used a heating fuel that is natural gas (including propane 
and LPG) or fuel oil or a dual fuel combination of natural gas and fuel 
oil,
     served a building with estimated design condition building 
heating load exceeding the lower limit of CPB qualifying size (300,000 
Btu/h),
     had a non-trivial consumption of heating fuel allocable to 
the commercial packaged boiler.
    DOE analyzed commercial packaged boilers in the qualifying building 
samples. DOE disaggregated the selected sample set of commercial 
packaged boilers into subsets based on the fuel types (gas or oil), 
rated input (small or large), heating medium (steam or hot water). DOE 
then used these CPB subsets to group the sample buildings equipped with 
the same class of equipment evaluated in this analysis. In the LCC 
analysis, DOE used the ratio of the weighted floor space of the groups 
of commercial and residential building samples associated with each 
equipment class to determine the respective sample weights for the 
commercial and residential sectors. DOE's new construction sample was 
based on the same selection algorithms as the replacement sample but 
included only buildings built on or after 1990, which DOE concluded 
would have building characteristics more similar to the new 
construction buildings in the start of the analysis period in 2020 
(e.g., building insulation, regional distribution of the buildings, 
etc.).
    To disaggregate a selected set of commercial packaged boilers into 
large and small equipment classes, DOE used a sizing methodology to 
determine the sizes of the commercial packaged boilers installed in the 
building. In this final rule, DOE's sizing methodology is essentially 
the same as that used in the March 2016 NOPR (i.e., assigning a 
stepwise increasing number of commercial packaged boilers for all 
buildings within a range of boiler sizing loads). The stepwise 
assignment table developed in the March 2016 NOPR used data from an EPA 
boiler database \40\ last updated in 2005, CBECS 1979, and CBECS 1983. 
The same table was used for allocating the number of boilers for older 
buildings constructed before 1990.

[[Page 1624]]

However, for buildings of newer construction, this assignment table was 
modified, as DOE received new data that show the average size of 
boilers being smaller than the average size of the sample commercial 
packaged boilers in the March 2016 NOPR analysis. The sizing 
methodology used in this rule is described in this section.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \40\ Environmental Protection Agency, 13 State Boiler Inspector 
Inventory Database with Projections (Area Sources), EPA-HQ-OAR-2006-
0790-0013, (April 2010). Available at https://www3.epa.gov/airtoxics/boiler/boilerpg.html.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    First, the total sizing of the heating equipment is determined from 
the heated square footage of the building, the percentage of area 
heated, a uniform heating load requirement of 30 Btu/h per square foot 
of heated area based on references for commercial 
building,41 42 and an assumed equipment efficiency mapped to 
the construction year. DOE's sizing methodology also takes outdoor 
design conditions into consideration. The outdoor design condition for 
the building is based on the specific weather location of the building. 
The estimated total CPB sizing in million Btu per hour (MBtu/h) \43\ is 
the aggregate heating equipment sizing prorated using the area fraction 
heated by the commercial packaged boilers and multiplied by an oversize 
factor of 1.1. For the sample of residential multi-family buildings, 
the heating equipment sizing methodology for commercial buildings is 
modified to calculate the heating load for each residential unit of the 
multi-family buildings, and this value is multiplied by the number of 
units, assuming each unit to have identical area and design heating 
load. The modified methodology for residential multi-family buildings 
further assumes that a centrally located single or a multiple-boiler 
installation would meet the entire design heating load of the building.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \41\ Bell, A.A. Jr. Part 7: Heating Load Rules of Thumb. In HVAC 
Equations, Data, and Rules of Thumb, McGraw-Hill: San Francisco, CA 
(2000).
    \42\ https://www.weil-mclain.com/sites/default/files/wm-boiler-replacement-guide.pdf.
    \43\ The industry commonly uses MBtu to refer to one million 
Btu.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    DOE computed the size of each commercial packaged boiler in each 
sample building by dividing the aggregate CPB sizing heating load 
(MBtu/h) by an estimated number of boilers of equal capacity. To 
estimate the number of commercial packaged boilers in a given sample 
building, DOE assigned a variable number of commercial packaged boilers 
to all the qualified sample buildings of 2012 CBECS based on a 
predetermined allocation table. In the final rule analysis, buildings 
constructed before 1990 were assigned a given number of boilers based 
on the allocation table developed in the March 2016 NOPR analysis. 
However, the remaining sample buildings, constructed on or after 1990, 
were assigned a given number of boilers based on a modified version of 
the allocation table where the percentage of building samples receiving 
a smaller number of boilers in a given CPB sizing load range was 
reduced, and the percentage of sample buildings receiving a larger 
number of boilers was increased, relative to their respective shares 
used at the March 2016 NOPR. Adjustments were made to this assignment 
of the number of commercial packaged boilers to maximize the utility of 
the sampled buildings used for this analysis with respect to the size 
range of boilers being analyzed.
    Several interested parties commented on DOE's usage of a parameter 
value of 30 Btu/h per square foot for estimating the building heating 
load under design condition. While Spire commented that this is 
inappropriately high, Raypak noted that this may not be acceptable for 
the sizing of heating equipment for commercial buildings, although it 
is a decent metric for residential buildings. Raypak stated that they 
would normally use a value of 25 Btu/h per square foot for a commercial 
building in Los Angeles, California, and that they would typically use 
approximately 100 Btu/h per square foot for 0 [ordm]F design outdoor 
conditions. (Spire, No. 73 at p. 25; Raypak, No. 72 at pp. 3-4) AHRI 
commented that the current value of this parameter at 30 Btu/h per 
square foot is unverified and possibly causing the LCC model to produce 
excessively high operating hours and distorting the LCC results. (AHRI, 
No. 76 at pp. 26, 32, 37-40)
    For commercial buildings, DOE's methodology for estimating the 
design condition heating load is uniform across all outdoor conditions. 
It uses a uniform heating load requirement per square foot of heated 
area, assuming a 0 [deg]F design outdoor condition, and then adjusts 
based on the outdoor design heating temperature for the building under 
consideration. In addition, DOE applies an oversizing factor on top of 
this. DOE recognizes there are simplifications in this approach; 
however, DOE's estimation of building heating loads stems from design 
data for commercial buildings taking into account the design climate 
conditions and adequately captures heating load design variations in 
the field. DOE has high confidence that its building load estimation is 
representative of the building loads in the field. Therefore, DOE 
retained its NOPR base heating load approach in its analysis for this 
final rule.
    AHRI also commented that the energy use calculations did not 
incorporate the ASHRAE 90.1-2013 requirements of all boilers with an 
input rate of 1,000,000 Btu/h or more needed to have a turndown ratio 
of 3 to 1, and this will make the boilers more efficient. (AHRI, No. 76 
at p. 15)
    DOE points out that it did consider the 3:1 turndown ratio 
requirement from ASHRAE 90.1-2013 for systems greater than 1 MMBtu/h 
and notes that its understanding is that this requirement in ASHRAE 
90.1-2013, as adopted into local building code, will not necessarily be 
extended to replacement boilers, and, in addition, can be met by using 
multiple boilers, which is already common in DOE's analysis for boiler 
systems with 1 MBtu/h or above combined rated input. As noted in the 
March 2016 NOPR, DOE assumed that all commercial packaged boilers 
installed in new buildings will be part of a system with at least a 3:1 
turndown ratio, and DOE calculated the adjusted thermal efficiency of 
commercial packaged boilers in such systems accordingly. DOE concludes 
that its adjusted cycling loss factors designed to address multiple 
boiler systems will adequately represent the expected benefits to part-
load performance for multi-stage boilers, as well as the ASHRAE 90.1-
2013 requirement discussed.
    The Joint Advocates further noted that DOE's energy use analysis is 
likely underestimating potential energy savings when compared to 
several cited studies of field installations, and that due to the 
impacts of high return water temperature operation and cycling, the 
operational efficiency of a non-condensing boiler is below that of its 
rated efficiency. (Joint Advocates, No. 74 at pp. 1-2, 8) Crown 
commented that non-condensing boilers are not only available as single-
stage and that this is especially true for large boilers. (Crown, 
Public Meeting Transcript, No. 61 at pp. 130-131).
    In response to the comments from the Joint Advocates regarding 
performance degradation of non-condensing boilers, DOE notes that it 
does consider this in its analysis by using a cycling loss adjustment 
factor that takes into account the impact of multiple sequenced boilers 
operation. With regard to Crown's comment, DOE understands that non-
condensing boilers are available in other than single stage equipment, 
but DOE does not have data on the relative sales into the market and 
has insufficient data regarding their part-load performance. DOE, 
however, has accounted for reduced cycling losses in cases where 
multiple boilers may be utilized.

[[Page 1625]]

    In the March 2016 NOPR, DOE requested for information on the extent 
to which hybrid configurations with both condensing and non-condensing 
commercial packaged boilers in a single system are prevalent in 
retrofit installations. Lochinvar believes that approximately 5 percent 
of the installations with condensing boilers are hybrid systems and 
urged DOE to consider this in its energy use analysis. (Lochinvar, No. 
70 at p. 2) Weil-McLain commented that creating a baseline assumption 
about the current degree of adoption of hybrid boiler configurations in 
retrofit situations is unrealistic because it requires the analysis of 
many variables. (Weil-McLain, No. 67 at p. 7) Bradford White commented 
that hybrid configurations are difficult to implement because legacy 
installation venting systems are already established, possibly in an 
era before the market debut of condensing boilers. (Bradford White, No. 
68 at p. 2)
    In view of the uncertainty regarding the degree of adoption of 
hybrid configurations in retrofit situations and the difficulty in 
incorporating this in the energy use analysis due to the great number 
of variables that would need to be considered as well as the lack of 
data, DOE did not incorporate hybrid systems in its analysis.
    Spire commented that DOE in its analysis should consider that the 
Federal purchase decisions are mandated by stringent and aggressive 
policy mandates and as such should not be included in the analysis as 
they would meet the stringent standards even if stringent standards are 
not adopted. (Spire, No. 73 at p. 13)
    DOE understands that the Federal Energy Management Program (FEMP) 
provides acquisition guidance for commercial packaged boilers, but also 
provides exceptions to these Federal purchasing requirements where an 
agency demonstrates that selecting the FEMP recommended efficiency 
level may not be cost effective. DOE notes that data provided by AHRI 
support that a higher percentage of the gas-fired hot water CPB market 
is condensing equipment than was used in the March 2016 NOPR analysis 
and DOE has modified in the final rule its projections for the 
condensing boiler market into the future to show much higher adoption 
rates. This higher adoption rate will include many Federal buildings. 
However, for the remaining fraction of the market, DOE does not have 
sufficient information that would allow it to make comparisons between 
the market shares of non-condensing commercial packaged boilers 
purchased for Federal buildings versus commercial buildings. In 
addition, DOE notes that its analysis considers as potential standards 
levels, commercial packaged boilers with efficiencies above the FEMP 
guidance, and for these reasons, DOE considers Federal buildings in its 
analysis.
    The Gas Associations commented that the energy use analysis needs 
to adjust potential energy savings and associated emissions for Federal 
buildings that will not be able to have fossil fuel-generated energy 
after 2030, per provisions in Section 433 of EPCA of 1975 as amended by 
EISA 2007. (Gas Associations, No. 69 at pp. 2-3)
    DOE notes that the legislation establishing the fossil-fuel energy 
targets for Federal buildings has yet to be codified as a final rule in 
the Code of Federal Regulations at the time of this analysis. A NOPR, 
titled ``Fossil Fuel-Generated Energy Consumption Reduction for New 
Federal Buildings and Major Renovations of Federal Buildings'' was 
issued on October 15, 2010 and an SNOPR issued on October 15, 2014, 
addressing comments on the NOPR and noting that DOE has identified 
additional areas for clarification and consideration that would benefit 
from further public comment. The SNOPR particularly sought comment on 
additional approaches to the scope of the requirements in the context 
of major renovations, the potential use of renewable energy 
certificates for compliance, and a proposed streamlined process for 
agencies to seek a downward adjustment from the required reduction 
levels, particularly for major renovations. DOE notes that while 
providing for significant savings of fossil-fuel derived energy 
(including both on-site usage of fossil fuels and on-site usage of 
electricity generated from fossil fuels) in Federal buildings, the 
proposed rule will not likely provide a complete limitation of fossil 
fuel use in Federal buildings even in 2030. Federal agencies can and 
may be expected to petition for downward adjustments from the required 
reduction levels for certain buildings and building retrofits, 
particularly where other options to meet the requirements are 
technically impracticable, where these options have been considered in 
detail by these agencies, and where the agencies have demonstrated they 
have pursued other options. In addition, the SNOPR sought input on the 
use of renewable energy certificates as alternative options to meet the 
required reduction levels, which could be a more cost-effective 
approach to on-site fossil fuel reduction in certain situations.
    Regarding regional use of commercial packaged boilers, PEM 
commented that the New York City area almost entirely uses field-
constructed boilers except for new construction and schools. (PEM, 
Public Meeting Transcript, No. 61 at pp. 122-123) Similarly, AHRI 
commented that it could be useful to look at geographical regions 
represented in RECS data and that commercial packaged boilers are not 
typically used in New York's multi-family apartment buildings, and that 
including New York City and surrounding areas in the analysis inflates 
this rulemaking's energy savings. (AHRI, Public Meeting Transcript, No. 
61 at pp. 122, 124).
    In response to the comments on regional use of commercial packaged 
boilers, DOE inquired with the New York City Buildings Department 
regarding the prevalence of field constructed boilers used in heating 
applications in New York City (NYC). DOE was informed by the Buildings 
Department that based on their experience with inspections boiler 
installations, only about 10 percent of the commercial packaged boilers 
in NYC are field-constructed with a higher fraction of those (estimated 
as high as about 33 percent) in the large boiler category. It was also 
noted by the Buildings Department that a large portion of these field 
constructed boilers are steam boilers. Furthermore, as was noted by 
PEM, there are instances where commercial packaged boilers are used in 
the NYC area. Given both of these considerations, DOE cannot discount 
that commercial packaged boilers are being utilized, or newly selected, 
in other types of commercial buildings including multifamily buildings 
in NYC and surrounding areas. Given the shipment data that form the 
basis for DOE's overall national energy savings analysis are based on 
AHRI input and do not include field-constructed boilers, DOE disagrees 
with AHRI that including building sample data that may have come from 
NYC in its analysis inflates the energy savings calculations. For these 
reasons, DOE did not attempt to further identify or exclude any 
building observations specific to NYC in its analyses.
    DOE has not modified the analysis to eliminate the use of 
commercial packaged boilers in Federal buildings after 2030, but 
understands that, presuming the establishment and implementation of a 
final rule addressing fossil fuel-generated energy consumption in 
Federal buildings, the likely impact of the rule will be a reduction in 
overall boiler shipments to commercial buildings and a consequent

[[Page 1626]]

reduction in the projected energy savings from the CPB rule.
    Building sampling methodology is detailed in chapter 7 of the final 
rule TSD.
3. Miscellaneous Energy Use
    The annual energy used by commercial packaged boilers, in some 
cases, may include energy used for non-space heating use such as water 
heating. Based on comments received in the November 20, 2014 NODA and 
preliminary analysis, DOE assumed that if the CBECS data indicate that 
the CPB fuel is the same as the fuel used for water heating then in 20 
percent of the sample buildings, the same commercial packaged boiler is 
also used for water heating in this final rule. 79 FR 69066.
    Other associated energy consumption is due to electricity use by 
electrical components of commercial packaged boilers including 
circulating pump, draft inducer, igniter, and other auxiliary equipment 
such as condensate pumps. In evaluating electricity use, DOE considered 
electricity consumed by commercial packaged boilers both in active mode 
as well as in standby and off modes in the preliminary analysis.
    BHI commented that the energy use analysis should consider that 
most condensing boiler installations require a minimum of two pumps: 
One to circulate water through the system, and a second to circulate 
water through the boiler itself. Further, BHI stated that if DOE were 
to adopt the 85-percent efficiency level and the test procedure as it 
was proposed in its NOPR, it would mean that there would be no Category 
I small or large hot water boilers on the market and therefore all such 
boilers would become mechanical draft and therefore require the 
associated power consumption. (BHI, No. 71 at p. 17)
    As clarified in the March 2016 NOPR, DOE only considered the 
electricity use of pumps needed for proper operation of the commercial 
packaged boiler, but not the electricity use of additional pumps that 
may be necessary for distributing water throughout a system, since 
these pumps are not part of the commercial packaged boiler itself and 
the inclusion of distribution system pumping energy consumption would 
not be appropriate to the development of the standard. With respect to 
BHI's comment regarding the additional power consumption for mechanical 
draft equipment, DOE notes that the March 2016 NOPR analysis and the 
final rule analysis both include the additional electrical power 
consumption for both draft fans/blower, condensate pump, and controls, 
and that this power consumption is not included for natural draft 
commercial packaged boilers. Further, as noted previously, DOE has 
modified the CPB test procedure from that proposed in the 2016 CPB TP 
NOPR, and it is also adopting a different set of efficiency levels than 
was proposed in the March 2016 NOPR in this rulemaking. DOE's analysis 
adequately addresses the concerns expressed by BHI.
    In its final rule analysis, DOE maintained the electricity use 
analysis method used in the March 2016 NOPR analysis.

F. Life-Cycle Cost and Payback Period Analysis

    DOE conducted LCC and PBP analyses to evaluate the economic impacts 
on individual consumers of potential energy conservation standards for 
commercial packaged boilers. The effect of new or amended energy 
conservation standards on individual consumers usually involves a 
reduction in operating cost and an increase in purchase cost.
    The LCC is the total consumer cost of owning and operating an 
appliance or equipment, generally over its lifetime. The LCC 
calculation includes total installed cost (equipment manufacturer 
selling price, distribution chain markups, sales tax, and installation 
costs), operating costs (energy, repair, and maintenance costs), 
equipment lifetime, and discount rate. Future operating costs are 
discounted to the time of purchase and summed over the lifetime of the 
appliance or equipment. The PBP is the amount of time (in years) it 
takes consumers to recover the assumed higher purchase price of more 
energy-efficient equipment through reduced operating costs. DOE 
calculates the PBP by dividing the change in total installed cost 
(normally higher) due to a standard by the change in annual operating 
cost (normally lower) that result from the standard.
    For any given efficiency level, DOE measures the PBP and the change 
in LCC relative to an estimate of the no-new-standards case efficiency 
distribution. The no-new-standards estimate reflects the market in the 
absence of amended energy conservation standards, including market 
trends for equipment that exceed the current energy conservation 
standards.
    DOE analyzed the net effect of potential amended CPB standards on 
consumers by calculating the LCC and PBP for each efficiency level of 
each sample building using the engineering performance data, the energy 
use data, and the markups. DOE performed the LCC and PBP analyses using 
a spreadsheet model combined with Crystal BallTM (a 
commercially available software program used to conduct stochastic 
analysis using Monte Carlo simulation and probability distributions) to 
account for uncertainty and variability among the input variables 
(e.g., energy prices, installation cost, and repair and maintenance 
costs). The spreadsheet model uses weighting factors to account for 
distributions of shipments to different building types and different 
states to generate LCC savings by efficiency level. Each Monte Carlo 
simulation consists of 10,000 LCC and PBP calculations using input 
values that are either sampled from probability distributions and 
building samples or characterized with single point values. The 
analytical results include a distribution of 10,000 data points showing 
the range of LCC savings and PBPs for a given efficiency level relative 
to the no-new-standards case efficiency forecast. In performing an 
iteration of the Monte Carlo simulation for a given consumer, equipment 
efficiency is chosen based on its probability. If the chosen equipment 
efficiency is greater than or equal to the efficiency of the standard 
level under consideration, the LCC and PBP calculation reveals that a 
consumer is not impacted by the standard level. By accounting for 
consumers that already purchase more-efficient equipment, DOE avoids 
overstating the potential benefits from increasing equipment 
efficiency.
    For each considered efficiency level, DOE determines the value of 
the first year's energy savings by calculating the quantity of those 
savings in accordance with the applicable DOE test procedure and then 
multiplying that amount by the average energy price forecast for the 
year in which compliance with the amended standards would be required.
    DOE calculated the LCC and PBP for all consumers of commercial 
packaged boilers as if each were to purchase new equipment in the first 
year of required compliance with new or amended standards. The 
projected compliance date for amended standards is late 2019. 
Therefore, for purposes of its analysis, DOE used January 1, 2020 as 
the beginning of compliance with potential amended energy standards for 
commercial packaged boilers.
    As noted in this section, DOE's LCC and PBP analysis generates 
values that calculate the payback period for consumers of potential 
energy conservation standards, which includes, but is not limited to, 
the 3-year payback period contemplated under the rebuttable presumption 
test. However, DOE routinely conducts a full economic

[[Page 1627]]

analysis that considers the full range of impacts, including those to 
the consumer, manufacturer, Nation, and environment. The results of the 
full economic analysis serve as the basis for DOE to definitively 
evaluate the economic justification for a potential standard level 
(thereby supporting or rebutting the results of any preliminary 
determination of economic justification).
    Inputs to the LCC and PBP analysis are categorized as (1) inputs 
for establishing the purchase cost, otherwise known as the total 
installed cost, and (2) inputs for calculating the operating cost 
(i.e., energy, maintenance, and repair costs). The following sections 
contain brief discussions of comments on the inputs and key assumptions 
of DOE's LCC and PBP analysis and explain how DOE took these comments 
into consideration.
1. Equipment Costs
    For each distribution channel, DOE derived the consumer equipment 
cost for the baseline equipment by multiplying the baseline equipment 
manufacturer sale price and the baseline overall markup (including any 
applicable sales tax). For each efficiency level above the baseline, 
DOE derived the consumer equipment cost by adding baseline equipment 
consumer cost to the equipment of incremental manufacturer sale price 
and the appropriate incremental overall markup (including any 
applicable sales tax). This consumer equipment cost is reflective of 
the representative equipment size analyzed for each equipment class in 
the engineering analysis. Since the LCC analysis considers consumers 
whose CPB capacities vary from the representative equipment size, the 
consumer equipment cost is adjusted to account for this.
    DOE examined whether CPB equipment prices changed over time. DOE 
determined that there is no clear historical price trend for CPB 
equipment and used costs established in the engineering analysis 
directly for determining 2020 equipment prices for the LCC and PBP 
analysis.
    DOE notes that it received a comment from Bradford White that the 
cost to manufacture a given unit increases over time, noting the 
increase in labor and overhead rates over time due to healthcare, 
utility and fuel costs, etc. (Bradford White, No. 68 at p. 5) In 
response, DOE wishes to clarify that its price trend analysis reflects 
the real, inflation adjusted, examination of equipment price, and such 
factors identified by Bradford White would already be incorporated in 
the real equipment price.
2. Installation Costs
    The installation cost is the cost incurred by the consumer for 
installing the commercial packaged boiler. The cost of installation 
covers all labor and material costs associated with the replacement of 
an existing commercial packaged boiler or the installation of a 
commercial packaged boiler in a new building, removal of the existing 
boiler, and any applicable permit fees. DOE estimated the installation 
costs of the representative capacity boiler at each considered 
efficiency level using a variety of sources, including RS Means 2016 
facilities construction cost data, manufacturer literature, and 
information from expert consultants.\44\ DOE adjusted the basic 
installation cost for a boiler of a given rated input, relative to the 
installation cost of the representative capacity boiler, by using 
adjustment factors developed using trends observed in the RS Means 
data. Appendix 8D of the final rule TSD contains a detailed discussion 
of the development of installation costs and adjustment factors.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \44\ RS Means, Facilities Maintenance & Repair Cost Data 2015, 
73rd ed (2014).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    With regard to installation costs, DOE received comments from 
stakeholders during the March 2016 NOPR in two general areas: (1) The 
general cost to install a boiler, including components, labor, and 
accessories needed; and (2) the cost and impacts with regard to venting 
materials and upgrades necessary. DOE addresses both groups of comments 
in the following paragraphs. In addition, certain general comments 
reflecting the impact of high installation costs are addressed in 
section IV.F.2.c of this document.
a. Base Boiler Installation
    DOE received several comments regarding installation costs. AHRI 
expressed that the costing methods used by DOE are simplistic and 
inaccurate, resulting in incorrect estimates of consumer economics. 
AHRI commented that DOE's current process of building up costs from 
assumed installation situations is incorrect, as has been demonstrated 
through contractor survey data in other rulemakings, and misses much of 
the subtlety in installation and venting conditions. (AHRI, No. 76 at 
p. 27, 42-43)
    DOE understands the comments from AHRI and notes that it has 
modified its venting logic and installation costs in this final rule to 
address specific concerns brought up by stakeholders. This is discussed 
in detail in section IV.F.2 of this document.
    PEM commented that there is no correlation between boiler cost and 
installation cost. (PEM, Public Meeting Transcript, No. 61 at p. 98) 
Raypak commented that there is probably no incremental cost associated 
with installing a boiler at different efficiency levels, for example an 
82 percent efficient boiler versus an 86 percent efficient boiler. 
However, there will be cost differential for replacement parts. 
(Raypak, Public Meeting Transcript, No. 61 at p. 101) ABMA commented 
that larger boilers not only have significantly different applications 
and features but also carry an exponentially higher cost for 
transportation, installation, and start-up. ABMA also commented that in 
attempting to develop installation costs, it is important that the 
magnitude of work involved in installing the large and very large 
boilers is greater than that for small and light weight boilers and may 
involve the use of fork lifts and delivery trucks, and that these are 
extra expenses and as such should not be based on extrapolating the 
installation cost of smaller boilers. (ABMA, No. 64 at pp. 1-2) ABMA 
expressed concerns regarding the extrapolation of RS Means data for 
small boilers into large boilers, and wonders if a more appropriate set 
of estimating data had been considered, noting Mechanical Contractors 
Association of America (MCAA) as a potential source. (ABMA, No. 64 at 
p. 1)
    Regarding PEM's comment, DOE notes that the installation costs are 
derived directly from RS Means 2016 Mechanical Cost Data, which 
indicates a strong correlation between boiler size and its installation 
cost. With respect to Raypak's comment that there is no incremental 
cost for installing boilers at different efficiency levels, DOE's 
estimated basic installation costs for the commercial packaged boilers 
at different efficiency levels, within an equipment class, do not vary 
with efficiency, except for condensing boilers where additional costs 
are incurred specific to such installations. With respect to Raypak's 
comment about repair costs, DOE notes that its annualized repair cost 
estimates do increase with efficiency. Regarding ABMA's comment about 
very large boilers, DOE reiterates that very large boiler equipment 
classes (>10 MBtu/h) are not being analyzed in this rulemaking. With 
regard to installation cost differences because of transportation, 
magnitude of work, and use of extra equipment for large boilers, DOE 
notes that RS Means captures these costs in its estimation of basic 
installation costs and, as such, DOE is not changing the base 
installation cost

[[Page 1628]]

approach in this final rule. However, DOE notes that, at the March 2016 
NOPR stage, for each equipment class, the installation cost was 
estimated only for the representative rated input. For the final rule, 
DOE incorporated an adjustment factor based on trends noted in RS Means 
that would scale the basic installation cost up or down, depending on 
the capacity of the chosen boiler to more accurately reflect the 
absolute cost for installation of the selected boiler in this analysis. 
Although this is a modification to the general approach, the 
incremental cost from the baseline does not change, and thus this 
change does not have any impact on the LCC savings. With respect to 
MCAA, DOE explored this source as a possible alternative and more 
appropriate data source. Based on conversations with MCAA, DOE learned 
that MCAA data is not derived from time studies, but is an empirical 
approach, and that MCAA recommends utilizing one of their affiliate 
companies which utilize their data to determine the time requirements 
to complete a task, rather than directly referencing their data. DOE 
inquired of MCAA regarding the comparison between MCAA and RS Means 
data, and was informed that while methods take different approaches, 
both data sets are accurate. DOE has determined that RS Means can serve 
as an appropriate source of estimating data for this rulemaking and has 
updated the data sources in this analysis to RS Means 2016.
    BHI commented that DOE has not considered that most condensing 
boilers require two pumps, an associated ``primary-secondary'' piping 
system, and ``Y strainers'' to keep out system sediment. BHI noted that 
only in some cases pump(s) are supplied with the boiler while the 
piping system upgrade is carried out by the installer. (BHI, No. 71 at 
p. 18)
    In response to comments from BHI, DOE notes that such system costs 
may be incurred by a consumer as part of a heating system upgrade, 
which DOE understands could result in condensing commercial packaged 
boilers operating at higher efficiencies, on average. DOE considers in 
its analysis that many, if not most, boilers (e.g., 95% of cases for 
buildings built before 1990) in a standards-case scenario may be 
installed in systems that do not provide for low return water 
temperature conditions, on average, and are thus assigned high return 
water temperature operating conditions. As such, DOE already takes into 
account the impact to the consumer, in terms of lost potential for 
additional energy savings, of using an unmodified distribution system 
when it assigns a high return water temperature condition in those 
cases. Regarding inclusion of the Y-strainer cost in the installation 
cost, DOE is aware that some CPB manufacturers, both condensing and 
non-condensing, may recommend the use of a Y-strainer or dirt separator 
for the purpose of dirt elimination, but did not identify requirements 
for this technology. DOE observed that a large percentage of condensing 
CPB equipment manuals recommend the use of Y-strainers, but also notes 
that many existing CPB systems may already have one installed. As such, 
DOE included in its analysis the cost of a Y-strainer in an incremental 
manner for condensing commercial packaged boilers. For CPB equipment 
classes that contain condensing equipment, DOE's analysis includes a 33 
percent higher incidence of Y-strainer usage with condensing equipment.
b. Venting
    Crown commented that proposed standard levels for some boilers rule 
out Category I chimney venting and therefore make boiler installation 
in certain areas not cost effective. (Crown, No. 61 at p. 13) Other 
commenters noted that the proposed standards would eliminate the 
possibility of cheaper Category I venting. Weil-McLain noted that 
proposed standards will create the need to install new venting systems, 
essentially eliminate Category III boilers, operate higher power boiler 
pumps, and operate venting blowers/fans that are necessary for most 
condensing and near-condensing equipment to operate and safely vent 
flue gases. (Crown, No. 61 at p. 148; Raypak, No. 61 at p. 145-146; 
Weil-McLain, No. 67 at pp. 2, 6) AHRI noted that the installation codes 
that apply to gas and oil boilers today are significantly different 
from those that existed 50 or 60 years ago. The installation codes are 
currently more detailed and specific and recognize that boilers 
operating at steady state efficiencies in the mid-1980s represent the 
near condensing range of efficiency and that the venting requirements 
are determined accordingly. (AHRI, No. 76 at p. 15-16) Weil-McLain 
notes that DOE's own analysis shows very few equipment offerings at 
near-condensing efficiencies, and that this is because the market has 
determined that it is not economically feasible to install such 
commercial packaged boilers due to higher cost of venting. (Weil-
McLain, No. 67 at p. 3) Raypak noted that even though boilers with 85-
percent ET (or 85-percent EC) are available in 
the market, DOE should not assume that all boiler installations will be 
capable of having these commercial packaged boilers installed and 
safely operated. (Raypak, No. 72 at p. 3)
    DOE understands the concerns from stakeholders and notes that the 
standards being adopted in this final rule, and more particularly the 
adopted standard for SGHW CPB equipment, are lower than that proposed 
during the March 2016 NOPR. Further, revisions made to the proposed 
test procedure (81 FR 89276, 89289-89290 (December 9, 2016)) address 
significant concerns raised by stakeholders regarding potential impact 
on ratings. Notwithstanding this, DOE recognizes that under the adopted 
standards, there may be migration between Category I boilers and other 
boiler categories. However, DOE does not believe that the standard 
being adopted eliminates all Category I equipment, based on their 
existence in the market at these efficiency levels. Furthermore, AHRI's 
own data demonstrates that, with regard to gas-fired hot water boilers, 
efficiencies between 85-percent and 86-percent ET and 
EC for small and large hot water boilers, respectively, 
represent a maximum in the efficiency distributions of models provided 
to DOE. (AHRI, No. 76 at p. 16) DOE has determined that the efficiency 
levels being adopted in this rulemaking have adequately considered 
stakeholder comments. DOE has subsequently refined its analysis and 
considers that the standards being adopted in this final rule are 
justified.
    DOE received multiple comments regarding its handling of venting 
costs, in particular those associated with 85-percent efficient boiler 
systems. Raypak commented that replacing existing boilers lower than 
85-percent efficiency will require new venting and that DOE should take 
the associated costs into account. (Raypak, No. 61 at p. 153, 155) 
Crown commented that every commercial install at 85-percent efficiency 
will get a different venting system. (Crown, No. 61 at p. 152) NEEA 
noted that some existing boilers that have greater than 85-percent 
efficiency would already have venting that would not need replacing, 
and that the DOE's analysis takes that into account, to which Raypak 
agreed that systems with boilers of 85-percent efficiency and above 
would not require venting upgrades in such cases. (NEEA, No. 61 at p. 
154; Raypak, No. 61 at p. 155) BHI commented that the costs of vent 
systems will increase far more than reflected in the cost estimates in 
the DOE models, as a result of a shift away from Category I vent 
systems. (BHI, No. 71 at p. 2, 7, 10, and 11) Weil-McLain

[[Page 1629]]

noted that qualified contractors will want to make sure that a 
replacement boiler is safely installed and should require the 
additional steps needed for those installations that are on the near-
condensing/condensing efficiency borderline, and that this imposes 
significant costs. (Weil-McLain, No. 67 at p. 2)
    Relative to the March 2016 NOPR public meeting comments, DOE notes 
that in its analysis it does consider the potential for a boiler to be 
replaced that is already at or above the 85-percent efficiency level, 
and that the venting costs would be lower in such a scenario when 
compared with a similar scenario where the existing boiler being 
replaced is below 85-percent efficiency. Further, DOE has considered 
venting costs that would result in safe installation of commercial 
packaged boilers at all efficiency levels in its analysis, refining the 
LCC model to select materials for venting that represent the concerns 
of stakeholders.
    BHI and AHRI commented on DOE's venting logic that allowed lower 
cost Category-I/III venting options for SGHW commercial packaged 
boilers at the 85-percent efficiency level proposed by DOE in the NOPR. 
BHI also noted that 85-percent efficiency non-condensing boilers may 
result in operation in the Category II/IV regime instead of Category I/
III assumed by DOE. (BHI, No. 71 at p. 8-10; AHRI, No. 76 at p. 16) 
AHRI expressed similar concerns that a Category II/IV vent may be 
needed for gas boilers in the 83.5-percent to 85-percent efficiency 
levels. (AHRI, No. 76 at p. 16) BHI further commented that even some 
Category III boilers must be vented with expensive stainless steel 
option (i.e., AL29-4C), particularly for small commercial packaged 
boilers. (BHI, No. 71 at p. 18). Lochinvar commented that venting at 
85-percent efficiency level should be assumed to be corrosion 
resistant, a position they say is shared by Raypak and Crown Boiler. 
(Lochinvar, No. 70 at p. 3) Crown also noted that anything above 85-
percent thermal efficiency would not be an option for Category I 
venting. (Crown, No. 61 at p. 148). Crown commented that even if newer 
high-efficiency boilers do not need their full vent system replaced, 
they are going to need terminals, vent adaptors, and gaskets replaced. 
(Crown, No. 61 at p. 158) AHRI questioned whether 8-inch PVC venting 
was available on the market. (AHRI, No. 61 at p. 150-151)
    In response to comments received, DOE included upgrades to 
stainless steel venting materials, in some cases selecting AL29-4C, for 
non-condensing boilers at the 85-percent efficiency level and included, 
in the case of small gas-fired commercial packaged boilers, a cost 
transition at 84% efficiency which reflects the cost of mechanically 
vented CPB equipment where natural draft equipment remains available on 
the market. This latter approach is conservative with regard to overall 
installation costs. Analysis of the market efficiencies continues to 
show that there are Category I small gas-fired commercial packaged 
boilers at the 85-percent efficiency level, and not all equipment will 
transition to mechanically vented equipment. As noted previously, 
however, DOE is adopting in this final rule an 84-percent ET 
level for SGHW and 85-percent EC level for LGHW, and this, 
in conjunction with the aforementioned modifications to DOE's test 
procedure final rule (81 FR 89276, (December 9, 2016)), will address 
many of the concerns of stakeholders regarding the standard levels that 
were being proposed in the NOPR. In response to Lochinvar's comment 
about costs incurred even when a full vent system is not replaced, DOE 
does consider partial costs for venting in its final rule analysis in 
cases where a vent is determined to be re-usable by replacing a portion 
of the existing venting system. The details of these costs may be found 
in appendix 8D of the final rule TSD. With respect to AHRI's question 
about 8-inch PVC venting availability, DOE notes that at the time the 
March 2016 NOPR model was developed, DOE was aware of manufacturers 
that specified 8-inch PVC venting for commercial packaged boilers. 
However, DOE has revised the venting logic in its final rule to not 
consider plastic venting on or above 8-inch diameter in order to better 
reflect typical industry venting practices.
    DOE received several comments regarding special situations that 
require consideration in DOE's venting logic. AHRI commented that the 
vent systems in older buildings may be of excessive length and 
convoluted configuration to properly vent by natural draft an 85-
percent efficient gas fired commercial packaged boiler, or oil-fired 
hot water boiler at the 86-percent and 87-percent efficiency levels. 
(AHRI, No. 76 at p. 1, 15-16, and 26-27) Weil-McLain commented that 
retrofitting an existing building with a condensing commercial packaged 
boiler usually involves running venting over extended lengths and 
usually becomes prohibitively expensive. Weil-McLain further expressed 
doubts whether DOE's installation cost model has captured all costs, 
including additional components, venting materials and system 
engineering/design costs. (Weil-McLain, No. 67 at p. 2, 7) BHI noted 
that multiple-boiler installations requiring Category III or IV venting 
are required to have dedicated venting for each boiler, effectively 
multiplying the cost several times. (BHI, No. 71 at p. 13) In the same 
note, Lochinvar commented that CPB installations with condensing 
boilers often require the vent system to be engineered and noted that 
DOE in its cost model should include custom engineering fees for these 
systems. (Lochinvar, No. 70 at p. 3) Crown commented that there are 
terra-cotta lined chimneys that are allowed to use Category I 
equipment, but the modeling assumption assumes they will need a B-vent. 
(Crown, No. 61 at p. 148) Spire commented that the effect of the 
proposed standard would be to eliminate natural vent gas-fired boilers, 
which can impose substantial additional costs. (Spire, No. 73 at p. 24) 
BHI cites various requirements and restrictions regarding horizontal 
venting that may make it difficult to horizontally vent Category III or 
IV gas-fired commercial packaged boilers in many cases. (BHI, No. 71 at 
p. 12-13)
    In response to comments about common venting, DOE notes that, while 
model does not explicitly address common venting, DOE has not received 
any data on the relative prevalence of common vented Category I boilers 
on the market. In addition, DOE notes that its analysis, which presumes 
individually vented boilers, also presumes that in the case of boiler 
replacements, where needed a venting replacement is done for each 
boiler in the building individually--a cost which may, in effect, 
exceed that of replacing a single common vent in a multiple boiler 
installation. Given the lack of detail in the relative frequency of 
common venting and the potential additional costs that DOE's method 
incurs, DOE feels that its approach is adequate for its analysis. With 
respect to the comments about terra-cotta lined chimneys, DOE concludes 
that due to the relative costs of lining chimney with terra-cotta 
liners, as opposed to metal liners, the latter would be much more 
reflective of the option selected in the current replacement boiler 
market. More broadly, the general comments noted herein have been 
mitigated by DOE's adoption of an 84-percent level for SGHW CPB 
equipment, which is lower than that presented at the March 2016 NOPR.
    BHI commented that DOE needs to include the additional installation 
costs associated with complete replacement

[[Page 1630]]

of ``orphan water heaters'' \45\ (i.e., not just vent modifications) on 
a fraction of installations. (BHI, No. 71 at p. 18)
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \45\ A service hot water heater that shared a vent with a boiler 
is said to be ``orphaned'' when a high efficiency boiler is 
installed with which it can no longer share such vent.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    DOE notes that it does not have data on the relevant frequency of 
boiler vent systems that are also used to vent water heaters, but 
received comment at the preliminary analysis stage on this issue. DOE 
notes that the primary application of common venting is with category I 
equipment. Comments on the frequency were inconsistent; however, AHRI 
stated that they believed that common venting of commercial boilers and 
commercial water heaters may in fact be relatively rare given the size 
mismatch between commercial boilers and commercial water heaters, such 
that common venting would be more than problematic because the common 
vent size would be so large that when the boiler wasn't firing there 
would be venting problems on the water heater. (AHRI, Public Meeting 
Transcript, No. 39 at pp. 140-141). Based on input from AHRI, common 
venting with water heaters would be negligible for large CPB equipment 
and would be uncommon for small CPB equipment. For small CPB equipment, 
to the extent that common venting with water heaters does occur, the 
standards adopted in this final rule and the revisions made to and 
adopted in DOE's CPB test procedure final rule will allow the continued 
use of Category I commercial packaged boilers in many commonly vented 
systems and thus remove concerns with orphaned water heaters in common 
vented systems.
    DOE received various comments regarding the safety of venting 
options used in the NOPR analysis. AHRI commented that a variety of 
venting installation issues arise as potential standards are at, or 
near, condensing levels and noted that both manufacturers and 
installers use caution in their venting installation (AHRI, No. 76 at 
p. 42-43) BHI commented that DOE's proposed standards for SGHW and LGHW 
boilers demonstrates insufficient consideration for the safety 
consequences of attempting to vent gas-fired boilers at this efficiency 
level into some chimneys in full compliance with nationally recognized 
safety standards, such as the National Fuel Gas Code. Further, BHI 
commented that DOE needs to weigh carefully the levels at which it sets 
minimum efficiency standards so that it does not inadvertently tip 
across a technology divide, creating: Serious increased costs to the 
consumer, the application of marginal technology (which is beyond the 
control of the manufacturer), utility issues, and even safety issues. 
(BHI, No. 71 at p. 2, 7, 10, and 11) BHI posits that many of the same 
issues regarding venting of gas-fired boilers apply to oil-fired 
boilers at the efficiency levels proposed, and that it is unaware of 
any analysis performed by DOE to evaluate the effect of the proposed 
levels for oil-fired hot water and steam commercial packaged boilers to 
safely and cost-effectively vent oil boilers into existing chimneys. 
(BHI, No. 71 at p. 16) BHI commented that with an 85-percent gas-fired 
hot water boiler standard there are too many potential installations 
which breach acceptable safety levels (e.g., reduction in flue gas 
buoyancy, operation closer to flue gas dew point, flue gas leakage into 
the structure as a result of inadequate draft and/or vent system 
deterioration), and responsible manufacturers and installers will not 
install 85-percent boilers in these situations and will force consumers 
into condensing equipment. (BHI, No. 71 at p. 7, 10)
    With respect to the comments from AHRI, DOE concludes that CPB 
equipment manufacturers will provide adequate guidance for installers 
to ensure that the venting system is safe, and that the installers used 
to install commercial packaged boilers and their associated vent 
systems will follow such guidance, and leverage their expertise, to 
mitigate the dangers of potential corrosion issues. With respect to 
venting costs, DOE notes that it reviewed and updated the venting costs 
in the LCC model based on comments and data received from stakeholders 
and believes that its analysis is now more representative of the costs 
associated with near-condensing and condensing CPB equipment. Regarding 
BHI's comments that DOE needs to weigh carefully the levels at which it 
sets its minimum efficiency standards, DOE's analysis weighs carefully 
the costs and other issues associated with setting a minimum efficiency 
standard in this rulemaking, and has been conducted in an open and 
transparent manner, incorporating input from interested parties 
throughout this rulemaking. Furthermore, because there are 
manufacturers actively manufacturing and marketing equipment within the 
efficiency range in question, both natural draft and mechanical draft, 
DOE must evaluate and consider such efficiency levels as options within 
the analysis. Manufacturers are not required to provide equipment at 
any specific efficiency level, only that equipment must meet or exceed 
the minimum efficiency level for the equipment class under 
consideration. Relative to BHI's comment about oil-fired boilers having 
similar venting issues as gas boilers at the efficiency levels proposed 
and not being aware of any analysis by DOE to ensure safe and cost-
effective venting of oil boilers into existing chimneys, DOE points out 
that it has considered the cost to remove and replace a chimney with 
adequate venting for both gas-fired and oil-fired boilers when 
necessary. As such, it has considered the economic cost to the consumer 
to ensure safe venting of the commercial packaged boilers.
    Several commenters noted the impact of building codes on type of 
venting allowed in the installation of condensing units. Bradford White 
expressed reservation that DOE's installation cost model may not 
address strict installation codes for CPB installations of high rise 
buildings in New York, Boston and Chicago. (Bradford White, No. 68 at 
p. 3) BHI commented that many manufacturers and installers do not view 
practices that are technically possible and may meet the letter of some 
building codes as safe. While these margins of safety can evolve as 
manufacturers and installers gain more experience, there will always be 
a point where a manufacturer will set installation requirements or 
installers will set practices such that a ``technically compliant'' 
installation will not be allowed. (BHI, No. 71 at p. 7) In addition, 
DOE received comment from Raypak that until regulations regarding 
boiler maintenance in the United States achieve a level of 
sophistication and stringency similar to those in Europe to ensure that 
the boilers will operate properly, safely and efficiently, the minimum 
efficiency levels proposed could result in unsafe and dangerous 
installations. (Raypak, No. 72 at p. 3) Lochinvar noted that some 
jurisdictions have enacted rules that prevent installation of non-
metallic vents and estimates that the installation costs for 
approximately 5 percent of installations nationwide that would have 
selected PVC venting should be recalculated to needing to select AL29-
4C instead, as a result. (Lochinvar, No. 70 at p. 3)
    With regard to the impact of building codes on the installation of 
new and replacement boilers, DOE understands that local building codes 
can have specific and unique requirements regarding termination of 
venting, both for condensing and for non-condensing CPB equipment that 
can affect costs. However, due to the localized and building-specific 
aspects of these

[[Page 1631]]

requirements, DOE has no ability to quantify their impact on its 
analysis. DOE notes, however, that it is not adopting any condensing 
levels in this final rule that would precipitate these costs. DOE 
notes, with regard to boiler maintenance, that while commercial 
packaged boilers in the United States may not have national regulations 
requiring annual boiler inspections and service, many local 
jurisdictions require safety inspections. Furthermore, it is in the 
interest of commercial entities using CPB equipment to continue to 
operate equipment in a safe manner. DOE concludes that equipment at the 
efficiency levels in its final rule can be installed and operated 
safely over the life of the equipment. Regarding Lochinvar's comment 
that approximately 5 percent of installations that would have selected 
PVC venting should be recalculated as having needed to select AL29-4C 
due to jurisdictions that may not permit the use of non-metallic vents, 
DOE notes that its analysis already assigns a 50 percent probability, 
for vent sizes in the 4-inch to less than 8-inch range, that venting 
materials for condensing boiler installations will be using AL29-4C. 
DOE understands that for the smallest boilers, it did not include a 
probability, however small (i.e., 5 percent), that a consumer might be 
required to utilize AL29-4C, but as noted above DOE is not adopting a 
condensing level in this final rule and the marginal incremental cost 
that would have been associated with this factor would not have 
impacted the standard levels adopted.
c. Other
    AHRI urged DOE to avoid standards that would require difficult and 
costly installations, or that would remove equipment technologies that 
are used in the market place to meet consumer requirements, until it 
has a clear understanding of installation issues via a survey of 
buildings. (AHRI, No. 76 at p. 44). Spire stated that the end result of 
the proposed standards would skew the market in favor of electrical 
equipment over gas-fired equipment based on what Spire referred to as 
``an apparent and unrealistic theory'' that these electric boilers will 
be powered by renewable energy in the distant future. Spire added that 
``this does not just lessen competition; it eliminates competition by 
eliminating the main alternative to electricity.'' (Spire, No. 73 at p. 
30)
    Regarding AHRI's comment, DOE understands the potential for 
difficult and costly installations at all efficiency levels, and 
accounts for a wide variation in costs in installations through 
consideration of varying vent lengths and base case conditions in its 
Monte Carlo analysis. DOE disagrees with Spire's contention that 
revised standards, such as those proposed during the March 2016 NOPR, 
eliminate competition by eliminating use of the main alternative to 
electricity. The standards adopted in this final rule are readily 
available on the market through most, if not all, CPB manufacturers, 
and higher efficiency levels are in fact being readily incorporated in 
the existing market. This standard will not eliminate the use of gas in 
commercial buildings.
    See chapter 8 and appendix 8D of the final rule TSD for details on 
DOE's analysis of installation costs including venting costs.
3. Annual Per-Unit Energy Consumption
    DOE estimated annual natural gas, fuel oil, and electricity 
consumed by each class of CPB equipment, at each considered efficiency 
level, based on the energy use analysis described in section IV.E of 
this document and in chapter 7 of the final rule TSD.
    DOE conducted a literature review on the direct rebound effect in 
commercial buildings, and found very few studies, especially with 
regard to space heating and cooling. In a paper from 1993, Nadel 
describes several studies on takeback in the wake of utility lighting 
efficiency programs in the commercial and industrial sectors.\46\ The 
findings suggest that in general the rebound associated with lighting 
efficiency programs in the commercial and industrial sectors is very 
small.\47\ In a 1995 paper, Eto et al.\48\ state that changes in energy 
service levels after efficiency programs have been implemented have not 
been studied systematically for the commercial sector. They state that 
while pre-/post-billing analyses can implicitly pick up the energy use 
impacts of amenity changes resulting from program participation, the 
effect is usually impossible to isolate. A number of programs attempted 
to identify changes in energy service levels through consumer surveys. 
Five concluded that there was no evidence of takeback, while two 
estimated small amounts of takeback for specific end uses, usually less 
than 10-percent. A recent paper by Qiu,\49\ which describes a model of 
technology adoption and subsequent energy demand in the commercial 
building sector, does not present specific rebound percentages, but the 
author notes that compared with the residential sector, rebound effects 
are smaller in the commercial building sector. An important reason for 
this is that in contrast to residential heating and cooling, HVAC 
operation adjustment in commercial buildings is driven primarily by 
building managers or owners. The comfort conditions are already 
established in order to satisfy the occupants, and they are unlikely to 
change due to installation of higher-efficiency equipment. While it is 
possible that a small degree of rebound could occur for higher-
efficiency commercial packaged boilers, e.g., building managers may 
choose to increase the operation time of these heating units, there is 
no basis to select a specific value. Because the available information 
suggests that any rebound would be small to negligible, DOE did not 
include a rebound effect for this rule.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \46\ S. Nadel, The Take-back Effect: Fact or Fiction? Conference 
paper: American Council for an Energy-Efficient Economy, (1993).
    \47\ The rebound effect accounts for increased usage of 
equipment by consumers after the implementation of a standard, 
reducing the energy savings attributed to a standard. That is, the 
savings from energy-efficient equipment may lead to additional use 
of that equipment. However, the take-back in energy consumption 
associated with the rebound effect generally provides consumers with 
increased value.
    \48\ Eto et al., Where Did the Money Go? The Cost and 
Performance of the Largest Commercial Sector DSM Programs. LBL-
38201, Lawrence Berkeley National Laboratory, Berkeley, CA (1995).
    \49\ Y. Qui, Energy Efficiency and Rebound Effects: An 
Econometric Analysis of Energy Demand in the Commercial Building 
Sector, Environmental and Resource Economics, 59(2): 295-335 (2014).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    During the March 2016 NOPR, DOE requested comments and data on the 
assumption that a rebound effect is unlikely to occur for these 
commercial applications. ASAP, Bradford White, Lochinvar, the Joint 
Utilities, SoCalGas, and Weil-McLain agreed with DOE's findings that a 
rebound effect is unlikely to occur for commercial packaged boilers. 
Weil-McLain added that even if it did occur, it would be at 
insignificant levels. (ASAP, Public Meeting Transcript, No. 61 at p. 
178; Bradford White, No. 68 at p. 2; Lochinvar, No. 70 at p. 3; Joint 
Utilities, No. 65 at p. 2; SoCalGas, No. 77 at pp. 5-6; Weil-McLain, 
No. 67 at p. 8)
    DOE appreciates the comments provided by stakeholders with respect 
to rebound effect for CPB equipment, and notes that it has not applied 
a rebound effect in this final rule.
4. Energy Prices and Energy Price Trends
    DOE derived average monthly energy prices for a number of 
geographic areas in the United States using the latest data from EIA 
and monthly energy price factors that it develops. The process then 
assigned an appropriate energy

[[Page 1632]]

price to each commercial and residential building in the sample based 
on its location. DOE derived 2015 annual electricity prices from EIA 
Form 826 data.\50\ DOE obtained the data for natural gas prices from 
EIA's Natural Gas Navigator, which includes monthly natural gas prices 
by state for residential, commercial, and industrial consumers.\51\ DOE 
collected 2014 average commercial fuel oil prices from the consumption, 
price, and expenditure estimates from the EIA's State Energy Data 
System (SEDS) and adjusts it using GDP Implicit Price Deflator factors 
to reflect 2015 prices.\52\ DOE developed the LCC analysis using a 
marginal fuel price approach to convert fuel savings into corresponding 
financial benefits for the different equipment classes. This approach 
was based on the development of marginal price factors for gas and 
electric fuels based on historical data relating monthly expenditures 
and consumption. For details of DOE's marginal fuel price approach, see 
chapter 8 of the final rule TSD.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \50\ U.S. Energy Information Administration, Form EIA-826 
Monthly Electric Utility Sales and Revenue Report with State 
Distributions (EIA-826 Sales and Revenue Spreadsheets). Available at 
https://www.eia.gov/electricity/data/eia826/.
    \51\ U.S. Energy Information Administration, Natural Gas Prices. 
Available at: https://www.eia.gov/dnav/ng/ng_pri_sum_a_EPG0_PCS_DMcf_a.htm.
    \52\ Source: GDP Implicit Price Deflator factors derived from 
U.S. Department of Commerce, Bureau of Economic Analysis. Available 
at https://www.bea.gov/iTable/iTable.cfm?ReqID=9&step=1#reqid=9&step=1&isuri=1.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    To arrive at prices in future years, DOE multiplied the marginal 
fuel prices by the projection of annual average price changes in 
AEO2016, which has an end year of 2040. To estimate the trend after 
2040, DOE uses the average rate of change during 2030-2040.
    DOE received comments on marginal prices and, in particular, on the 
accuracy of the tariff rates paid by larger load consumers. The Gas 
Associations commented that the analysis should adjust the energy price 
calculation methodology using marginal prices to a use a tariff-based 
approach to make the analysis more robust. (Gas Associations, No. 69 at 
p. 3) Spire commented that DOE used erroneous utility marginal energy 
pricing and forecasts in its analysis resulting in overstated benefits. 
(Spire, No. 73 at pp. 17-19) AHRI asked if consumers with large loads 
pay the same marginal rates as an average commercial consumer, and 
Spire responded that they do not and referenced their comment 
submission in the Residential Furnaces NOPR. (AHRI, Public Meeting 
Transcript, No. 61 at p. 171; Spire/Laclede, Public Meeting Transcript, 
No. 61 at p. 171) PG&E agreed with Spire that larger consumers pay less 
for utilities. (PG&E, Public Meeting Transcript, No. 61 at p. 172) AHRI 
commented that the marginal gas rates do not accurately reflect what 
larger consumers pay. (AHRI, Public Meeting Transcript, No. 61 at p. 
172) Spire commented that EIA data is completely inaccurate for its 
largest consumers and that transport rates are typically used. (Spire/
Laclede, Public Meeting Transcript, No. 61 at p. 172) PEM commented 
that the largest consumers also hedge gas prices by buying and selling 
futures and noted that it is extremely difficult to figure out what the 
true cost of the energy is, also pointing out that there are consumers 
utilizing interruptible service accounts. (PEM, Public Meeting 
Transcript, No. 61 at p. 173) Spire commented that DOE could accurately 
reflect the marginal prices large consumers pay by looking at the 
incremental cost per therm \53\ in hedge contracts. (Spire/Laclede, 
Public Meeting Transcript, No. 61 at p. 173)
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \53\ A therm is a unit of heat equivalent to 100,000 Btu or 
1.055 x 10\8\ joules.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    DOE appreciates the stakeholders comments on the energy prices used 
in the economic analysis. EIA historical energy prices and AEO price 
trends are the best aggregate sources for energy prices currently 
available to DOE. DOE understands the importance of accurately 
representing the energy prices for the consumers in the economic 
analysis and incorporates many adjustment factors to the average price 
data and the price trend data to account for the price differences due 
to variations in locations, seasons, and market sectors and to ensure 
that the energy prices are properly accounted for in the economic 
analysis.
    Lastly, AHRI commented that the exclusion of dual-fuel capable 
boilers overstates the effective prices for natural gas since consumers 
can make use of interruptible natural gas rates. (AHRI, No. 76 at p. 
42)
    With regard to consumers who may be on interruptible rates, DOE 
examined CBECS 2012 ``consumption and expenditure'' data and observed 
that the weighted average cost of natural gas for buildings with 
commercial packaged boilers using both natural gas and fuel oil is 
lower by about 6.5 percent compared to the average natural gas price 
for ``gas only'' buildings. This compares well with a similar statistic 
referenced by AHRI, who posited that the use of ``interruptible 
supply'' contracts by consumers would result in rates that result in a 
7-percent savings versus ``uninterruptible supply'' rates. Since 95 
percent of these observations had gas as the principal fuel, and given 
that no separate equipment class exists for dual fuel boilers, DOE 
counted them as gas boilers. However these boilers contribute only 3.5 
percent to the total gas boiler sample weights used in the LCC 
analysis. DOE also noted that nearly 67 percent of the sample buildings 
using both gas and oil continue to use significant quantities of the 
higher cost fuel oil, which more than offsets a 7-percent reduction in 
the natural gas price paid. Further, DOE used gas price data from EIA 
in its LCC analysis and notes that these prices are based on aggregate 
revenue and sales, which already include sales for both interruptible 
and uninterruptible supply. In view of the above, DOE did not pursue 
development of separate gas price estimates for consumers using dual 
fuel boilers.
    Appendix 8C of the final rule TSD includes more details on energy 
prices and trends.
5. Maintenance Costs
    The maintenance cost is the routine cost incurred by the consumer 
for maintaining equipment operation. The maintenance cost depends on 
CPB capacity and heating medium (hot water or steam). DOE used the most 
recent RS Means Facility Maintenance and Repair Cost Data to determine 
labor and materials costs and maintenance frequency associated with 
each maintenance task for each CPB equipment class analyzed.\54\ Within 
an equipment class, DOE assumed that the maintenance cost is the same 
at all non-condensing efficiency levels, and that the maintenance cost 
at condensing efficiency levels is slightly higher.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \54\ RS Means, 2016 Facilities Maintenance & Repair Cost Data. 
Available at: https://rsmeans.com/60305.aspx.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Raypak commented that their Service Department has estimated that 
approximately 5 percent of current technicians are capable of servicing 
new technology, higher efficiency equipment, and that DOE should 
account for this in its rulemaking process. (Raypak, No. 72 at p. 3) 
DOE notes that in comments received in the November 20, 2014 NODA and 
preliminary analysis, Raypak commented that although they do not have 
specific data, they believe that the vast majority of maintenance/
service is performed by manufacturer factory-trained personnel due to 
the specialized equipment and expertise required to properly diagnose 
and repair current commercial packaged boilers. (Raypak,

[[Page 1633]]

No. 35 at p. 5) AHRI similarly noted that the industry trend for boiler 
maintenance is toward using external contractors who specialize in 
servicing advanced design boilers or boiler systems. (AHRI, No. 37 at 
p. 5)
    DOE understands that with any change in technology, there will be 
an adjustment time needed to develop the skills and expertise within 
the workforce to adequately service and maintain such technology. 
However, the comments received at preliminary analysis indicated that 
the maintenance and service markets were already in transition and DOE 
does not believe that there is basis for presuming that the service 
market would not adapt under a new standard scenario at any of the 
efficiency levels considered.
    ABMA commented that the maintenance tasks for large boilers may be 
more involved and may need to be performed from a ladder or catwalk and 
as such, the maintenance cost should not be based on extrapolating the 
maintenance cost for smaller boilers. (ABMA, No. 64 at pp. 2-3)
    DOE's LCC model does attempt to develop a maintenance cost for 
large boilers using data for multiple size categories found in the RS 
Means Facilities Maintenance and Repair Data manual, recognizing that 
some tasks may be more involved for larger boilers, as noted by ABMA. 
The largest size category referenced did not have an upper size limit, 
but DOE believes that the DOE developed costs, which extrapolates costs 
for commercial packaged boilers beyond the largest size category 
available from RS Means, are likely more appropriate for the large CPB 
equipment classes. However, DOE notes that there is no difference in 
maintenance cost for a given size boiler based on its efficiency, with 
the exception that condensing boilers have a slight incremental cost 
due to condensate neutralizer replacement and thus the magnitude of the 
maintenance cost would not play a significant role in the LCC savings 
analysis. DOE concludes that its maintenance approach and costs for 
larger boilers is appropriate for this rulemaking.
    Appendix 8E of the final rule TSD includes more details on 
maintenance costs.
6. Repair Costs
    The repair cost is the cost to the commercial consumer for 
replacing or repairing components that have failed in the commercial 
packaged boiler (such as the ignition, controls, heat exchanger, 
mechanical vent damper, or power vent blower). DOE used the latest 
version of the RS Means Facility Maintenance and Repair Cost Data to 
determine labor and materials costs associated with repairing each CPB 
equipment class analyzed.
    DOE sought input from manufacturers regarding the 
representativeness of using 1-year as warranty for parts and labor and 
10-years as warranty for the heat exchanger and received comments from 
interested parties. Crown commented that manufacturer warranties are a 
good metric for equipment lifetime and suggested condensing and non-
condensing boilers have very different warranties. Further, Crown noted 
that many warranties are prorated so that a 10-year warranty might 
actually be a 5-year warranty with 5 years of pro-rated warranty 
coverage. (Crown, Public Meeting Transcript, No. 61 at pp. 165-166) 
Raypak commented that many manufacturers do not include labor as part 
of their warranties, and that a 1-year warranty on the heat-exchanger 
might be more appropriate. (Raypak, Public Meeting Transcript, No. 61 
at p. 163) However, ABMA commented that 5-years may be a better 
warranty period for heat exchangers especially for larger sizes (ABMA, 
Public Meeting Transcript, No. 61 at pp. 162-163) and both Bradford 
White and Lochinvar agreed with DOE's assumptions regarding warranties, 
adding that the heat exchanger warranty can be prorated for a period of 
time beyond the non-prorated warranty period. (Bradford White, No. 68 
at p. 2, Lochinvar, No. 70 at p. 3)
    DOE reviewed the warranty terms of various manufacturers and 
determined that the vast majority of manufacturers offer at least ten 
years of coverage for heat exchangers and that both condensing and non-
condensing warranties may use prorating as part of their terms. Based 
on this observation and comments received, DOE determined a 10-year 
warranty is representative for parts coverage. This review also found 
that labor is generally called out as not being covered by manufacturer 
warranties. However, DOE considered that other players in the 
distribution chain may provide such labor cost coverage within the 
first year of operation. DOE performed a sensitivity analysis of the 
LCC model where the consumer would cover labor costs for any instances 
of heat exchanger failure within the first year and determined that 
there is no impact to the results and has retained the assumption of 
parts and labor coverage within one year of installation. With respect 
to the comments suggesting warranties as an indicator of lifetime, DOE 
encountered similar warranty terms for condensing and non-condensing 
boilers and did not attempt to extrapolate lifetime differences from 
warranty terms. Further, as noted during the CPB NODA and availability 
of Preliminary Analysis TSD, DOE agreed with commenters that it is 
difficult to estimate lifetime of a technology that has only been 
broadly available on the market for about 15 years, and DOE concludes 
that the values captured in survey results may be more representative 
of early experience based on new technology or installation issues. DOE 
expects that, as condensing boiler technology matures and installers 
become better trained at installing and maintaining condensing boilers, 
lifetime of condensing commercial packaged boilers sold and installed 
in 2020 and beyond would be expected to be similar to their non-
condensing counterparts.
    Crown commented that condensing boilers would be more susceptible 
to poor water-quality related failures due to their smaller piping, and 
that warranties take that into account. (Crown, Public Meeting 
Transcript, No. 61 at pp. 166-167) ASAP and the Joint Advocates 
commented that DOE is overestimating the repair costs for condensing 
boilers and that DOE should assume the same heat exchanger failure 
rates for condensing and non-condensing boilers in the absence of data 
to the contrary. (ASAP, Public Meeting Transcript, No. 61 at p. 164, 
Joint Advocates, No. 74 at p. 1, 7)
    DOE notes that it considered the potential failures and failure 
probabilities particular to condensing commercial package boilers in 
the estimates of repair and maintenance costs, in particular assigning 
the heat exchanger, a major component of the boiler system, a higher 
probability of failure than for a non-condensing commercial packaged 
boiler. DOE appreciates ASAP's and the Joint Advocates' comment 
positing that DOE should use the same heat exchanger failure rates for 
condensing and non-condensing boilers in the absence of data to the 
contrary. However, DOE concludes it is a reasonable assumption given 
the level of maturity of condensing CPB technology relative to non-
condensing commercial packaged boilers and the level of exposure a 
condensing heat exchanger has to potentially damaging condensate. DOE's 
assumption provides for a more conservative approach to the calculation 
of benefits relative to the proposed method suggested by ASAP and the 
Joint Advocates.
    DOE used the latest RS Means Facility Maintenance and Repair Cost 
Data to determine labor and materials costs associated with repairing 
each CPB equipment class analyzed. DOE

[[Page 1634]]

assumed that all commercial packaged boilers have a 1-year warranty for 
parts and labor and a 10-year warranty on the heat exchanger. For a 
detailed discussion of repair costs, see appendix 8E of the final rule 
TSD.
7. Lifetime
    Equipment lifetime is defined as the age at which equipment is 
retired from service. DOE used national survey data, published studies, 
and projections based on manufacturer shipment data to calculate the 
distribution of CPB lifetimes. DOE based equipment lifetime on a 
retirement function, which was based on the use of a Weibull 
probability distribution, with a resulting mean lifetime of 24.8 years. 
DOE assumed that the lifetime of a commercial packaged boiler is the 
same across the different equipment classes and efficiency levels. For 
a detailed discussion of CPB lifetime, see appendix 8F of the final 
rule TSD. In its March 2016 NOPR, DOE considered the potential impact 
of condensate on heat exchangers in commercial packaged boilers that 
operate in condensing mode and established a higher likelihood and 
sooner time-to-failure for CPB heat exchangers that are exposed to such 
condensate.
    DOE received various comments regarding CPB equipment lifetime. 
Bradford White commented that while 24.8 years is a fair estimate for 
copper and cast iron commercial packaged boilers, it was unsure if it 
is also a fair estimate for newer, high efficiency condensing models, 
noting that this equipment has not been around long enough to 
understand what is typical versus where local adverse conditions may 
have prematurely caused the boiler to fail. (Bradford White, No. 68 at 
p. 4) PEM commented that the average life of the New York City field 
constructed boiler is about 25 years with a maximum of 30 years. (PEM, 
Public Meeting Transcript, No. 61 at p. 123) ABMA expressed concern 
regarding the use of EPA-DEFRA reference in the analysis that states 
that with proper maintenance condensing and non-condensing boilers 
should have similar life expectancy, and inquired whether the 
difference in maintenance standards between the two countries was ever 
considered. (ABMA, No. 64 at p. 1) BHI commented that the life 
expectancy of condensing and non-condensing boilers is different and 
that DOE needs to look at warranty information for different commercial 
boilers to get some evidence in this regard. (BHI, No. 71 at p. 17) 
Similarly, Crown noted that manufacturer warranties are a good, 
impartial metric of boiler lifetimes, and that DOE will find there are 
pretty stark differences between those warranties for condensing and 
non-condensing boilers. (Crown, Public Meeting Transcript, No. 61 at p. 
165) Also commenting on warranties, ABMA commented that a 10-year 
warranty on the heat exchanger for steam boilers would be foolhardy 
since the equipment is usually poorly maintained and the life of the 
boilers are highly dependent upon prevailing operating and maintenance 
conditions. (ABMA, No. 64 at p. 3)
    After carefully considering these comments, DOE has concluded that 
there is not enough data available to accurately distinguish the 
lifetime of condensing boilers because, as Bradford White stated, they 
have not been around long enough to understand what is typical versus 
where local adverse conditions may cause premature boiler failure. In 
addition, condensing boiler technologies have been improving since 
their introduction to the U.S. market; therefore, the lifetime of the 
earliest condensing boilers, and thus the perception by those surveyed, 
may not be representative of current or future condensing boiler 
designs. However, DOE did retain its additional repair costs for 
condensing boilers by assuming different service lifetimes for heat 
exchangers for condensing boilers and non-condensing boilers, and this 
is intended to capture all factors that may lead to shorter heat 
exchanger life for condensing boilers. Regarding ABMA's comment about 
10-year warranties on heat exchangers for steam boilers, DOE reviewed 
manufacturer warranties and determined that some steam boilers 
warranties cover the heat exchanger for 10 years.
    Details on how DOE adjusted the repair costs for heat exchangers 
may be found in appendix 8E of the final rule TSD. For more details on 
how DOE derived the CPB lifetime, see appendix 8F of the final rule 
TSD.
8. Discount Rates
    The discount rate is the rate at which future expenditures and 
savings are discounted to establish their present value. DOE estimated 
discount rates separately for commercial and residential end users.
    For residential consumers, DOE applies weighted average discount 
rates calculated from consumer debt and asset data, rather than 
marginal or implicit discount rates.\55\ DOE notes that the LCC does 
not analyze the appliance purchase decision, so the implicit discount 
rate is not relevant in this model. The LCC estimates net present value 
over the lifetime of the equipment, so the appropriate discount rate 
will reflect the general opportunity cost of household funds, taking 
this time scale into account. Given the long time horizon modeled in 
the LCC, the application of a marginal interest rate associated with an 
initial source of funds is inaccurate. Regardless of the method of 
purchase, consumers are expected to continue to rebalance their debt 
and asset holdings over the LCC analysis period, based on the 
restrictions consumers face in their debt payment requirements and the 
relative size of the interest rates available on debts and assets. DOE 
estimates the aggregate impact of this rebalancing using the historical 
distribution of debts and assets.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \55\ The implicit discount rate is inferred from a consumer 
purchase decision between two otherwise identical goods with 
different first cost and operating cost. It is the interest rate 
that equates the increment of first cost to the difference in net 
present value of lifetime operating cost, incorporating the 
influence of several factors: Transaction costs; risk premiums and 
response to uncertainty; time preferences; interest rates at which a 
consumer is able to borrow or lend.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    To establish residential discount rates for the LCC analysis, DOE 
identified all relevant household debt or asset classes in order to 
approximate a consumer's opportunity cost of funds related to appliance 
energy cost savings. It estimated the average percentage shares of the 
various types of debt and equity by household income group using data 
from the Federal Reserve Board's Survey of Consumer Finances \56\ (SCF) 
for 1995, 1998, 2001, 2004, 2007, 2010, and 2013. Using the SCF and 
other sources, DOE developed a distribution of rates for each type of 
debt and asset by income group to represent the rates that may apply in 
the year in which amended standards would take effect. DOE assigned 
each sample household a specific discount rate drawn from one of the 
distributions. The average rate across all types of household debt and 
equity and income groups, weighted by the shares of each type, is 4.4 
percent.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \56\ The Federal Reserve Board, Survey of Consumer Finances, 
(1989, 1992, 1995, 1998, 2001, 2004, 2007, 2010, 2013). Available at 
https://www.federalreserve.gov/pubs/oss/oss2/scfindex.html.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    For commercial end users, DOE calculated commercial discount rates 
as the weighted average cost of capital (WACC), using the Capital Asset 
Pricing Model (CAPM). DOE derived the discount rates by estimating the 
cost of capital of individual companies that purchase commercial 
packaged boilers. Damodaran Online is a widely used source of 
information about company debt and equity financing for most types of 
firms and was the primary source of

[[Page 1635]]

data for the commercial discount rate analysis.\57\ After DOE estimated 
WACC values for individual companies, the results were condensed into 
distributions by building type and the LCC model selects discount rates 
from the distributions corresponding to the building types being 
modeled.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \57\ Damodaran Online. Data page: Cost of Capital by Industry 
Sector. (2004-2013). Available at: https://pages.stern.nyu.edu/
~adamodar/.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    See chapter 8 of the final rule TSD for further details on the 
development of consumer discount rates.
    DOE received several comments regarding its use of discount rates 
in this rulemaking. Raypak and Spire commented that residential 
discount rates should not be used and that using commercial discount 
rates would be better for the residential sector, noting that the 
discount rate that should apply is that of the debt and equity of the 
owner of the buildings, not of the people that live in them. (Raypak, 
Public Meeting Transcript, No. 61 at pp. 176-177; Spire/Laclede, Public 
Meeting Transcript, No. 61 at p. 176; Spire, No. 73 at p. 27) AHRI 
agreed with comments from Raypak and Spire, and added that commercial 
packaged boilers used in residential settings are typically used in 
large apartment buildings or complexes where heating costs are included 
in the rent and associated fees. (AHRI, No. 76 at p. 41) However, AHRI 
commented that consumer discount rates used in the LCC analysis are 
incorrectly computed and used due to the use of average rather than 
marginal discount rates, while also noting that previous rulemaking 
comments that DOE should use marginal discount rates for consumers have 
little actual relevance in this rulemaking, since AHRI finds that the 
average and marginal discount rates may be approximately the same. 
(AHRI, No. 76 at p. 40) NEEA commented that energy bills have no 
influence on rent prices for multi-family housing, reflecting a similar 
concern in how costs are transferred in the multi-family housing 
market. (NEEA, Public Meeting Transcript, No. 61 at pp. 182-183)
    With respect to the use of residential discount rates in its 
analysis, DOE considered the question whether a commercial discount 
rate should be used for residential, multi-family buildings. DOE 
understands that a commercial discount rate might apply in some cases, 
but in other cases, while the upfront purchase is funded by a building 
owner or entity, ultimately income from the renters pay for the CPB 
equipment through rent paid to the owner or entity and additionally 
ultimately pay for the operating and maintenance cost of the CPB 
equipment. Further, the discount rate is not used in conjunction with 
the purchase of the equipment, but is used to determine a present value 
for a future stream of ongoing operating and maintenance costs and 
benefits. DOE understands that the principal time a commercial discount 
rate would apply is when an owner or entity can exert market power and 
claim the financial benefits as excess profits. Such rental markets do 
exist, but not for the long run. Either new rental units get built 
until supply and demand are in balance, or some external shock upsets 
the owner's or entity's ability to reap excess profits. As such, for 
this final rule analysis, DOE is using updated residential discount 
rates for the CPB equipment used in the residential sector.
    More details regarding DOE's estimates of consumer discount rates 
are provided in chapter 8 of the final rule TSD.
9. Market Efficiency Distribution in the No-New-Standards Case
    To accurately estimate the share of consumers that would be 
affected by a potential energy conservation standard at a particular 
efficiency level, DOE analyzed the considered efficiency levels 
relative to a no-new-standards case (i.e., the case without amended 
energy efficiency standards). This analysis requires an estimate of the 
distribution of equipment efficiencies in the no-new-standards case 
(i.e., what consumers would have purchased in the compliance year in 
the absence of amended standards). DOE refers to this distribution of 
equipment energy efficiencies as the no-new-standards-case efficiency 
distribution.
    Regarding DOE's use of the AHRI database to establish the no-new-
standards case efficiency distribution in its NOPR analysis, AHRI 
commented that the analysis should consider the number of basic models 
and their distribution by efficiency level, which differs from the 
number of listings, for its economic analysis. (AHRI, No. 76 at pp. 12, 
17-24) In written and oral comments, manufacturers stated that the 
distribution of CPB equipment models, based on efficiency, is not a 
fair assessment on how the market shipments are distributed. 
(Lochinvar, No. 70 at p. 6; BHI, No. 71 at p. 17; Raypak, No. 72 at p. 
2) Manufacturers expressed that the scope of available equipment is 
covered by the AHRI database, however, the distribution of equipment is 
not representative of the volume of sales as actual shipments will be 
more biased toward high efficiency equipment than is indicated by 
available models.
    DOE requested shipment information from stakeholders at the NOPR 
phase. In response, AHRI submitted shipment information for SGHW and 
LGHW equipment classes that was broken down by efficiency and rated 
input (for SGHW only). AHRI also submitted historical annual shipment 
information for gas-fired hot water (including condensing boilers), 
gas-fired steam, oil-fired hot water and oil-fired steam equipment 
classes. DOE used the AHRI database and equipment shipment data by 
efficiency provided by AHRI to analyze trends within equipment classes, 
as it relates to efficiency levels, to determine the anticipated no-
new-standards case efficiency distribution in 2020, the assumed 
compliance year for amended standards. The trends show the market 
moving toward higher efficiency commercial packaged boilers, as noted 
by stakeholders, and DOE accounted for these trends in its no-new-
standards case projection. DOE used this information for updating the 
final rule analysis. For equipment classes that lacked shipment 
information, DOE used publicly available modeling listing and 
efficiency information in its analysis. In the absence of shipment 
information, the distribution of model listings provides a reasonable 
proxy for shipments for each equipment class. In general, manufacturers 
are likely to offer models with rated inputs and efficiencies where 
demand is highest, therefore DOE assumed modeling listing and 
efficiency information would hold as a proxy for efficiency 
distribution of shipments.
    Regarding AHRI's comment that DOE use basic models only in its 
analysis, as opposed to the entire database, DOE does not filter the 
AHRI directory to capture only basic models and notes that the AHRI 
database does not facilitate the differentiation between basic models 
within their model listings. DOE is concerned with attempting to infer 
which models in the database represent basic models, using only the 
data available in the AHRI database. However, DOE did perform an 
analysis of the distribution of efficiency levels, and it showed only a 
minimal difference between DOE's distributions, as captured in 2016 
(i.e., an updated dataset obtained since that used during the March 
2016 NOPR), and those provided by AHRI. Further, DOE understands that 
some models may have more equipment units listed than the others, 
correlating to a demand in the market for variations from basic models, 
which may reflect consumer demand for such equipment. Since DOE uses

[[Page 1636]]

historical versions of the AHRI database to develop projected 
distributions for 2020, it would be impractical to attempt to reassess 
these distributions in terms of basic models, with little to no 
improvement in the accuracy of the actual distribution. Lastly, DOE 
notes that stakeholders have expressed concerns historically regarding 
the ability to infer a distribution of shipments by efficiency based on 
a distribution of available models and/or listing. As noted in this 
section, DOE received and considered historical shipment data by 
efficiency for the gas-fired hot water CPB equipment classes in its 
determination of the no-new-standards efficiency distributions. However 
it did retain its methodology from the NOPR, of using the AHRI database 
on the other six equipment classes analyzed, as it did not have data on 
shipments by efficiency to inform its analysis. For the purpose of this 
final rule, DOE did a general data update to capture AHRI 2016 
equipment models data and adjusted the gas-fired hot water CPB 
equipment condensing market share approach and its projection of the 
no-new-standards case efficiency distributions for the year 2020 based 
on the availability of historical shipments data. For all other 
equipment classes analyzed, and for portions of the SGHW and LGHW CPB 
equipment classes (not including the year 2020 and its condensing 
market share approach for which shipment data was used), DOE retained 
its NOPR methodology for developing the no-new-standards case 
efficiency distribution, and considered all the equipment listed in the 
AHRI database.
    Also providing comment, Spire stated that there is no basis to 
assume that purchases of higher-efficiency commercial packaged boilers 
that would provide net economic benefits to the purchaser would not 
occur even in the absence of the proposed standard. (Spire, No. 73 at 
p. 15) DOE makes no such assertion, but notes that its analysis 
assesses the impact of standards on consumers, but does not further 
assess the net economic impacts on consumers who voluntarily select 
higher efficiency equipment in the absence of standards.
    Table IV.6 presents the estimated no-new-standards case efficiency 
market shares for each analyzed CPB equipment class in 2020. Appendix 
8H of the final rule TSD contains more information regarding DOE's 
development of the efficiency distributions in the no-new-standards 
case.

    Table IV.6--Estimated No-New-Standards Case Boiler Efficiency Distribution * of Analyzed Commercial Packaged Boiler Equipment Classes ** in 2020
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                   Efficiency                       SGHW (%)     LGHW (%)     SOHW (%)     LOHW (%)     SGST (%)     LGST (%)     SOST (%)     LOST (%)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
77..............................................  ...........  ...........  ...........  ...........           46           13  ...........  ...........
78..............................................  ...........  ...........  ...........  ...........            6           31  ...........  ...........
79..............................................  ...........  ...........  ...........  ...........           15           13  ...........  ...........
80..............................................            9  ...........  ...........  ...........           16           21  ...........  ...........
81..............................................            4  ...........  ...........  ...........           12            5           27           35
82..............................................            5            1           32  ...........  ...........           11  ...........  ...........
83..............................................  ...........            1           24  ...........            5  ...........           53           38
84..............................................            4            4           12           40  ...........            7           14  ...........
85..............................................            8           15           17  ...........  ...........  ...........  ...........           26
86..............................................  ...........  ...........  ...........           45  ...........  ...........            6  ...........
87..............................................  ...........  ...........           10  ...........  ...........  ...........  ...........            1
88..............................................  ...........  ...........            3           10  ...........  ...........  ...........  ...........
89..............................................  ...........  ...........  ...........            1  ...........  ...........  ...........  ...........
90..............................................  ...........  ...........  ...........  ...........  ...........  ...........  ...........  ...........
91..............................................  ...........  ...........  ...........  ...........  ...........  ...........  ...........  ...........
92..............................................  ...........  ...........  ...........  ...........  ...........  ...........  ...........  ...........
93..............................................           36  ...........  ...........  ...........  ...........  ...........  ...........  ...........
94..............................................  ...........           77  ...........  ...........  ...........  ...........  ...........  ...........
95..............................................           28  ...........  ...........  ...........  ...........  ...........  ...........  ...........
96..............................................  ...........  ...........  ...........  ...........  ...........  ...........  ...........  ...........
97..............................................  ...........            2            3            3  ...........  ...........  ...........  ...........
98..............................................  ...........  ...........  ...........  ...........  ...........  ...........  ...........  ...........
99..............................................            5  ...........  ...........  ...........  ...........  ...........  ...........  ...........
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
* Results may not add up to 100% due to rounding.
** SGHW = Small Gas-fired Hot Water; LGHW = Large Gas-fired Hot Water; SOHW = Small Oil-fired Hot Water; LOHW = Large Oil-fired Hot Water; SGST = Small
  Gas-fired Steam; LGST = Large Gas-fired Steam; SOST = Small Oil-fired Steam; LOST = Large Oil-fired Steam.

    DOE calculated the LCC and PBP for all consumers as if each were to 
purchase new equipment in the year that compliance with amended 
standards is required. EPCA directs DOE to publish a final rule 
amending the standard for the equipment not later than 2 years after a 
notice of proposed rulemaking is issued. (42 U.S.C. 6313(a)(6)(C)(iii)) 
As discussed previously in section III.A of this document, for purposes 
of its analysis, DOE used 2020 as the first year of compliance with 
amended standards.
10. Payback Period Inputs
    The payback period is the amount of time it takes the consumer to 
recover the additional installed cost of more-efficient equipment, 
compared to baseline equipment, through energy cost savings. Payback 
periods are expressed in years. Payback periods that exceed the life of 
the equipment mean that the increased total installed cost is not 
recovered in reduced operating expenses.
    The inputs to the PBP calculation are the total installed cost of 
the equipment to the consumer for each efficiency level and the average 
annual operating expenditures for each efficiency level. The PBP 
calculation uses the same inputs as the LCC analysis, except that 
discount rates are not needed.
    Lochinvar commented that DOE should not consider a payback period 
over 7 years as acceptable in this

[[Page 1637]]

rulemaking, noting that commercial buildings are sold just like 
consumer property and owners will not accept a payback period longer 
than their expected length of ownership. (Lochinvar, No. 70 at p. 6)
    DOE notes that, in general, rulemakings have selected levels with 
payback periods within the lifetime of the equipment. However, DOE's 
LCC analysis and development of full life-cycle-cost and life-cycle-
cost savings values considers additional detail and economic factors 
and DOE considers it a more robust assessment of the economic impact on 
consumers.
11. General Comments
    DOE received several comments regarding complexity of the LCC 
Model. AHRI, through its consultant Shorey Consulting, Inc., commented 
that the use of distributions, and not single point values, makes the 
model more complex and less transparent and suggested that DOE should 
have a dialogue with key stakeholders to determine whether the apparent 
sophistication that comes from the Monte Carlo process is worth the 
loss in transparency. In addition, they suggest that DOE should also 
engage stakeholders to determine whether the assumptions inside the LCC 
model are either necessary or correct. (AHRI, No. 76 at pp. 28-29) In 
particular, AHRI expressed concern that the random no-new-standards 
case assignment of efficiencies is thoroughly embedded in DOE's model 
logic and is not reflective of a functioning marketplace. (AHRI, No. 76 
at p. 31 and 45) Spire similarly commented that DOE overstated benefits 
by assuming purchasing decisions that do not make economic sense will 
occur. (Spire, No. 73 at p. 16) AHRI suggested a need for a more 
straightforward, less complex and more understandable approach to 
modeling. They assert that a core issue is the use of the Monte Carlo 
simulation approach, and while recognizing that many inputs are 
distributions rather than single point values, assert that gaining the 
ability to use distributions has come at the cost of clarity and 
traceability and the ability to audit the model. (AHRI, No. 76 at p 28) 
AHRI, through its consultant, provides an example as an illustrative 
modeling approach that is deterministic, as opposed to using Monte 
Carlo analysis, utilizes a narrower set of assumptions, and whose 
implementation resulted in substantively different economic results. 
Specific aspects of these results are presented in AHRI's comment. AHRI 
emphasizes that this model is an alternative working model, but states 
it is in no way suggested as a direct substitute for DOE's LCC, but 
rather represents a pathway towards a more effective model. (AHRI, No. 
76 at pp. 2-3). Spire also commented that DOE's spreadsheets and Monte 
Carlo software were unreasonably complicated and prone to errors and 
lacks transparency. (Spire, No. 73 at p. 26).
    In response to the comments on the LCC model complexity, DOE 
welcomes feedback and data supporting modeling changes in its analysis, 
but, in general believes that it is valuable to capture variation in 
inputs to help establish variation in LCC and LCC savings in the 
output. DOE has found that the examination of the fraction of a user 
base which is negatively impacted by possible standards is an important 
consideration in setting new standards. DOE notes that the LCC model 
using the Crystal Ball software can output the assumed values and 
results of each assumption and provide forecasted results for each 
iteration in the Monte Carlo simulation if desired by stakeholders to 
review or trace the output. In addition, it is possible to modify 
directly the assumption cells in the model to examine impacts of 
changes to assumptions on the LCC and in fact DOE relies both of these 
techniques for model testing. DOE notes that the model provided as an 
example by AHRI limited in many important ways the scope of the market 
being examined, including omission of any use of RECS data, ignoring 
new construction, assumes all condensing boilers operate in the high 
return water temperature scenario, ordering the efficiency distribution 
in the no-new-standards case as a function of calculated payback, and 
excluding the incremental costs of venting or maintenance and repair. 
In addition, a fundamental difference was in the base case assumption 
where the AHRI model presumed that where the analysis showed the 
shortest paybacks, consumers were presumed to purchase the highest 
efficiency boilers in the no-new-standards case distribution. (AHRI, 
No. 76 at p. 31) This reflects an overly optimistic and unrealistic 
working market, presumes information that may not be available to all 
purchasers and, while informative, may unreasonably bias the results as 
presented by AHRI. While DOE appreciates the feedback from AHRI and 
recognizes the value of clarity and traceability, it has not deviated 
from the use of the Monte Carlo approach for the final rule. DOE 
addresses specific modeling assumptions in the discussion surrounding 
those variables in the LCC inputs discussion that follows.
    AHRI posited that either due to DOE's sizing assumption and/or due 
to the use of the CBECS energy use data in the sample itself, the 
energy use model produced excessively high operating hours in some 
instances and that these distort the economic results. (AHRI, No. 76 at 
pp. 37-40) AHRI's consultant suggest that a more logical approach for 
estimating may be to use directly measured data or estimated load data 
(AHRI, No. 76 at p. 40). DOE has not identified a source of 
comprehensive burner operating hour (BOH) data for commercial boilers 
that could be used for such an analysis nor was such identified to DOE 
by stakeholders. Estimated BOH data from other sources, such as whole 
building simulation modeling of commercial buildings is another 
approach that has been considered by DOE, but could result in the need 
to resolve an even larger number of building-level modeling details and 
assumptions. DOE received no early guidance from stakeholders and 
accordingly did not propose the use of whole building simulation at the 
November 2014 NODA and preliminary analysis or March 2016 NOPR stages. 
Consequently, DOE has updated the model to use the most recent CBECS 
2012 data and made other adjustments, but has not abandoned the use of 
CBECS energy data nor its sizing methodology. DOE also notes that 
certain results that are presented by AHRI for the SGHW class reflect 
the removal of the upper 10 percent of the calculated BOH. DOE 
concludes that while there is value in reviewing the BOH results, there 
is no basis to assume that the very highest level of BOH seen in the 
buildings examined should be simply removed from the LCC analysis.
    AHRI also commented that combining the results for natural and 
mechanical draft commercial packaged boilers, particularly for SGHW 
boilers, disguises the effects of market adoption of higher efficiency 
equipment and demonstrates this with the results obtained with their 
modeling approach and assumptions. (AHRI, No. 76 at pp. 32-33) DOE, 
however, notes that it considers that there is variation in equipment 
design, including draft type, in the market. However, as has been noted 
by DOE in this rulemaking, draft type does not define a unique utility 
for commercial packaged boilers and consequently there is only one 
equipment class for the SGHW CPB equipment class. Thus, DOE's LCC 
analysis aggregates sample selection both for consumers using natural 
draft equipment and mechanical draft equipment.
    AHRI and BHI commented that the random assignment of no-new-
standards case efficiencies in the LCC model is not correct, as this 
inherently assumes that

[[Page 1638]]

the purchasers do not pay attention to costs and benefits in a world 
without standards. AHRI further stated that approximately 75 percent of 
commercial buildings which use boilers are buildings where the end user 
either pays, or has significant control, over the decision to purchase 
a new boiler. (AHRI, No. 76 at p. 26, 29, 30; BHI, No. 71 at p. 16)
    In response, DOE notes that development of a complete consumer 
choice model, to support an alternative to random assignment in the no-
new-standards case, for boiler efficiency would require data that are 
not currently available, as well as recognition of the various factors 
that impact the purchasing decision, such as incentives, the value that 
some consumers place on efficiency apart from economics (i.e., ``green 
behavior''), and whether the purchaser is a building owner/occupier or 
landlord. For the final rule, DOE used the same general method to 
assign boiler efficiency in the no-new-standards case.

G. Shipments Analysis

    In its shipments analysis, DOE developed shipment projections for 
commercial packaged boilers and, in turn, calculated equipment stock 
over the course of the analysis period. DOE used the shipments 
projection and the equipment stock to calculate the national impacts of 
potential amended or new energy conservation standards on energy use, 
NPV, and future manufacturer cash flows. DOE developed shipment 
projections based on estimated historical shipment and an analysis of 
key market drivers for each kind of equipment. DOE did not find any 
evidence nor was provided any data during the public comment period 
that indicates fuel switching from oil or gas-fired commercial packaged 
boilers to electric commercial packaged boilers occurred in the market 
for these products. Therefore DOE did not modify the shipments analysis 
to include fuel switching beyond what the historical shipments trend 
might imply. Furthermore, CBECS 2012 data indicate that 7 percent of 
commercial buildings use electric boilers (not necessarily packaged 
boilers) for primary space heating.
    In the final rule DOE revised its estimates of historical shipments 
and shipment projections as additional data became available. The 
additional data include public use microdata files on the ``Consumption 
and Expenditure'' segment of EIA's CBECS 2012. AHRI also provided 
confidential historical shipment data to DOE's contractors under 
confidentiality arrangement. DOE estimated historical shipments from 
stock estimates based on the CBECS data series from 1979 to 2012. Since 
no CBECS survey was conducted prior to 1979, DOE used the trends in 
historical shipment data for residential boilers to estimate the 
historical shipments for the 1960-1978 time period. For estimation of 
stocks of gas and oil boilers, DOE used the data on growth of 
commercial building floor space for nine building types from AEO 
reports, percent floor space heated by CPB data from CBECS for these 
building types, and estimated saturations of commercial packaged 
boilers in these building types. From these stock estimates, DOE 
derived the shipments of gas-fired and oil-fired commercial packaged 
boilers using correlations between stock and shipment for gas and oil 
boilers. As noted in section IV.E.2 of this document, to obtain 
individual equipment class shipments from the aggregate values, DOE 
used the steam to hot water shift trends from the EPA database for 
space heating boilers. The oil to gas shift trends were derived from 
CBECS data for historical shipments and from AEO2016 for projected 
shipments. The equipment class shipments were further disaggregated 
between shipment to new construction and replacement/switch shipments.
    To project equipment class shipments for new construction, DOE 
relied on building stock and floor space data obtained from the 
AEO2016. DOE assumed that CPB equipment is used in both commercial and 
residential multi-family dwellings. DOE estimated a total saturation 
rate for each equipment class based on prior CBECS data and a modeled 
size distribution of commercial packaged boilers in commercial 
buildings with a given design heating load. As new data from CBECS 2012 
became available, DOE modified its approach to calculate the saturation 
rates for new construction used in the March 2016 NOPR stage. For 
estimation of saturation rates in the new commercial construction, DOE 
calculated saturation rates averaged over a period of 9 years from 2004 
through 2012 from the estimated CPB stock for buildings constructed 
during the reference period. The new construction saturation rates were 
projected from 2013 till the end of the analysis period considering 
currently observed trends from CBECS 2012 and AEO2016 (for oil to gas 
shifts). For residential multi-family units, DOE used RECS 2009 data 
and considered multi-family buildings constructed in the 9 year period 
from 2001 to 2009 as new construction for calculating the new 
construction saturation. DOE assumed that the new construction 
saturation in multi-family buildings are nearing their minimum 
threshold values and would remain unchanged during the analysis period. 
DOE applied these new construction saturation rates to new building 
additions in each year over the analysis period (2020-2049), yielding 
shipments to new buildings. The building stock and additions 
projections from the AEO2016 are shown in Table IV.7.
    DOE estimated the percent share of different efficiency bins across 
the equipment classes as detailed in chapter 9 of the final rule TSD.

                                     Table IV.7--Building Stock Projections
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                Total commercial   Commercial building
                                 building floor        floor space       Total residential       Residential
            Year               space (million sq.   additions (million     building stock     building additions
                                      ft.)               sq. ft.)       (millions of units)  (millions of units)
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2015........................               82,176                1,659               115.39                 1.18
2020........................               86,661                2,079               120.41                 1.74
2025........................               91,888                2,149               126.03                 1.71
2030........................               97,148                2,210               131.39                 1.67
2035........................              102,364                2,266               136.35                 1.64
2040........................              107,552                2,337               141.35                 1.65
2045........................              113,164                2,403               146.66                 1.74
2049........................              117,864                2,458               151.06                 1.79
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Source: EIA AEO2016.


[[Page 1639]]

    Commercial consumer purchase decisions are influenced by the 
purchase price and operating cost of the equipment, and therefore may 
be different across standards levels. To estimate the impact of the 
increase in relative price from a particular standard level on CPB 
shipments, DOE assumed that a portion of affected consumers are more 
price-sensitive and would repair equipment purchased prior to enactment 
of the standard rather than replace it, extending the life of the 
equipment by 6 years. DOE modeled this impact using a relative price 
elasticity approach. When the extended repaired units fail after 6 more 
years, DOE assumed they will be replaced with new ones. A detailed 
description of the extended repair calculations is provided in chapter 
9 of the final rule TSD.
    In the March 2016 NOPR, DOE sought feedback on the assumptions used 
to develop historical and projected shipments of commercial packaged 
boilers and the representativeness of its estimates of projected 
shipments. DOE also requested information on historical shipments of 
commercial packaged boilers including shipments by equipment class for 
small, large, and very large commercial packaged boilers. In the March 
2016 NOPR analysis, as a required input to the NIA model, DOE had 
estimated historical shipments of commercial packaged boilers for over 
50 years through 2012. AHRI commented that DOE's estimates of 
historical shipments are lower than the actual historical shipments and 
furnished confidential historical shipment data for a limited period to 
DOE's contractors in support of its assertion. (AHRI, No. 76 at p. 13) 
DOE appreciates the efforts of AHRI and its members to help better 
inform this rulemaking. The data provided were used to calibrate and 
refine DOE's shipments model for estimation of historical shipments.
    Several commenters further pointed out that the projected shipments 
of commercial packaged boilers show an unrealistic growth trend that 
could not be observed in DOE's historical shipment estimates from 1960 
through 2012. (AHRI, Public Meeting Transcript, No. 61 at p. 191; 
Raypak, Public Meeting Transcript, No. 61 at p. 193; Raypak, No. 72 at 
p. 2; Lochinvar, No. 70 at p. 4; Crown, Public Meeting Transcript, No. 
61 at pp. 191-192) NEEA, however, pointed out that the growth in DOE's 
projected shipments could be attributed to replacements of existing 
boiler stock and growth in commercial building stock, which should 
track the trends of new construction of commercial floor space captured 
in the economic models of the EIA. (NEEA, Public Meeting Transcript, 
No. 61 at pp. 192-194)
    In response to the comments received on projected shipments, DOE 
updated its shipments model, the results of which display lower growth 
of projected shipments. In particular, for the March 2016 NOPR, DOE 
used constant values for percent floor space heated by boiler and CPB 
saturation (i.e., number of units per million square feet of floor 
space heated) during the entire analysis period for estimating the 
projected shipments. In the final rule, DOE used a declining trend in 
area heated by boiler (0.25 percent per year) but constant saturation 
resulting in only a more modest growth in shipments.
    Lochinvar commented that DOE should consider publishing all the 
data and model parameters of the shipment model. (Lochinvar, No. 70 at 
p. 4)
    In light of shipment data having been received under 
confidentiality agreement, DOE is unable to publish the shipment data 
furnished by AHRI. However, DOE has provided an updated version of the 
shipments model description and the model parameters in chapter 9 and 
appendix 9A of the TSD, and shipments data from DOE's calibrated model 
may be found in the NIA model.
    DOE also received various general comments regarding its March 2016 
NOPR shipments approach and shipments by efficiency level. BHI 
commented that DOE should rely on models sold, and not model 
availability, in its analyses. (BHI, No. 71 at p. 17) Similarly, 
Lochinvar commented that equipment databases are not representative of 
the distribution of sales. (Lochinvar, Public Meeting Transcript, No. 
61 at p. 208) Bradford White noted that distribution of models based on 
efficiency is not a fair assessment of how CPB shipments are 
distributed, and further questions whether standards are truly 
necessary if, as DOE's own shipments projections show for condensing 
boilers, the market is already moving towards these higher efficiency 
equipment on its own. (Bradford White, No. 68 at p. 2) Weil-McLain 
commented that DOE should look at actual shipments to get a realistic 
idea of the distribution of boilers installed today based on efficiency 
levels, rather than total number of models available in each category. 
(Weil-McLain, No. 67 at p. 8) Raypak commented that it takes exception 
with the DOE's use of the number of models listed in the AHRI directory 
as representing the actual shipments of commercial packaged boilers as 
no such correlation existed and recommended that DOE use data that is 
more reflective of the marketplace. (Raypak, No. 72 at p. 2) Lochinvar 
commented that DOE has consistently projected shipments that exceed 
industry expectations and seem unjustified by existing market data, and 
that DOE underestimated market trends toward condensing boilers. 
(Lochinvar, No. 70 at pp. 4, 8) Weil-McLain expressed their belief that 
the impact of the proposed efficiency standards on natural draft and 
steam boiler shipments could be significant and that consumers will 
often decide to repair the existing boiler and delay replacement, 
creating an unintended consequent reduction in energy savings. (Weil-
McLain, No. 67 at pp. 4, 8)
    DOE notes that while models throughout most of this rulemaking had 
relied to some degree on indirect methods to estimate historical and 
projected shipments, in this final rule the shipments model has been 
calibrated utilizing shipments data provided to inform the analysis. 
Based on the availability of these shipments data and the calibration 
of the shipments model to better reflect the marketplace, DOE concludes 
that it has adequately addressed the stakeholders' concerns in this 
final rule. Regarding Bradford White's comments whether standards are 
truly necessary, DOE notes that the shipments data it received allowed 
DOE to better inform its analysis and to make that determination based 
on a more accurate assessment of the national energy savings potential, 
among other factors it considered. With regard to Weil-McLain's comment 
about repair versus replace under new standards, DOE assumed that a 
portion of affected consumers are more price-sensitive and would repair 
equipment purchased prior to enactment of the standard (in 2019) rather 
than replace it, extending the life of the equipment by 6 years. DOE 
modeled this impact using a relative price elasticity approach. When 
the extended repaired units fail after 6 more years, DOE assumed they 
will be replaced with new ones. Regarding Weil-McLain's specific 
comment about natural draft boilers, DOE notes that the standards for 
small gas-fired hot water commercial packaged boilers in the final rule 
are lower than proposed at March 2016 NOPR and should alleviate the 
impact on natural draft shipments. Regarding steam boilers, while DOE 
understands the observation voiced by Weil-McLain, no new data was 
provided as to the driving force or likely significance of the impact 
on the overall steam boiler shipments. Consequently, DOE was not able 
to further calibrate the shipments

[[Page 1640]]

model for the impact of standard levels analyzed for steam boilers.
    The projected shipments at 5 year intervals during the analysis 
period starting from 2020 and a few key years are shown in Table IV.8.

                                              Table IV.8--Shipments of Commercial Packaged Boiler Equipment
                                                                       [Thousands]
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                      Year                         SGHW CPB *    LGHW CPB     SOHW CPB     LOHW CPB     SGST CPB     LGST CPB     SOST CPB     LOST CPB
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2015............................................       25,634        2,112        4,156          298        2,313          260        1,240           93
2020............................................       24,582        2,025        2,238          161        1,927          216        1,189           89
2025............................................       23,979        1,976        2,159          155        1,551          174        1,140           85
2030............................................       26,734        2,203        2,061          148        1,143          128        1,093           82
2035............................................       28,524        2,350        1,945          140          685           77        1,045           78
2040............................................       27,918        2,300        1,827          131          432           49          981           73
2045............................................       28,874        2,379        1,718          123          415           47          922           69
2049............................................       29,980        2,470        1,627          117          401           45          874           65
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
* SGHW = Small Gas-fired Hot Water; LGHW = Large Gas-fired Hot Water; SOHW = Small Oil-fired Hot Water; LOHW = Large Oil-fired Hot Water; SGST = Small
  Gas-fired Steam; LGST = Large Gas-fired Steam; SOST = Small Oil-fired Steam; LOST = Large Oil-fired Steam.

    Given the comments regarding the impact of increased repairs on 
shipments, DOE determined that use of price elasticity to model the 
extended repair option should be maintained in this final rule. DOE 
used the price elasticity from a residential product study to use sales 
and price data for commercial unitary air conditioners \58\ to more 
closely approximate an elasticity for commercial equipment (data 
specific to commercial packaged boilers were not available). DOE notes 
that it performed two sensitivity analyses--one without the use of the 
price elasticity, and one in which the price elasticity was increased 
ten-fold. The results of the sensitivity analyses are presented in 
appendix 10D of the final rule TSD.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \58\ U.S. Department of Energy. Technical Support Document: 
Energy Efficiency Program for Consumer Products and Commercial and 
Industrial Equipment: Distribution Transformers, Chapter 9 Shipments 
Analysis. April 2013.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Because the estimated energy usage of CPB equipment differs by 
commercial and residential setting, the NIA employed the same fractions 
of shipments (or sales) to consumers as is used in the LCC analysis. 
The fraction of shipments by type of commercial consumer is shown in 
Table IV.9.

       Table IV.9--Shipment Shares by Type of Commercial Consumer
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                            Residential
             Equipment class              Commercial (%)        (%)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Small Gas-Fired Hot Water Commercial                  89              11
 Packaged Boiler........................
Large Gas-Fired Hot Water Commercial                  99               1
 Packaged Boiler........................
Small Oil-Fired Hot Water Commercial                  74              26
 Packaged Boiler........................
Large Oil-Fired Hot Water Commercial                  96               4
 Packaged Boiler........................
Small Gas-Fired Steam Commercial                      90              10
 Packaged Boiler........................
Large Gas-Fired Steam Commercial                      99               1
 Packaged Boiler........................
Small Oil-Fired Steam Commercial                      90              10
 Packaged Boiler........................
Large Oil-Fired Steam Commercial                      99               1
 Packaged Boiler........................
------------------------------------------------------------------------

H. National Impact Analysis

    The NIA assesses the national energy savings (NES) and the national 
net present value (NPV) from a national perspective of total consumer 
costs and savings that would be expected to result from new or amended 
standards at specific efficiency levels.\59\ The NES and NPV were 
analyzed at specific efficiency levels (i.e., TSLs) for each equipment 
class of CPB equipment. DOE calculated the NES and NPV based on 
projections of annual equipment shipments, along with the annual energy 
consumption and total installed cost data from the LCC analysis. In 
this rulemaking, DOE projected the energy savings, operating cost 
savings, equipment costs, and NPV of commercial consumer benefits for 
equipment sold from 2020 through 2049--the year in which the last 
standards-compliant equipment would be shipped during the 30-year 
analysis period.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \59\ The NIA accounts for impacts in the 50 states and U.S. 
territories.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    To make the analysis more accessible and transparent to all 
interested parties, DOE uses a computer spreadsheet model to calculate 
the energy savings and the national consumer costs and savings from 
each TSL.\60\ Chapter 10 and appendix 10A of the final rule TSD explain 
the model and provide instructions. Interested parties can review DOE's 
analyses by interacting with this spreadsheet. The model and 
documentation are available on DOE's website.\61\ The NIA calculations 
are based on the annual energy consumption and total installed cost 
data from the energy use analysis and the LCC analysis.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \60\ DOE understands that Microsoft Excel is the most widely 
used spreadsheet calculation tool in the United States and there is 
general familiarity with its basic features. Thus, DOE's use of 
Excel as the basis for the spreadsheet models provides interested 
parties with access to the models within a familiar context.
    \61\ DOE's webpage on commercial packaged boiler equipment is 
available at https://www1.eere.energy.gov/buildings/appliance_standards/standards.aspx?productid=8.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    DOE evaluates the impacts of new or amended standards for 
commercial packaged boilers by comparing no-new-standards-case 
projections with standards-case projections. The no-new-standards-case 
projections characterize energy use and consumer costs for each 
equipment class in the absence of new

[[Page 1641]]

and amended energy conservation standards. DOE compared these 
projections with those characterizing the market for each equipment 
class if DOE were to adopt amended standards at specific energy 
efficiency levels (i.e., the standards cases) for that class. For the 
standards cases, DOE used a ``roll-up'' scenario in which equipment at 
efficiency levels that do not meet the standard level under 
consideration would ``roll up'' to the efficiency level that just meets 
the amended standard level, and equipment already being purchased at 
efficiency levels at or above the amended standard level would remain 
unaffected.
    Unlike the LCC analysis, the NIA analysis does not use 
distributions for inputs or outputs, but relies on national average 
equipment costs and energy costs. DOE used the NES spreadsheet to 
perform calculations of energy savings and NPV using the annual energy 
consumption, maintenance and repair costs, and total installed cost 
data from the LCC analysis. The NIA also uses projections of energy 
prices and building stock and additions consistent with various AEO2016 
Economic Growth cases. NIA results based on these cases are presented 
in chapter 10 and appendix 10D of the final rule TSD.
    Table IV.10 summarizes the inputs and methods DOE used for the NIA 
for the final rule. Discussion of these inputs and methods follows the 
table. See chapter 10 of the final rule TSD for further details.

   Table IV.10--Summary of Inputs and Methods for the National Impact
                                Analysis
------------------------------------------------------------------------
            Inputs                               Method
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Shipments....................  Annual shipments from shipments model.
First Year of Analysis Period  2020.
No-New-Standards Case          Efficiency distributions are forecasted
 Forecasted Efficiencies.       based on historical efficiency data.
Standards Case Forecasted      Used a ``roll[dash]up'' scenario.
 Efficiencies.
Annual Energy Consumption per  Annual weighted[dash]average values are a
 Unit.                          function of energy use at each TSL.
Total Installed Cost per Unit  Annual weighted[dash]average values are a
                                function of cost at each TSL.
                                Incorporates forecast of future
                                equipment prices based on historical
                                data.
Annual Energy Cost per Unit..  Annual weighted[dash]average values as a
                                function of the annual energy
                                consumption per unit, and energy prices.
Energy Prices................  AEO2016 no-CPP case prices projections
                                (to 2040) and extrapolation through
                                2100.
Energy                         A time-series conversion factor based on
 Site[dash]to[dash]Source       AEO2016.
 Conversion Factors.
Discount Rate................  3- and 7-percent real.
Present Year.................  Future expenses discounted to 2016, when
                                the final rule will be published.
------------------------------------------------------------------------

1. Equipment Efficiency in the No-New-Standards Case and Standards 
Cases
    As described in section IV.F.9 of this document, DOE used a no-new-
standards-case distribution of efficiency levels to project what the 
CPB equipment market would look like in the absence of amended 
standards. DOE applied the percentages of models within each efficiency 
range to the total unit shipments for a given equipment class to 
estimate the distribution of shipments for the no-new-standards case. 
Then, from those market shares and projections of shipments by 
equipment class, DOE extrapolated future equipment efficiency trends 
both for a no-new-standards-case scenario and for standards-case 
scenarios.
    For the standards cases, DOE used a ``roll-up'' scenario to 
establish the shipment-weighted efficiency for the year that standards 
are assumed to require compliance (2020). In this scenario, the market 
of equipment in the no-new-standards case that do not meet the standard 
under consideration would ``roll up'' to meet the new standard level, 
and the market share of equipment above the standard would remain 
unchanged.
    Lochinvar commented that Tables 10.3.1 and 10.3.2 in the March 2016 
NOPR TSD contain clerical errors and provided corrections in written 
comments. (Lochinvar, No. 70 at p. 4) Furthermore, Lochinvar commented 
that the roll-up analysis does not show any reduction in the sales of 
commercial packaged boilers as the minimum efficiency levels are 
increased, and that reduced sales would be expected since as the price 
of baseline boilers increase, some projects will no longer be 
affordable and that would impact the number of boilers shipped. 
(Lochinvar, No. 70 at pp. 5-6) BHI expressed concern that DOE's roll-up 
assumption that shipments of equipment at efficiencies above the 
proposed standard would be unaffected is inconsistent with how SGHW 
boilers are used. Further, BHI noted that if DOE were to adopt the 85-
percent level for SGHW commercial packaged boilers, there is reason to 
believe that most of the ``substandard'' SGHW sales would move to the 
condensing level due to the inability to use Category I venting and the 
added cost of venting materials, citing the disappearance of sales of 
SGHW models at efficiencies between 85 percent and 90 percent. (BHI, 
No. 71 at p. 14)
    After reviewing the tables identified by Lochinvar, DOE determined 
that those tables were a close match to the tables from the preliminary 
analysis TSD, and not the March 2016 NOPR TSD. The March 2016 NOPR TSD 
does not contain Table 10.3.1 or Table 10.3.2, nor does it have no-new-
standards case and standards case efficiency distribution tables for 
equipment classes separated by draft type as noted in comments from 
Lochinvar. However, DOE carefully examined the tables that were the 
closest match in the March 2016 NOPR TSD, and it was unable to identify 
any discrepancies. With respect to Lochinvar's comments regarding the 
roll-up scenario and accounting for reductions in boiler sales, DOE 
notes that the roll-up tables represent percentages of the market for 
each efficiency level, with the entire market for a given equipment 
class defined as 100 percent. DOE does account for reductions in boiler 
sales that may result from amended standards by considering a price 
elasticity factor, hence already accounting for shipment impacts due to 
increased equipment prices. Regarding BHI's comments on roll-up, DOE 
appreciates the insight into BHI's experience regarding historical 
sales of SGHW commercial packaged boilers in the 85 percent to 90 
percent ET. While DOE's roll-up approach does assume that 
sale shares of lower efficiency equipment would roll-up to the 85 
percent ET level, as proposed at the March 2016 NOPR, the 
SGHW level adopted in this final rule is 84 percent ET.
    The estimated efficiency trends in the no-new-standards case and 
standards

[[Page 1642]]

cases are described in chapter 10 of the final rule TSD.
2. National Energy Savings
    The national energy savings analysis involves a comparison of 
national energy consumption of the considered equipment between each 
potential standards case also known as Trial Standard Level (TSL) and 
the case with no new or amended energy conservation standards. DOE 
calculated the national energy consumption by multiplying the number of 
units (stock) of each equipment (by vintage or age) by the unit energy 
consumption (also by vintage). DOE calculated annual NES based on the 
difference in national energy consumption for the no-new-standards case 
and for each higher efficiency standard case. DOE estimated energy 
consumption and savings based on site energy and converted the 
electricity consumption and savings to primary energy (i.e., the energy 
consumed by power plants to generate site electricity) using annual 
conversion factors derived from AEO2016. Cumulative energy savings are 
the sum of the NES for each year over the timeframe of the analysis.
    In 2011, in response to the recommendations of a committee on 
``Point-of-Use and Full-Fuel-Cycle Measurement Approaches to Energy 
Efficiency Standards'' appointed by the National Academy of Sciences, 
DOE announced its intention to use full-fuel-cycle (FFC) measures of 
energy use and greenhouse gas and other emissions in the national 
impact analyses and emissions analyses included in future energy 
conservation standards rulemakings. 76 FR 51281 (Aug. 18, 2011). After 
evaluating the approaches discussed in the August 18, 2011 notice, DOE 
published a statement of amended policy in which DOE explained its 
determination that EIA's National Energy Modeling System (NEMS) is the 
most appropriate tool for its FFC analysis and its intention to use 
NEMS for that purpose. 77 FR 49701 (Aug. 17, 2012). NEMS is a public 
domain, multi-sector, partial equilibrium model of the U.S. energy 
sector \62\ that EIA uses to prepare its Annual Energy Outlook. The FFC 
factors incorporate losses in production and delivery in the case of 
natural gas (including fugitive emissions) and additional energy used 
to produce and deliver the various fuels used by power plants. The 
approach used for deriving FFC measures of energy use and emissions is 
described in appendix 10B of the final rule TSD.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \62\ For more information on NEMS, refer to The National Energy 
Modeling System: An Overview 2009, DOE/EIA-0581(October 2009). 
Available at https://www.eia.gov/forecasts/aeo/index.cfm.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

3. Net Present Value of Consumer Benefit
    The inputs for determining the NPV of the total costs and benefits 
experienced by consumers of the considered equipment are (1) total 
annual installed cost, (2) total annual savings in operating costs 
(energy costs and repair and maintenance costs), and (3) a discount 
factor. DOE calculates the lifetime net savings for equipment shipped 
each year as the difference between the no-new-standards case and each 
standards case in terms of total operating cost savings and increases 
in total installed costs. DOE calculates lifetime operating cost 
savings over the life of each commercial packaged boiler shipped during 
the projection period.
a. Total Annual Cost
    DOE determined the difference between the equipment costs under the 
standard-level case and the no-new-standards case in order to obtain 
the net equipment cost increase resulting from the higher standard 
level. As noted in section IV.F.1 of this document, DOE used a constant 
real price assumption as the default price projection; the cost to 
manufacture a given unit of higher efficiency neither increases nor 
decreases over time.
b. Total Annual Operating Cost Savings
    The operating cost savings are energy cost savings, which are 
calculated using the estimated energy savings in each year and the 
projected price of the appropriate form of energy. To estimate energy 
prices in future years, DOE multiplied the average regional energy 
prices by the projection of annual national-average commercial energy 
price changes consistent with the projections found on page E-8 in AEO 
2016.\63\ AEO2016 has an end year of 2040. To estimate price trends 
after 2040, DOE used the average annual rate of change in prices from 
2020 through 2040. As part of the NIA, DOE also analyzed scenarios that 
used inputs from variants of the AEO2016 case that have lower and 
higher economic growth. Those cases have lower and higher energy price 
trends and the NIA results based on these cases are presented in 
appendix 10B of the final rule TSD.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \63\ The standards finalized in this rulemaking will take effect 
a few years prior to the 2022 commencement of the Clean Power Plan 
compliance requirements. As DOE has not modeled the effect of CPP 
during the 30 year analysis period of this rulemaking, there is some 
uncertainty as to the magnitude and overall effect of the energy 
efficiency standards. These energy efficiency standards are expected 
to put downward pressure on energy prices relative to the 
projections in the AEO2016 case that incorporates the CPP. 
Consequently, DOE used the energy price projections found in the 
AEO2016 No-CPP case as these energy price projections are expected 
to be lower, yielding more conservative estimates for consumer 
savings due to the energy efficiency standards.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

c. Discount Rate
    In calculating the NPV, DOE multiplies the net savings in future 
years by a discount factor to determine their present value. For this 
final rule, DOE estimated the NPV of consumer benefits using both a 3-
percent and a 7-percent real discount rate. DOE uses these discount 
rates in accordance with guidance provided by the Office of Management 
and Budget (OMB) to Federal agencies on the development of regulatory 
analysis.\64\ The discount rates for the determination of NPV are in 
contrast to the discount rates used in the LCC analysis, which are 
designed to reflect a consumer's perspective. The 7-percent real value 
is an estimate of the average before-tax rate of return to private 
capital in the U.S. economy. The 3-percent real value represents the 
``social rate of time preference,'' which is the rate at which society 
discounts future consumption flows to their present value.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \64\ United States Office of Management and Budget. Circular A-
4: Regulatory Analysis. September 17, 2003. Section E. Available at 
www.whitehouse.gov/omb/memoranda/m03-21.html.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

I. Consumer Subgroup Analysis

    In analyzing the potential impacts of new or amended standards on 
consumers, DOE evaluates impacts on identifiable groups (i.e., 
subgroups) that may be disproportionately affected by a new or amended 
national standard. For this final rule, DOE analyzed the impacts of the 
considered standard levels on ``low-income households for residential'' 
and ``small businesses for commercial sectors''.
    With regard to its subgroup analysis, DOE received comments 
regarding the appropriateness of the use of residential discount rates 
to analyze the impact of the amended standard on the ``low income 
households for residential'' subgroup. Raypak commented that the LCC 
results in the subgroup analysis and the National level results are 
being significantly overstated due to the use of residential discount 
rates for the residential installations, since the equipment under 
consideration is installed in a commercial setting. (Raypak, Public 
Meeting Transcript, No. 61 at p. 188) Spire commented that some 
subgroups would be

[[Page 1643]]

disproportionately burdened. (Spire, No. 73 at p. 24)
    With respect to Raypak's comment, DOE has addressed the 
appropriateness of the use of residential discount rates for the 
residential sector in the national level LCC analysis in this final 
rule, and notes that the same reasoning for use of residential discount 
rates applies to the subgroup analysis as well. As such, DOE is 
retaining the same residential sector discount rate methodology used 
during the March 2016 NOPR in this final rule. With respect to the 
comment from Spire, DOE undertook this analysis to evaluate the impacts 
to subgroups that may be disproportionately affected by a new or 
amended national standard, and sought comments from stakeholders 
throughout this rulemaking to help identify potential subgroups. DOE 
has concluded that the identified subgroups will not be significantly 
impacted by the new standards.
    The consumer subgroup analysis is discussed in detail in chapter 11 
of the final rule TSD.

J. Manufacturer Impact Analysis

1. Overview
    DOE performed an MIA to estimate the financial impacts of amended 
energy conservation standards on manufacturers of CPB equipment and to 
estimate the potential impacts of such standards on employment and 
manufacturing capacity. The MIA has both quantitative and qualitative 
aspects and includes analyses of projected industry cash flows, the 
INPV, investments in research and development (R&D) and manufacturing 
capital, and domestic manufacturing employment. Additionally, the MIA 
seeks to determine how amended energy conservation standards might 
affect manufacturing employment, capacity, and competition, as well as 
how standards contribute to overall regulatory burden. Finally, the MIA 
serves to identify any disproportionate impacts on manufacturer 
subgroups, including small business manufacturers.
    The quantitative part of the MIA primarily relies on the Government 
Regulatory Impact Model (GRIM), an industry cash flow model with inputs 
specific to this rulemaking. The key GRIM inputs include data on the 
industry cost structure, unit production costs, equipment shipments, 
manufacturer markups, and investments in R&D and manufacturing capital 
required to produce compliant equipment. The key GRIM outputs are the 
INPV, which is the sum of industry annual cash flows over the analysis 
period, discounted using the industry-weighted average cost of capital, 
and the impact to domestic manufacturing employment. The model uses 
standard accounting principles to estimate the impacts of more-
stringent energy conservation standards on a given industry by 
comparing changes in INPV and domestic manufacturing employment between 
a no-new-standards case and the various trial standards cases (TSLs). 
To capture the uncertainty relating to manufacturer pricing strategies 
following amended standards, the GRIM estimates a range of possible 
impacts under different markup scenarios.
    The qualitative part of the MIA addresses manufacturer 
characteristics and market trends. Specifically, the MIA considers such 
factors as a potential standard's impact on manufacturing capacity, 
competition within the industry, the cumulative impact of equipment-
specific Federal regulations, and impacts on manufacturer subgroups. 
The complete MIA is outlined in chapter 12 of the final rule TSD.
    DOE conducted the MIA for this rulemaking in three phases. In Phase 
1 of the MIA, DOE prepared a profile of the CPB manufacturing industry 
based on the market and technology assessment, preliminary manufacturer 
interviews, and publicly available information. This included a top-
down analysis of CPB manufacturers that DOE used to derive preliminary 
financial inputs for the GRIM (e.g., revenues; materials, labor, 
overhead, and depreciation expenses; selling, general, and 
administrative expenses (SG&A); and R&D expenses). DOE also used public 
sources of information to further calibrate its initial 
characterization of the CPB manufacturing industry, including company 
filings of form 10-K from the SEC,\65\ corporate annual reports, and 
the U.S. Census Bureau's ``Economic Census'',\66\ and Hoover's reports 
\67\ to conduct this analysis.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \65\ U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission, Annual 10-K 
Reports (Various Years) (Available at: https://www.sec.gov/edgar/searchedgar/companysearch.html).
    \66\ U.S. Census Bureau, Annual Survey of Manufacturers: General 
Statistics: Statistics for Industry Group and Industries (2014) 
(Available at https://factfinder2.census.gov/faces/nav/jsf/pages/searchresults.xhtml?refresh=t).
    \67\ Hoovers Inc. Company Profiles, Various Companies (Available 
at: https://www.hoovers.com).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    In Phase 2 of the MIA, DOE prepared an industry cash-flow analysis 
to quantify the potential impacts of amended energy conservation 
standards. The GRIM uses several factors to determine a series of 
annual cash flows starting with the announcement of the standard and 
extending over a 30-year period following the compliance date of the 
standard. These factors include annual expected revenues, costs of 
sales, SG&A and R&D expenses, taxes, and capital expenditures. In 
general, energy conservation standards can affect manufacturer cash 
flow in three distinct ways: (1) Creating a need for increased 
investment, (2) raising production costs per unit, and (3) altering 
revenue due to higher per-unit prices and changes in sales volumes.
    In addition, during Phase 2, DOE developed interview guides to 
distribute to manufacturers of commercial packaged boilers in order to 
develop other key GRIM inputs, including product and capital conversion 
costs, and to gather additional information on the anticipated effects 
of energy conservation standards on revenues, direct employment, 
capital assets, industry competitiveness, and subgroup impacts.
    In Phase 3, DOE evaluated subgroups of manufacturers that may be 
disproportionately impacted by energy conservation standards or that 
may not be represented accurately by the average cost assumptions used 
to develop the industry cash-flow analysis. For example, small 
manufacturers, niche players, or manufacturers exhibiting a cost 
structure that largely differs from the industry average could be more 
negatively affected. DOE identified one subgroup for a separate impact 
analysis: Small business manufacturers. The Small business subgroup is 
discussed in section VI.B, ``Review under the Regulatory Flexibility 
Act,'' and in chapter 12 of the final rule TSD.
2. Government Regulatory Impact Model
    DOE uses the GRIM to analyze the financial impacts of amended 
energy conservation standards on the CPB industry. Standards will 
potentially require additional investments, raise production costs, and 
affect revenue through higher prices and, possibly, lower sales. The 
GRIM is designed to take into account several factors as it calculates 
a series of annual cash flows for the year standards take effect and 
for several years after implementation. These factors include annual 
expected revenues, costs of sales, increases in labor and assembly 
expenditures, selling and general administration costs, and taxes, as 
well as capital expenditures, depreciation and maintenance related to 
new standards. Inputs to the GRIM include manufacturing costs, 
shipments forecasts, and price forecasts developed in other analyses. 
DOE also uses industry financial parameters as inputs

[[Page 1644]]

for the GRIM analysis, which it develops by collecting and analyzing 
publicly available industry financial information. The GRIM spreadsheet 
uses the inputs to arrive at a series of annual cash flows, beginning 
in 2016 (the reference year of the manufacturer impact analysis) and 
continuing to 2049 (the end of the analysis period). DOE calculated 
INPVs by summing the stream of annual discounted cash flows during this 
period. For CPB manufacturers, DOE used a real discount rate of 9.5 
percent, which was derived from industry financials and then modified 
according to feedback received during manufacturer interviews. DOE also 
used the GRIM to model changes in costs, shipments, investments, and 
manufacturer margins that could result from amended energy conservation 
standards.
    After calculating industry cash flows and INPV, DOE compared 
changes in INPV between the no-new-standards case and each standard 
level. The difference in INPV between the no-new-standards case and a 
standards case represents the financial impact of the amended energy 
conservation standard on manufacturers at a particular TSL. As 
discussed previously, DOE collected this information on GRIM inputs 
from a number of sources, including publicly available data and 
confidential interviews with a number of manufacturers. GRIM inputs are 
discussed in more detail in the next section. The GRIM results are 
discussed in section V.B.2. Additional details about the GRIM, discount 
rate, and other financial parameters can be found in chapter 12 of the 
final rule TSD.
a. Government Regulatory Impact Model Key Inputs
Manufacturer Production Costs
    Manufacturing higher-efficiency equipment is typically more 
expensive than manufacturing baseline equipment due to the use of more 
complex components, which are typically more costly than baseline 
components. The changes in the manufacturer production cost (MPC) of 
the analyzed equipment can affect the revenues, gross margins, and cash 
flow of the industry, making the equipment cost data key GRIM inputs 
for DOE's analysis.
    In the MIA, DOE used the MSPs for each considered efficiency level 
that were calculated in the engineering analysis, (section IV.C.5 of 
this final rule) and further detailed in chapter 5 of the final rule 
TSD. To determine the manufacturer selling price-efficiency 
relationship, DOE used the equipment database from the market and 
technology assessment, and pricing data received from manufacturers, 
distributors, and contractors. Using these inputs, DOE used the 
methodology described in section IV.C.1 of this final rule, to 
calculate manufacturer selling prices of commercial packaged boilers 
for a given rated input (representative capacity) for each equipment 
class at different efficiency levels spanning from the minimum 
allowable standard (i.e., baseline) to the maximum technologically 
feasible efficiency level. DOE then used equipment markups along with 
the equipment pricing to determine MPCs for each efficiency level. 
These cost breakdowns and equipment markups were validated and revised 
with input from manufacturers during manufacturer interviews.
Shipments Projections
    The GRIM estimates manufacturer revenues based on total unit 
shipment projections and the distribution of these values by efficiency 
level. Changes in sales volumes and efficiency mix over time can 
significantly affect manufacturer finances. For this analysis, the GRIM 
uses the NIA's annual shipment projections derived from the shipments 
analysis from 2016 to 2049. The shipments model divides the shipments 
of commercial packaged boilers into specific market segments. The model 
starts from a historical reference year and calculates retirements and 
shipments by market segment for each year of the analysis period. This 
approach produces an estimate of the total equipment stock, broken down 
by age or vintage, in each year of the analysis period. In addition, 
the equipment stock efficiency distribution is calculated for the no-
new-standards case and for each standards case for each equipment 
class. The NIA shipments forecasts are, in part, based on a roll-up 
scenario. The forecast assumes that equipment in the no-new-standards 
case that does not meet the standard under consideration would ``roll 
up'' to meet the amended standard beginning in the compliance year of 
2020. In this scenario, the market share of equipment above the 
standard would remain unchanged. See section VI.G of this document and 
chapter 9 of the final rule TSD for additional details.
Product and Capital Conversion Costs
    Amended energy conservation standards would cause manufacturers to 
incur one-time conversion costs to bring their production facilities 
and equipment designs into compliance. DOE evaluated the level of 
conversion-related expenditures that would be needed to comply with 
each considered efficiency level in each equipment class. For the MIA, 
DOE classified these conversion costs into two major groups: (1) 
Capital conversion costs; and (2) product conversion costs. Capital 
conversion costs are one-time investments in property, plant, and 
equipment necessary to adapt or change existing production facilities 
such that new compliant product designs can be fabricated and 
assembled. Product conversion costs are one-time investments in 
research, development, testing, marketing, and other non-capitalized 
costs necessary to make product designs comply with amended energy 
conservation standards.
    To evaluate the level of capital conversion expenditures, 
manufacturers would likely incur to comply with amended energy 
conservation standards, DOE used manufacturer interviews to gather data 
on the anticipated level of capital investment that would be required 
at each efficiency level. Based on equipment listings, provided by the 
engineering analysis, DOE developed industry average capital 
expenditure by weighting manufacturer feedback based on model offerings 
as a proxy for market share. DOE supplemented manufacturer comments and 
tailored its analyses with information obtained during engineering 
analysis described in chapter 5 of the final rule TSD.
    DOE assessed the product conversion costs at each considered 
efficiency level by integrating data from quantitative and qualitative 
sources. DOE received feedback regarding the potential costs of each 
efficiency level from multiple manufacturers to estimate product 
conversion costs (e.g., research & development (R&D) expenditures, 
certification costs). DOE combined this information with product 
listings to estimate how much manufacturers would have to spend on 
product development and product testing at each efficiency level. 
Manufacturer data was aggregated to better reflect the industry as a 
whole and to protect confidential information.
    In general, DOE assumes that all conversion-related investments 
occur between the year of publication of the final rule and the year by 
which manufacturers must comply with the amended standards. The 
conversion cost figures used in the GRIM can be found in section V.B.2 
of this document. DOE received limited information on the conversion 
costs for oil-fired equipment in interviews. Using equipment listing 
counts, DOE scaled the feedback on gas-fired equipment to estimate the 
conversion cost for oil-fired

[[Page 1645]]

equipment. For additional information on the estimated product and 
capital conversion costs, see chapter 12 of the final rule TSD.
b. Government Regulatory Impact Model Scenarios
Manufacturer Markup Scenarios
    As discussed in the previous section, MSPs include direct 
manufacturing production costs (i.e., labor, materials, and overhead 
estimated in DOE's MPCs) and all non-production costs (i.e., SG&A, R&D, 
and interest), along with profit. To calculate the MSPs in the GRIM, 
DOE applied manufacturer markups to the MPCs estimated in the 
engineering analysis for each equipment class and efficiency level. 
Modifying these markups in the standards case yields different sets of 
impacts on manufacturers. For the MIA, DOE modeled two standards-case 
manufacturer markup scenarios to represent the uncertainty regarding 
the potential impacts on prices and profitability for manufacturers 
following the implementation of amended energy conservation standards: 
(1) A preservation of gross margin percentage markup scenario; and (2) 
a preservation of per-unit operating profit markup scenario. These 
scenarios lead to different manufacturer markup values that, when 
applied to the inputted MPCs, result in varying revenue and cash-flow 
impacts.
    Under the preservation of gross margin percentage markup scenario, 
DOE applied a single uniform ``gross margin percentage'' manufacturer 
markup across all efficiency levels, which assumes that following 
amended standards, manufacturers would be able to maintain the same 
amount of profit as a percentage of revenue at all efficiency levels 
within an equipment class. As production costs increase with 
efficiency, this scenario implies that the absolute dollar markup will 
increase as well. Based on publicly available financial information for 
manufacturers of commercial packaged boilers, as well as comments from 
manufacturer interviews, DOE assumed the average manufacturer markup--
which includes SG&A expenses, R&D expenses, interest, and profit--to be 
1.41 for small gas-fired hot water, small gas-fired steam boilers, 
large gas-fired hot water boilers, and large oil-fired hot water 
boilers; 1.40 for small oil-fired hot water boilers; 1.38 for small 
oil-fired steam boilers; and 1.37 for large gas-fired and oil-fired 
steam boilers. During manufacturer interviews, manufacturers noted that 
they would not expect to maintain their current margins under a 
stringent energy conservation standard. Thus, this manufacturer markup 
scenario represents the upper bound of the CPB industry's profitability 
in the standards case.
    DOE includes the preservation of per-unit operating profit scenario 
in its analysis to reflect manufacturer concern that would not be able 
to maintain current markups in the standards case, given the highly 
competitive nature of the CPB market. In this scenario, manufacturer 
markups are set so that operating profit one year after the compliance 
date of amended energy conservation standards is the same as in the no-
new-standards case on a per-unit basis. In other words, manufacturers 
are not able to garner additional operating profit from the higher 
production costs and the investments that are required to comply with 
the amended standards; however, they are able to maintain the same per-
unit operating profit in the standards case that was earned in the no-
new-standards case. Therefore, operating margin in percentage terms is 
reduced between the no-new-standards case and standards case. DOE 
adjusted the manufacturer markups in the GRIM at each TSL to yield 
approximately the same earnings before interest and taxes in the 
standards case as in the no-new-standards case. The preservation of 
per-unit operating profit markup scenario represents the lower bound of 
industry profitability in the standards case. In this scenario, similar 
to the preservation of gross margin percentage markup scenario, 
manufacturers are not able to fully pass through to consumers the 
additional costs necessitated by CPB standards.
3. Discussion of Comments
    During the notice of proposed rulemaking public meetings, and in 
written comments in the response to the March 2016 NOPR, interested 
parties commented on the assumptions and results of the manufacturer 
impact analysis. Oral and written comments addressed several topics, 
including concerns regarding the elimination of natural draft 
equipment, impacts on employment, conversion costs, cumulative 
regulatory burden, impacts on small businesses, equipment distribution, 
and the lessening of competition. Comments regarding the impacts on 
small businesses are discussed in section V.B.2, all other MIA-related 
comments are discussed below.
a. Elimination of Natural Draft Equipment
    Several stakeholders expressed concern that setting a standard at 
or near condensing levels would force the obsolescence of certain types 
of commercial packaged boilers. One manufacturer commented that if a 
condensing level is adopted by DOE, it is possible that natural draft 
boilers and steam boilers will become obsolete in the CPB industry. 
(Spire, No. 73, at pp. 23-24) Spire stated that purchasers would be 
limited to mechanical draft boilers using condensing combustion 
technology, which are significantly more costly to purchase, maintain 
and install. BHI commented that in the small gas hot water equipment 
class in particular, it is possible that a stringent standard will 
result in large scale obsolescence of existing cast iron boilers since 
there are many technical constraints for marginal gains in efficiency, 
such as venting restrictions. (BHI, No. 71 at p. 20) To limit 
significantly negative industry impacts on manufacturers and equipment 
offerings, Lochinvar recommended that DOE does not set a standard that 
requires condensing technology. (Lochinvar, No. 31 at p. 6)
    Additionally, during the preliminary stage, Lochinvar stated that a 
majority of heat exchangers for condensing technology are imported. 
Lochinvar believes overhead and equipment used to produce non-
condensing heat exchangers may become obsolete if condensing technology 
is effectively mandated. (Lochinvar, Public Meeting Transcript, No. 39 
at p. 205)
    DOE understands that a stringent standard, specifically condensing 
technology, may negatively impact INPV and limit industry equipment 
offerings. The adopted standards do not mandate condensing technology 
for any equipment class. This final rule adopts a standard lower than 
the proposed levels in the NOPR for small gas hot water, in part to 
mitigate the potential for negative impacts on manufacturers and end-
users.
b. Impacts on Direct Employment
    AHRI and ABMA asserted concerns about DOE's direct employment 
estimates being too low. Two stakeholders, representing industry trade 
associations, representing industry trade associations, stated that the 
amended rule will decrease employment, contrary to DOE's analysis. 
(AHRI, Public Meeting Transcript, No. 61 at p. 220) (ABMA, Public 
Meeting Transcript, No. 61 at p. 222) In written comments, AHRI 
submitted estimates for HVAC manufacturing employment but did not 
present employment impacts specific to the covered equipment, 
commercial packaged boilers. (AHRI, No. 78 at p. 12)

[[Page 1646]]

    At the NOPR stage, DOE estimated production employment to be 464 
production workers in the no-new-standards case for the CPB industry in 
2019. For the final rule, DOE updated its analysis based on 2014 U.S. 
Census data, the updated engineering analysis, and the updated 
shipments analysis. DOE's revised final rule analysis forecasts that 
the industry will employ 594 production and 360 non-production workers 
in the no-new-standards case in 2020. The final rule analysis presents 
an updated set of direct employment impacts that range from a potential 
net loss of 484 jobs to a potential net gain of 7 at the amended level. 
Therefore, DOE's analysis agrees with statements from the industry that 
there is a risk of decreasing the number of manufacturing jobs related 
to the covered equipment.
    In terms of estimating manufacturing jobs, DOE's direct employment 
analysis is based on three primary inputs: CPB shipments in the 
standards year from the shipments analysis, labor content of the 
covered equipment from the engineering analysis, and an average 
production worker wage level based on U.S. Census Bureau's 2014 Annual 
Survey of Manufacturers (ASM) \68\ data for NAICS Code 333414.\69\ In 
the final rule analysis, DOE estimates there are 32,416 unit shipments 
in 2020 at the amended standard level. The engineering analysis shows 
that labor content can range from 6 percent to 20 percent of the MPC, 
depending on the equipment class and model. Combining unit shipments 
and labor content, DOE estimates industry production labor expenditures 
of $21.2 million. Based on 2014 ASM data, DOE estimates average 
production workers wages of $21.06 an hour, with an average of 1,880 
production hours worked in a year. Combining these inputs, DOE 
estimates 954 domestic workers supporting the manufacture and assembly 
of covered equipment in the CPB industry in 2020 in the no-new-
standards case.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \68\ U.S. Census Bureau, Annual Survey of Manufacturers: General 
Statistics: Statistics for Industry Groups and Industries (2014) 
(Available at: https://factfinder2.census.gov/faces/nav/jsf/pages/searchresults.xhtml?refresh=t).
    \69\ At the March 2016 NOPR stage, DOE used NAICS code 333415. 
For the final rule, DOE determined that NAICS Code, 333414 ``Heating 
Equipment (except Warm Air Furnaces) Manufacturing Industry,'' is 
more appropriate and relied on U.S. Census data from this code for 
its analyses.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    This estimated number of domestic production workers only accounts 
for the labor required to manufacture the most basic equipment that 
meets the applicable standard--it does not take into account additional 
features that manufacturers use to differentiate premium equipment, 
add-ons, or components that do not contribute to heating function. 
Additional detail on the direct employment analysis can be found in 
chapter 12 of the final rule TSD.
    Furthermore, AHRI stated, ``DOE notes that `if a CPB manufacturer 
chose to keep their current production in the U.S., domestic employment 
could increase at each TSL.' 81 FR 15899. Given the current issues with 
outsourcing, including that DOE in past rules has concluded 
manufacturers may move production abroad in response to increased 
production costs, this is a huge assumption for which DOE provides no 
basis in fact.'' (AHRI, No. 78 at p. 7)
    DOE presents a range of results for direct employment. At the upper 
bound, DOE presents direct employment based on current production 
locations, estimated sales figures from the shipments analysis, labor 
expenditures from the GRIM, and production labor wage rates from the 
U.S. Census Annual Survey of Manufacturers. Currently, the vast 
majority of CPB equipment sold into the domestic market is manufactured 
in the United States and Canada. While some components are imported, 
the CPB industry has not seen the dramatic shift to overseas 
manufacturing associated with many consumer appliances. At the adopted 
level, the production worker skills and the capital equipment necessary 
to produce minimally compliant equipment does not vary significantly 
from the no-new-standards case. At the lower bound, DOE presents a loss 
of employment where job losses scale with the portion of equipment that 
does not meet the standard. Additional information and full 
calculations are presented in section V.B.2 of this document.
    Additionally, BHI stated in a written comment that the standard 
will shift the market away from cast iron commercial boilers, which 
will ultimately reduce the production volume at Casting Solutions, a 
cast iron foundry and subsidiary of BHI. The amended standard would 
result in job losses, including eliminating 80 union manufacturing jobs 
and 20 managerial jobs at Casting Solutions. (BHI, No. 71 at p. 20)
    In response, DOE's direct employment analysis presents a range of 
potential impacts and includes the potential for job loss. The lower 
bound shows a loss of 484 jobs, including both production and non-
production workers, at TSL 2 for manufacturers of the covered 
equipment. However, these job impacts do not include employment from 
suppliers or distributors. DOE's production worker analysis focuses on 
direct employment, as defined in section V.B.2.b of this document and 
chapter 12 of the final rule TSD.
c. Conversion Costs
    AHRI notes that while it supports the use of alternative efficiency 
determination methods (AEDMs) for certification, the creation, 
validation, and maintenance of AEDMs is an additional burden and cost 
to manufacturers. They believe the additional burden and cost should be 
included in DOE's analysis. (AHRI, No. 76 at p. 8)
    At this time, DOE does not include AEDMs as an additional 
cumulative burden or cost to manufacturers in its analysis. For certain 
consumer products and commercial equipment, DOE's existing testing 
regulations include allowing the use of an AEDM, in lieu of action 
testing, to simulate the energy consumption or efficiency of certain 
basic models of covered equipment under DOE's test procedure 
conditions. The use of AEDMs is optional and, for compliance 
certification purposes, reduces the need for sample units and the 
overall testing burden for manufacturers of expensive or highly custom 
basic models.
>d. Cumulative Regulatory Burden
    With regard to the rulemakings DOE identified under cumulative 
regulatory burden, AHRI states that five of the nine identified 
rulemakings do not have known expected conversion costs. (AHRI, No. 76 
at p. 8) Furthermore Weil-McLain commented that DOE's simultaneous and 
cumulative rulemaking creates a significant burden for consumers and 
the industry. (Weil-McLain, No. 67 at p. 4)
    In response, DOE has performed an analysis of cumulative regulatory 
burden (CRB) in section V.B.2.e of this document. Cumulative burden is 
a factor DOE considers in its weighting of costs and benefits. The five 
rules identified by AHRI do not yet have a published NOPR. Any 
estimation of burdens before a standard level is proposed would be 
speculative. Consumer burden is discussed in section IV.H.3.

K. Emissions Analysis

    The emissions analysis consists of two components. The first 
component estimates the effect of potential energy conservation 
standards on power sector and site (where applicable) combustion 
emissions of CO2, NOX, SO2, and Hg. 
The second component estimates the impacts of potential standards on

[[Page 1647]]

emissions of two additional greenhouse gases, CH4 and 
N2O, as well as the reductions to emissions of all species 
due to ``upstream'' activities in the fuel production chain. These 
upstream activities comprise extraction, processing, and transporting 
fuels to the site of combustion. The associated emissions are referred 
to as upstream emissions.
    The analysis of power sector emissions uses marginal emissions 
factors that were derived from data in AEO2016, as described in section 
IV.M of this document. The methodology is described in chapter 13 and 
chapter 15 of the final rule TSD.
    Combustion emissions of CH4 and N2O are 
estimated using emissions intensity factors published by the EPA, GHG 
Emissions Factors Hub.\70\ The FFC upstream emissions are estimated 
based on the methodology described in appendix 10D of the final rule 
TSD. The upstream emissions include both emissions from fuel combustion 
during extraction, processing, and transportation of fuel, and 
``fugitive'' emissions (direct leakage to the atmosphere) of 
CH4 and CO2.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \70\ Available at www2.epa.gov/climateleadership/center-corporate-climate-leadership-ghg-emission-factors-hub.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    The emissions intensity factors are expressed in terms of physical 
units per MWh or MBtu of site energy savings. Total emissions 
reductions are estimated using the energy savings calculated in the 
national impact analysis.
    For CH4 and N2O, DOE calculated emissions 
reduction in tons and also in terms of units of carbon dioxide 
equivalent (CO2eq). Gases are converted to CO2eq 
by multiplying each ton of gas by the global warming potential (GWP) of 
the gas over a 100-year time horizon. Based on the Fifth Assessment 
Report of the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change,\71\ DOE used 
GWP values of 28 for CH4 and 265 for N2O.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \71\ Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change. Anthropogenic 
and Natural Radiative Forcing. Chapter 8 in Climate Change 2013: The 
Physical Science Basis. Contribution of Working Group I to the Fifth 
Assessment Report of the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change. 
Stocker, T.F., D. Qin, G.-K. Plattner, M. Tignor, S.K. Allen, J. 
Boschung, A. Nauels, Y. Xia, V. Bex, and P.M. Midgley, Editors. 
2013. Cambridge University Press: Cambridge, United Kingdom and New 
York, NY, USA.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Because the on-site operation of commercial packaged boilers 
requires combustion of fossil fuels and results in emissions of 
CO2, NOX, and SO2 at the sites where 
these appliances are used, DOE also accounted for the reduction in 
these site emissions and the associated upstream emissions due to 
potential standards. Site emissions of the above gases were estimated 
using emissions intensity factors from an EPA publication.\72\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \72\ U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, External Combustion 
Sources, In Compilation of Air Pollutant Emission Factors, AP-42, 
Fifth Edition, Volume I: Stationary Point and Area Sources, Chapter 
1. Available at www3.epa.gov/ttn/chief/ap42/.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    The AEO incorporates the projected impacts of existing air quality 
regulations on emissions. AEO2016 generally represents current 
legislation and environmental regulations, including recent government 
actions, for which implementing regulations were available as of 
October 31, 2015. DOE's estimation of impacts accounts for the presence 
of the emissions control programs discussed in the following 
paragraphs.
    SO2 emissions from affected electric generating units 
(EGUs) are subject to nationwide and regional emissions cap-and-trade 
programs. Title IV of the Clean Air Act sets an annual emissions cap on 
SO2 for affected EGUs in the 48 contiguous states and the 
District of Columbia (D.C.). (42 U.S.C. 7651 et seq.) SO2 
emissions from 28 eastern states and D.C. were also limited under the 
Clean Air Interstate Rule (CAIR). 70 FR 25162 (May 12, 2005). CAIR 
created an allowance-based trading program that operates along with the 
Title IV program. In 2008, CAIR was remanded to EPA by the U.S. Court 
of Appeals for the D.C. Circuit, but it remained in effect.\73\ In 
2011, EPA issued a replacement for CAIR, the Cross-State Air Pollution 
Rule (CSAPR). 76 FR 48208 (Aug. 8, 2011). On August 21, 2012, the D.C. 
Circuit issued a decision to vacate CSAPR,\74\ and the court ordered 
EPA to continue administering CAIR. On April 29, 2014, the U.S. Supreme 
Court reversed the judgment of the D.C. Circuit and remanded the case 
for further proceedings consistent with the Supreme Court's 
opinion.\75\ On October 23, 2014, the D.C. Circuit lifted the stay of 
CSAPR.\76\ Pursuant to this action, CSAPR went into effect (and CAIR 
ceased to be in effect) as of January 1, 2015.\77\ AEO2016 incorporates 
implementation of CSAPR.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \73\ See North Carolina v. EPA, 550 F.3d 1176 (D.C. Cir. 2008); 
North Carolina v. EPA, 531 F.3d 896 (D.C. Cir. 2008).
    \74\ See EME Homer City Generation, LP v. EPA, 696 F.3d 7, 38 
(D.C. Cir. 2012), cert. granted, 81 U.S.L.W. 3567, 81 U.S.L.W. 3696, 
81 U.S.L.W. 3702 (U.S. June 24, 2013) (No. 12-1182).
    \75\ See EPA v. EME Homer City Generation, 134 S.Ct. 1584, 1610 
(U.S. 2014). The Supreme Court held in part that EPA's methodology 
for quantifying emissions that must be eliminated in certain States 
due to their impacts in other downwind States was based on a 
permissible, workable, and equitable interpretation of the Clean Air 
Act provision that provides statutory authority for CSAPR.
    \76\ See Georgia v. EPA, Order (D.C. Cir. filed October 23, 
2014) (No. 11-1302).
    \77\ On July 28, 2015, the D.C. Circuit issued its opinion 
regarding the remaining issues raised with respect to CSAPR that 
were remanded by the Supreme Court. The D.C. Circuit largely upheld 
CSAPR but remanded to EPA without vacatur certain States' emission 
budgets for reconsideration. EME Homer City Generation, LP v. EPA, 
795 F.3d 118 (D.C. Cir. 2015).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    The attainment of emissions caps is typically flexible among EGUs 
and is enforced through the use of emissions allowances and tradable 
permits. Under existing EPA regulations, any excess SO2 
emissions allowances resulting from the lower electricity demand caused 
by the adoption of an efficiency standard could be used to permit 
offsetting increases in SO2 emissions by any regulated EGU. 
In past years, DOE recognized that there was uncertainty about the 
effects of efficiency standards on SO2 emissions covered by 
the existing cap-and-trade system, but it concluded that negligible 
reductions in power sector SO2 emissions would occur as a 
result of standards.
    Beginning in 2016, however, SO2 emissions will fall as a 
result of the Mercury and Air Toxics Standards (MATS) for power plants. 
77 FR 9304 (Feb. 16, 2012). In the MATS final rule, EPA established a 
standard for hydrogen chloride as a surrogate for acid gas hazardous 
air pollutants (HAP), and also established a standard for 
SO2 (a non-HAP acid gas) as an alternative equivalent 
surrogate standard for acid gas HAP. The same controls are used to 
reduce HAP and non-HAP acid gas; thus, SO2 emissions will be 
reduced as a result of the control technologies installed on coal-fired 
power plants to comply with the MATS requirements for acid gas. AEO2016 
assumes that, in order to continue operating, coal plants must have 
either flue gas desulfurization or dry sorbent injection systems 
installed by 2016. Both technologies, which are used to reduce acid gas 
emissions, also reduce SO2 emissions. Under the MATS, 
emissions will be far below the cap established by CSAPR, so it is 
unlikely that excess SO2 emissions allowances resulting from 
the lower electricity demand would be needed or used to permit 
offsetting increases in SO2 emissions by any regulated 
EGU.\78\ Therefore, DOE

[[Page 1648]]

concludes that energy conservation standards that decrease electricity 
generation will generally reduce SO2 emissions in 2016 and 
beyond.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \78\ DOE notes that on June 29, 2015, the U.S. Supreme Court 
ruled that the EPA erred when the agency concluded that cost did not 
need to be considered in the finding that regulation of hazardous 
air pollutants from coal- and oil-fired electric utility steam 
generating units (EGUs) is appropriate and necessary under section 
112 of the Clean Air Act (CAA). Michigan v. EPA, 135 S. Ct. 2699 
(2015). The Supreme Court did not vacate the MATS rule, and DOE has 
tentatively determined that the Court's decision on the MATS rule 
does not change the assumptions regarding the impact of energy 
conservation standards on SO2 emissions. Further, the 
Court's decision does not change the impact of the energy 
conservation standards on mercury emissions. The EPA, in response to 
the U.S. Supreme Court's direction, has now considered cost in 
evaluating whether it is appropriate and necessary to regulate coal- 
and oil-fired EGUs under the CAA. EPA concluded in its final 
supplemental finding that a consideration of cost does not alter the 
EPA's previous determination that regulation of hazardous air 
pollutants, including mercury, from coal- and oil-fired EGUs, is 
appropriate and necessary. 79 FR 24420 (April 25, 2016). The MATS 
rule remains in effect, but litigation is pending in the D.C. 
Circuit Court of Appeals over EPA's final supplemental finding MATS 
rule.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    CSAPR established a cap on NOX emissions in 28 eastern 
states and the District of Columbia. Energy conservation standards are 
expected to have little effect on NOX emissions in those 
states covered by CSAPR because excess NOX emissions 
allowances resulting from the lower electricity demand could be used to 
permit offsetting increases in NOX emissions from other 
facilities. However, standards would be expected to reduce 
NOX emissions in the states not affected by the caps, so DOE 
estimated NOX emissions reductions from the standards 
considered in this document for these states.
    The MATS limit mercury emissions from power plants, but they do not 
include emissions caps and, as such, DOE's energy conservation 
standards would likely reduce Hg emissions. DOE estimated mercury 
emissions reduction using emissions factors based on AEO2016, which 
incorporates the MATS.
    The AEO2016 Reference case (and some other cases) assumes 
implementation of the Clean Power Plan (CPP), which is the EPA program 
to regulate CO2 emissions at existing fossil-fired electric 
power plants.\79\ DOE used the AEO2016 No-CPP case as a basis for 
developing emissions factors for the electric power sector to be 
consistent with its use of the No-CPP case in the NIA.\80\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \79\ U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, ``Carbon Pollution 
Emission Guidelines for Existing Stationary Sources: Electric 
Utility Generating Units'' (Washington, DC: October 23, 2015). 
https://www.federalregister.gov/articles/2015/10/23/2015-22842/carbon-pollution-emission-guidelines-for-existing-stationary-sources-electric-utility-generating.
    \80\ As DOE has not modeled the effect of CPP during the 30 year 
analysis period of this rulemaking, there is some uncertainty as to 
the magnitude and overall effect of the energy efficiency standards. 
With respect to estimated CO2 and NOX 
emissions reductions and their associated monetized benefits, if 
implemented the CPP would result in an overall decrease in 
CO2 emissions from electric generating units (EGUs), and 
would thus likely reduce some of the estimated CO2 
reductions associated with this rulemaking.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Spire questioned DOE's benefit analyses period and argues that DOE 
calculates benefits over an unreasonably long period of time. Spire 
asserts that DOE's approach assumes that the proposed standard--once 
adopted--would remain unaltered once it is adopted, and believes that 
this assumption is not credible, and further states that DOE assumes 
that there will be no material advance in efficiency over the next 30 
years, and that DOE will not be triggered to review the standard in the 
future due to a 6-year review or an ASHRAE 90.1 update trigger over the 
next 30 years. Further, Spire questions DOE's ability to make 
predictions regarding items such as energy prices or equipment sales 30 
years from now, and thus it believes the analysis cannot be described 
as clear and convincing evidence of the benefits of the proposed 
standards. Spire states that DOE should focus not just on the projected 
life of the equipment, but on the projected life of the standard it 
proposes. (Spire, No. 73 at pp. 19-21) AHRI commented that DOE violates 
EPCA requirements for the benefits of a proposed standard to exceed its 
burden by giving emissions savings disproportionate weight over other 
factors, noting that there is nothing in the statute that indicates 
that Congress indicated that this be anything other than an equal 
weighting of factors, and that the global indirect emissions and SCC 
reductions extend well beyond the life of the equipment and the 
relevant period for measuring benefits relative to costs, thus implying 
disproportionate weighting for these benefits. (AHRI, No. 76 at pp. 11-
12) AHRI specifically points out that the benefits from SCC extend 
through 2300, and that benefits to consumers accrue after 2050 for 
equipment purchased in 2019-2048, and that incremental variable and 
fixed costs incurred by manufacturers are included in earlier years in 
preparation for the rule. AHRI states that DOE provides no 
justification for the exclusion of many costs that manufacturers might 
incur after 2050, in harmony with the time period DOE uses to measure 
benefits. (AHRI, No. 76 at p. 11)
    In response, DOE considers the impacts over the life of the 
commercial packaged boiler equipment units shipped in the 30-year 
analysis period. With respect to energy cost savings, impacts continue 
to be accumulated until all of the equipment shipped in the 30-year 
analysis period is retired from service. Regarding the statement that 
there would be no material advance over the next 30 years, DOE's no-
new-standards case assumptions shows a continued improvement in 
efficiency over the analysis period. In addition, if DOE is triggered 
to review, and if it ultimately amends standards, the benefits 
calculated are based only on the additional improvements in efficiency 
since the previous standards were established. Hence, DOE does not 
over-estimate the benefits as implied by Spire in this regard. DOE 
understands the difficulty in projecting energy prices or markets and 
relies on the best available information, as well as the input of 
stakeholders, during the rulemaking process. As noted in this response 
to Spire's comments, DOE already does consider the projected life of 
the standard within its 30-year analysis period, and any further 
increases in future rulemakings are dealt with and accounted for 
correctly in those rulemakings, in essence using the efficiency 
standards established in this rule as the baseline levels for any new 
no-new-standards case analysis for those rulemakings. With regard to 
AHRI's comments, emissions impacts from purchased equipment continue 
until the emissions produced by the boilers shipped during the analysis 
period are essentially eliminated from the atmosphere. CO2 
that is emitted during the lifetime of the equipment has a long 
residence time in the atmosphere, and, thus, contributes to radiative 
forcing, which affects global climate, for a long time. In the case of 
both manufacturer economic costs and benefits and the value of 
CO2 emissions reductions, DOE is accounting for the lifetime 
impacts of equipment shipped in the same analysis period.

L. Monetizing Carbon Dioxide and Other Emissions Impacts

    As part of the development of this final rule, DOE considered the 
estimated monetary benefits from the reduced emissions of 
CO2 and NOX that are expected to result from each 
of the TSLs considered. In order to make this calculation analogous to 
the calculation of the NPV of consumer benefit, DOE considered the 
reduced emissions expected to result over the lifetime of equipment 
shipped in the projection period for each TSL. This section summarizes 
the basis for the values used for each of these emissions and presents 
the values considered in this document.
    For this final rule, DOE relied on a set of values for the social 
cost of carbon

[[Page 1649]]

(SCC) that was developed by a Federal interagency process. The basis 
for these values is summarized in the next section, and a more detailed 
description of the methodologies used is provided as an appendix to 
chapter 14 of the final rule TSD.
1. Social Cost of Carbon
    The SCC is an estimate of the monetized damages associated with an 
incremental increase in carbon emissions in a given year. It is 
intended to include (but is not limited to) climate-change-related 
changes in net agricultural productivity, human health, property 
damages from increased flood risk, and the value of ecosystem services. 
Estimates of the SCC are provided in dollars per metric ton of 
CO2. A domestic SCC value is meant to reflect the value of 
damages in the United States resulting from a unit change in 
CO2 emissions, while a global SCC value is meant to reflect 
the value of damages worldwide.
    Under section 1(b)(6) of Executive Order 12866, ``Regulatory 
Planning and Review,'' 58 FR 51735 (Oct. 4, 1993), agencies must, to 
the extent permitted by law, assess both the costs and the benefits of 
the intended regulation and, recognizing that some costs and benefits 
are difficult to quantify, propose or adopt a regulation only upon a 
reasoned determination that the benefits of the intended regulation 
justify its costs. The purpose of the SCC estimates presented here is 
to allow agencies to incorporate the monetized social benefits of 
reducing CO2 emissions into cost-benefit analyses of 
regulatory actions. The estimates are presented with an acknowledgement 
of the many uncertainties involved and with a clear understanding that 
they should be updated over time to reflect increasing knowledge of the 
science and economics of climate impacts.
    As part of the interagency process that developed the SCC 
estimates, technical experts from numerous agencies met on a regular 
basis to consider public comments, explore the technical literature in 
relevant fields, and discuss key model inputs and assumptions. The main 
objective of this process was to develop a range of SCC values using a 
defensible set of input assumptions grounded in the existing scientific 
and economic literatures. In this way, key uncertainties and model 
differences transparently and consistently inform the range of SCC 
estimates used in the rulemaking process.
a. Monetizing Carbon Dioxide Emissions
    When attempting to assess the incremental economic impacts of 
CO2 emissions, the analyst faces a number of challenges. A 
report from the National Research Council \81\ points out that any 
assessment will suffer from uncertainty, speculation, and lack of 
information about (1) future emissions of greenhouse gases, (2) the 
effects of past and future emissions on the climate system, (3) the 
impact of changes in climate on the physical and biological 
environment, and (4) the translation of these environmental impacts 
into economic damages. As a result, any effort to quantify and monetize 
the harms associated with climate change will raise questions of 
science, economics, and ethics and should be viewed as provisional.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \81\ National Research Council. 2009. Hidden Costs of Energy: 
Unpriced Consequences of Energy Production and Use. National 
Academies Press: Washington, DC.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Despite the limits of both quantification and monetization, SCC 
estimates can be useful in estimating the social benefits of reducing 
CO2 emissions. Although any numerical estimate of the 
benefits of reducing CO2 emissions is subject to some 
uncertainty, that does not relieve DOE of its obligation to attempt to 
factor those benefits into its cost-benefit analysis. Moreover, the 
interagency working group (IWG) SCC estimates are well supported by the 
existing scientific and economic literature. As a result, DOE has 
relied on the IWG SCC estimates in quantifying the social benefits of 
reducing CO2 emissions. DOE estimates the benefits from 
reduced (or costs from increased) emissions in any future year by 
multiplying the change in emissions in that year by the SCC values 
appropriate for that year. The NPV of the benefits can then be 
calculated by multiplying each of these future benefits by an 
appropriate discount factor and summing across all affected years.
    It is important to emphasize that the current SCC values reflect 
the IWG's best assessment, based on current data, of the societal 
effect of CO2 emissions. The IWG is committed to updating 
these estimates as the science and economic understanding of climate 
change and its impacts on society improves over time. In the meantime, 
the interagency group will continue to explore the issues raised by 
this analysis and consider public comments as part of the ongoing 
interagency process.
b. Development of Social Cost of Carbon Values
    In 2009, an interagency process was initiated to offer a 
preliminary assessment of how best to quantify the benefits from 
reducing CO2 emissions. To ensure consistency in how 
benefits are evaluated across agencies, the Administration sought to 
develop a transparent and defensible method, specifically designed for 
the rulemaking process, to quantify avoided climate change damages from 
reduced CO2 emissions. The interagency group did not 
undertake any original analysis. Instead, it combined SCC estimates 
from the existing literature to use as interim values until a more 
comprehensive analysis could be conducted. The outcome of the 
preliminary assessment by the interagency group was a set of five 
interim values: Global SCC estimates for 2007 (in 2006$) of $55, $33, 
$19, $10, and $5 per metric ton of CO2. These interim values 
represented the first sustained interagency effort within the U.S. 
government to develop an SCC for use in regulatory analysis. The 
results of this preliminary effort were presented in several proposed 
and final rules.
c. Current Approaches and Key Assumptions
    After the release of the interim values, the interagency group 
reconvened on a regular basis to generate improved SCC estimates. 
Specifically, the group considered public comments and further explored 
the technical literature in relevant fields. The interagency group 
relied on three integrated assessment models commonly used to estimate 
the SCC--the FUND, DICE, and PAGE models.\82\ These models are 
frequently cited in the peer-reviewed literature and were used in the 
last assessment of the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change 
(IPCC). Each model was given equal weight in the SCC values that were 
developed.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \82\ The DICE (Dynamic Integrated Climate and Economy) model by 
William Nordhaus evolved from a series of energy models and was 
first presented in 1990 (Nordhaus and Boyer 2000, Nordhaus 2008). 
The PAGE (Policy Analysis of the Greenhouse Effect) model was 
developed by Chris Hope in 1991 for use by European decision-makers 
in assessing the marginal impact of carbon emissions (Hope 2006, 
Hope 2008). The FUND (Climate Framework for Uncertainty, 
Negotiation, and Distribution) model, developed by Richard Tol in 
the early 1990s, originally to study international capital transfers 
in climate policy is now widely used to study climate impacts (e.g., 
Tol 2002a, Tol 2002b, Anthoff et al. 2009, Tol 2009).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Each model takes a slightly different approach to model how changes 
in emissions result in changes in economic damages. A key objective of 
the interagency process was to enable a consistent exploration of the 
three models while respecting the different approaches to quantifying 
damages taken by the key modelers in the field. An extensive review of 
the literature

[[Page 1650]]

was conducted to select three sets of input parameters for these 
models--climate sensitivity, socio-economic and emissions trajectories, 
and discount rates. A probability distribution for climate sensitivity 
was specified as an input into all three models. In addition, the 
interagency group used a range of scenarios for the socio-economic 
parameters and a range of values for the discount rate. All other model 
features were left unchanged, relying on the model developers' best 
estimates and judgments.
    In 2010, the interagency group selected four sets of SCC values for 
use in regulatory analyses. Three sets of values are based on the 
average SCC from the three integrated assessment models, at discount 
rates of 2.5, 3, and 5 percent. The fourth set, which represents the 
95th-percentile SCC estimate across all three models at a 3-percent 
discount rate, was included to represent higher than expected impacts 
from climate change further out in the tails of the SCC distribution. 
The values grow in real terms over time. Additionally, the interagency 
group determined that a range of values from 7 percent to 23 percent 
should be used to adjust the global SCC to calculate domestic effects, 
\83\ although preference is given to consideration of the global 
benefits of reducing CO2 emissions. Table IV.11 presents the 
values in the 2010 interagency group report, \84\ which is reproduced 
in appendix 14A of the final rule TSD.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \83\ It is recognized that this calculation for domestic values 
is approximate, provisional, and highly speculative. There is no a 
priori reason why domestic benefits should be a constant fraction of 
net global damages over time.
    \84\ United States Government-Interagency Working Group on 
Social Cost of Carbon. Social Cost of Carbon for Regulatory Impact 
Analysis Under Executive Order 12866. February 2010. https://www.whitehouse.gov/sites/default/files/omb/inforeg/for-agencies/Social-Cost-of-Carbon-for-RIA.pdf.

                     Table IV.11--Annual SCC Values From 2010 Interagency Report, 2010-2050
                                           [2007$ per metric ton CO2]
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                  Discount rate and statistic
                                              ------------------------------------------------------------------
                     Year                            5%              3%             2.5%               3%
                                              ------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                   Average         Average         Average      95th Percentile
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2010.........................................             4.7            21.4            35.1               64.9
2015.........................................             5.7            23.8            38.4               72.8
2020.........................................             6.8            26.3            41.7               80.7
2025.........................................             8.2            29.6            45.9               90.4
2030.........................................             9.7            32.8            50.0              100.0
2035.........................................            11.2            36.0            54.2              109.7
2040.........................................            12.7            39.2            58.4              119.3
2045.........................................            14.2            42.1            61.7              127.8
2050.........................................            15.7            44.9            65.0              136.2
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    In 2013 the IWG released an update (which was revised in July 2015) 
that contained SCC values that were generated using the most recent 
versions of the three integrated assessment models that have been 
published in the peer-reviewed literature.\85\ DOE used these values 
for this final rule.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \85\ United States Government-Interagency Working Group on 
Social Cost of Carbon. Technical Support Document: Technical Update 
of the Social Cost of Carbon for Regulatory Impact Analysis Under 
Executive Order 12866. May 2013. Revised July 2015. https://www.whitehouse.gov/sites/default/files/omb/inforeg/scc-tsd-final-july-2015.pdf.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Table IV.12 shows the updated sets of SCC estimates from the latest 
interagency update in 5-year increments from 2010 through 2050. The 
full set of annual SCC estimates from 2010 through 2050 is reported in 
appendix 14B of the final rule TSD. The central value that emerges is 
the average SCC across models at a 3-percent discount rate. However, 
for purposes of capturing the uncertainties involved in regulatory 
impact analysis, the interagency group emphasizes the importance of 
including all four sets of SCC values.
    Regarding the use of discount rates in the development of SCC, AHRI 
commented that DOE should use discount rates in the analysis 
consistently, noting that DOE groups results from its analysis of 
different factors using different discount rates into one overall 
result that does not portray an accurate representation of true cost to 
manufacturers and to consumers. Further, AHRI asserts that DOE is 
deviating from the guidance of OMB Circular No. A-94 to utilize a 7-
percent discount rate, but goes on to say that if a different discount 
rate is appropriate, DOE should clearly present its reasoning so that 
stakeholders can understand the basis and provide comment. (AHRI, No. 
76 at p. 8)
    For the purposes of the development of the National NPV, DOE uses 
the guidance provided by OMB Circular No. A-94; however, in response to 
the concern raised regarding the use of different discount rates in 
different portions of the analysis, DOE notes that it used the specific 
discount rates as recommended by the interagency group that developed 
the SCC values for the monetization of emissions. A full discussion of 
these discount rates is provided in Appendix 14A of the final rule TSD.

[[Page 1651]]



           Table IV.12--Annual SCC Values From 2013 Interagency Update (Revised July 2015), 2010-2050
                                           [2007$ per metric ton CO2]
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                  Discount rate and statistic
                                              ------------------------------------------------------------------
                     Year                            5%              3%             2.5%               3%
                                              ------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                   Average         Average         Average      95th percentile
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2010.........................................              10              31              50                 86
2015.........................................              11              36              56                105
2020.........................................              12              42              62                123
2025.........................................              14              46              68                138
2030.........................................              16              50              73                152
2035.........................................              18              55              78                168
2040.........................................              21              60              84                183
2045.........................................              23              64              89                197
2050.........................................              26              69              95                212
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    It is important to recognize that a number of key uncertainties 
remain, and that current SCC estimates should be treated as provisional 
and revisable since they will evolve with improved scientific and 
economic understanding. The interagency group also recognizes that the 
existing models are imperfect and incomplete. The National Research 
Council report mentioned previously points out that there is tension 
between the goal of producing quantified estimates of the economic 
damages from an incremental ton of carbon and the limits of existing 
efforts to model these effects. There are a number of analytic 
challenges that are being addressed by the research community, 
including research programs housed in many of the Federal agencies 
participating in the interagency process to estimate the SCC. The 
interagency group intends to periodically review and reconsider those 
estimates to reflect increasing knowledge of the science and economics 
of climate impacts, as well as improvements in modeling.\86\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \86\ In November 2013, OMB announced a new opportunity for 
public comment on the interagency technical support document 
underlying the revised SCC estimates. 78 FR 70586. In July 2015 OMB 
published a detailed summary and formal response to the many 
comments that were received: this is available at https://www.whitehouse.gov/blog/2015/07/02/estimating-benefits-carbon-dioxide-emissions-reductions. It also stated its intention to seek 
independent expert advice on opportunities to improve the estimates, 
including many of the approaches suggested by commenters.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    In summary, in considering the potential global benefits resulting 
from reduced CO2 emissions, DOE used the values from the 
2013 interagency report (revised July 2015), adjusted to 2015$ using 
the implicit price deflator for gross domestic product (GDP) from the 
Bureau of Economic Analysis. For each of the four SCC cases specified, 
the values used for emissions in 2015 were $12.4, $40.6, $63.2, and 
$118 per metric ton avoided (values expressed in 2015$). DOE derived 
values after 2050 based on the trend in 2010 through 2050 in each of 
the four cases in the interagency update.
    DOE multiplied the CO2 emissions reduction estimated for 
each year by the SCC value for that year in each of the four cases. To 
calculate a present value of the stream of monetary values, DOE 
discounted the values in each of the four cases using the specific 
discount rate that had been used to obtain the SCC values in each case.
2. Social Cost of Other Air Pollutants
    As noted previously, DOE has estimated how the considered energy 
conservation standards would reduce site NOX emissions 
nationwide and decrease power sector NOX emissions in those 
22 states not affected by the CAIR.
    DOE estimated the monetized value of NOX emissions 
reductions from electricity generation using benefit per ton estimates 
from the Regulatory Impact Analysis for the Clean Power Plan Final 
Rule, published in August 2015 by EPA's Office of Air Quality Planning 
and Standards.\87\ The report includes high and low values for 
NOX (as PM2.5) for 2020, 2025, and 2030 using 
discount rates of 3 percent and 7 percent; these values are presented 
in appendix 14C of the final rule TSD. DOE primarily relied on the low 
estimates to be conservative.\88\ The national average low values for 
2020 (in 2015$) are $3,187/ton at 3-percent discount rate and $2,869/
ton at 7-percent discount rate. DOE developed values specific to the 
end-use category for commercial packaged boilers using a method 
described in appendix 14C of the final rule TSD. For this analysis DOE 
used linear interpolation to define values for the years between 2020 
and 2025 and between 2025 and 2030; for years beyond 2030 the value is 
held constant.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \87\ Available at www.epa.gov/cleanpowerplan/clean-power-plan-final-rule-regulatory-impact-analysis. See Tables 4A-3, 4A-4, and 
4A-5 in the report. The U.S. Supreme Court has stayed the rule 
implementing the Clean Power Plan until the current litigation 
against it concludes. Chamber of Commerce, et al. v. EPA, et al., 
Order in Pending Case, 577 U.S. __(2016). However, the benefit-per-
ton estimates established in the Regulatory Impact Analysis for the 
Clean Power Plan are based on scientific studies that remain valid 
irrespective of the legal status of the Clean Power Plan.
    \88\ For the monetized NOX benefits associated with 
PM2.5, the related benefits are primarily based on an 
estimate of premature mortality derived from the ACS study (Krewski 
et al. 2009), which is the lower of the two EPA central tendencies. 
Using the lower value is more conservative when making the policy 
decision concerning whether a particular standard level is 
economically justified. If the benefit-per-ton estimates were based 
on the Six Cities study (Lepuele et al. 2012), the values would be 
nearly two-and-a-half times larger. (See chapter 14 of the final 
rule TSD for citations for the studies mentioned above.)
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    DOE estimated the monetized value of NOX emissions 
reductions from gas commercial packaged boilers using benefit per ton 
estimates from the EPA's ``Technical Support Document Estimating the 
Benefit per Ton of Reducing PM2.5 Precursors from 17 
Sectors.'' \89\ Although none of the sectors refers specifically to 
residential and commercial buildings, DOE determined that the sector 
called ``Area sources'' is a reasonable proxy for residential and 
commercial buildings. ``Area sources'' represents all emission sources 
for which states do not have exact (point) locations in their emissions 
inventories. Since exact locations would tend to be associated with 
larger sources, ``area sources'' would be fairly representative of 
small dispersed sources like homes and businesses. The EPA Technical 
Support Document provides high and low estimates for 2016, 2020, 2025, 
and 2030 at 3- and 7-percent discount rates. As with the benefit per 
ton estimates for NOX emissions reductions from

[[Page 1652]]

electricity generation, DOE primarily relied on the low estimates to be 
conservative.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \89\ www.epa.gov/sites/production/files/2014-10/documents/sourceapportionmentbpttsd.pdf.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    DOE multiplied the emissions reduction (in tons) in each year by 
the associated $/ton values, and then discounted each series using 
discount rates of 3 percent and 7 percent as appropriate.
    DOE received various comments regarding its use of SCC in this 
rulemaking.
    AHRI disputed DOE's assumption that SCC values will increase over 
time, because AHRI reasons that the more economic development that 
occurs, the more adaptation and mitigation efforts that will be 
undertaken. (AHRI, No. 76 at p. 11) In response, the SCC increases over 
time because future emissions are expected to produce larger 
incremental damages as physical and economic systems become more 
stressed in response to greater climatic change (see appendix 14A of 
the final rule TSD). The approach used by the Interagency Working Group 
allowed estimation of the growth rate of the SCC directly using the 
three integrated assessment models (IAMs), which help to ensure that 
the estimates are internally consistent with other modeling 
assumptions. Adaptation and mitigation efforts, while necessary and 
important, are not without cost, particularly if their implementation 
is delayed.
    AHRI, IECA, Spire, and the Cato Institute (Cato) criticized DOE's 
use of SCC estimates that DOE has acknowledged are subject to 
considerable uncertainty. (AHRI, No. 76 at p. 9; IECA, No. 63 at p. 3; 
Spire, No. 73 at p. 21; Cato, No. 62 at pp. 1-27) Cato stated that 
until the IAMs are made consistent with mainstream climate science, the 
SCC should be barred from use in this and all other Federal 
rulemakings. Cato criticized several aspects of the determination of 
the SCC values by the Interagency Working Group as being discordant 
with the best climate science and not reflective of climate change 
impacts. (Cato, No. 62 at pp. 1-2, 4-22) AHRI, IECA, and The 
Associations also criticized the determination of the SCC values. 
(AHRI, No.76 at p. 12; IECA, No. 63 at pp. 4-5; The Associations, No. 
65 at p. 4)
    In conducting the interagency process that developed the SCC 
values, technical experts from numerous agencies met on a regular basis 
to consider public comments, explore the technical literature in 
relevant fields, and discuss key model inputs and assumptions. Key 
uncertainties and model differences transparently and consistently 
inform the range of SCC estimates. These uncertainties and model 
differences are discussed in the interagency working group's reports, 
which are reproduced in appendices 14A and 14B of the final rule TSD, 
as are the major assumptions. Specifically, uncertainties in the 
assumptions regarding climate sensitivity, as well as other model 
inputs such as economic growth and emissions trajectories, are 
discussed and the reasons for the specific input assumptions chosen are 
explained. However, the three IAMs used to estimate the SCC are 
frequently cited in the peer-reviewed literature and were used in the 
last assessment of the IPCC. In addition, new versions of the models 
that were used in 2013 to estimate revised SCC values were published in 
the peer-reviewed literature (see appendix 14B of the final rule TSD 
for discussion). Although uncertainties remain, the revised estimates 
that were issued in November 2013 are based on the best available 
scientific information on the impacts of climate change. The current 
estimates of the SCC have been developed over many years, using the 
best science available, and with input from the public. In November 
2013, OMB announced a new opportunity for public comment on the 
interagency technical support document underlying the revised SCC 
estimates. 78 FR 70586 (Nov. 26, 2013). In July 2015, OMB published a 
detailed summary and formal response to the many comments that were 
received. OMB also stated its intention to seek independent expert 
advice on opportunities to improve the estimates, including many of the 
approaches suggested by commenters. DOE stands ready to work with OMB 
and the other members of the Interagency Working Group on further 
review and revision of the SCC estimates as appropriate.
    AHRI, IECA, The Associations, and Cato criticized DOE's use of 
global rather than domestic SCC values, pointing out that EPCA 
references weighing of the need for national energy conservation. Cato 
recommended reporting the results of the domestic SCC calculation in 
the main body of the proposed regulation. (AHRI, No. 76 at pp. 10-12; 
IECA, No. 63 at pp. 1-3; The Associations, No. 65 at p. 4; Cato, No. 62 
at pp. 2-3)
    In response, DOE's analysis estimates both global and domestic 
benefits of CO2 emissions reductions. The domestic benefits 
are reported in chapter 14 of the final rule TSD. Following the 
recommendation of the Interagency Working Group, DOE places more focus 
on a global measure of SCC. As discussed in appendix 14A of the final 
rule TSD, the climate change problem is highly unusual in at least two 
respects. First, it involves a global externality: emissions of most 
greenhouse gases contribute to damages around the world even when they 
are emitted in the United States. Consequently, to address the global 
nature of the problem, the SCC must incorporate the full (global) 
damages caused by GHG emissions. Second, climate change presents a 
problem that the United States alone cannot solve. Even if the United 
States were to reduce its greenhouse gas emissions to zero, that step 
would be far from enough to avoid substantial climate change. Other 
countries would also need to take action to reduce emissions if 
significant changes in the global climate are to be avoided. 
Emphasizing the need for a global solution to a global problem, the 
United States has been actively involved in seeking international 
agreements to reduce emissions and in encouraging other nations, 
including emerging major economies, to take significant steps to reduce 
emissions. When these considerations are taken as a whole, the 
interagency group concluded that a global measure of the benefits from 
reducing U.S. emissions is preferable. Therefore, DOE's approach is not 
in contradiction of the requirement to weigh the need for national 
energy conservation, as one of the main reasons for national energy 
conservation is to contribute to efforts to mitigate the effects of 
global climate change.
    IECA commented that the economic models used to determine the SCC 
did not consider industrial GHG and economic leakage. Furthermore, IECA 
commented that the higher SCC cost drives manufacturing companies 
offshore and increases imports of more carbon-intensive manufactured 
goods, thereby increasing global GHG emissions and that the SCC does 
not consider this. (IECA, No. 63 at p. 2)
    The SCC, as developed in the referenced three models, represents 
damage assessment and expresses this in terms of dollars per ton of 
emissions. DOE agrees that the industrial GHG and economic leakage 
discussed by the commenters is not desirable, but disagrees that it 
should be part of the SCC calculations. Rather, it reflects the impact 
of potential offshore production of manufactured goods. The commenter's 
concern appears to be that the use of the SCC in a regulatory context 
may increase economic leakage and result in additional carbon emissions 
not captured in the analysis. DOE understands that this is a 
possibility, but does not have a tool to confidently assess the amount 
of production that may move overseas,

[[Page 1653]]

where that production may move, and the associated carbon intensity of 
that production. As such, DOE only recognizes the potential for some 
reduction in carbon savings from what it has assessed in this rule.
    DOE is evaluating appropriate monetization of reduction in other 
emissions in energy conservation standards rulemakings. DOE has not 
included monetization of those emissions in the current analysis.

M. Utility Impact Analysis

    The utility impact analysis estimates several effects on the 
electric power generation industry that would result from the adoption 
of new or amended energy conservation standards. The utility impact 
analysis estimates the changes in installed electrical capacity and 
generation that would result for each TSL. The analysis is based on 
published output from the NEMS associated with AEO2016. NEMS produces 
the AEO Reference case, as well as a number of side cases that estimate 
the economy-wide impacts of changes to energy supply and demand. For 
the current analysis, impacts are quantified by comparing the levels of 
electricity sector generation, installed capacity, fuel consumption and 
emissions consistent with the projections described on page E-8 of 
AEO2016 and various side cases. Details of the methodology are provided 
in the appendices to chapters 13 and 15 of the final rule TSD.
    The output of this analysis is a set of time-dependent coefficients 
that capture the change in electricity generation, primary fuel 
consumption, installed capacity, and power sector emissions due to a 
unit reduction in demand for a given end use. These coefficients are 
multiplied by the stream of electricity savings calculated in the NIA 
to provide estimates of selected utility impacts of potential new or 
amended energy conservation standards.
    DOE received comments on its utility impact analysis. The Gas 
Associations commented that DOE only assessed the impacts on the 
electric power industry in its utility impact analysis, and that 
Process Rule requires it to ``[estimate] marginal impacts on electric 
and gas utility costs and revenues.'' (Gas Associations, No. 69 at p. 
3)
    Historically, DOE's approach to the utility impact analysis, based 
on NEMS, has been to evaluate the impact of standards only on utility 
energy sales. NEMS is not suited to characterizing impacts of standards 
on gas utilities other than those measured by sales, and DOE is unaware 
of any analytical tools that would enable an analysis of financial 
impacts on utilities' costs and revenues at a national level. Thus, DOE 
was not able to perform any further evaluation of the gas utility 
impacts for the commercial packaged boiler standards rulemaking beyond 
what is described in this section.
    See chapter 15 of the final rule TSD for further details regarding 
the utility impact analysis.

N. Employment Impact Analysis

    DOE considers employment impacts in the domestic economy as one 
factor in selecting a standard. Employment impacts from new or amended 
energy conservation standards include both direct and indirect impacts. 
Direct employment impacts are any changes in the number of employees of 
manufacturers of the equipment subject to standards, their suppliers, 
and related service firms; the MIA addresses those impacts. Indirect 
employment impacts are changes in national employment that occur due to 
the shift in expenditures and capital investment caused by the purchase 
and operation of more efficient equipment. Indirect employment impacts 
from standards consist of the jobs created or eliminated in the 
national economy, other than in the manufacturing sector being 
regulated, caused by (1) reduced spending by consumers on energy, (2) 
reduced spending on new energy supply by the utility industry, (3) 
increased consumer spending on the purchase of new equipment to which 
the new standards apply and other goods and services, and (4) the 
effects of those three factors throughout the economy.
    One method for assessing the possible effects on the demand for 
labor of such shifts in economic activity is to compare sector 
employment statistics developed by the Labor Department's Bureau of 
Labor Statistics (BLS).\90\ BLS regularly publishes its estimates of 
the number of jobs per million dollars of economic activity in 
different sectors of the economy, as well as the jobs created elsewhere 
in the economy by this same economic activity. Data from BLS indicate 
that expenditures in the utility sector generally create fewer jobs 
(both directly and indirectly) than expenditures in other sectors of 
the economy.\91\ There are many reasons for these differences, 
including wage differences and the fact that the utility sector is more 
capital-intensive and less labor-intensive than other sectors. Energy 
conservation standards have the effect of reducing consumer utility 
bills. Because reduced consumer expenditures for energy likely lead to 
increased expenditures in other sectors of the economy, the general 
effect of efficiency standards is to shift economic activity from a 
less labor-intensive sector (e.g., the utility sector) to more labor-
intensive sectors (e.g., the retail and service sectors). Thus, the BLS 
data suggest that net national employment may increase due to shifts in 
economic activity resulting from energy conservation standards.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \90\ Data on industry employment, hours, labor compensation, 
value of production, and the implicit price deflator for output for 
these industries are available upon request by calling the Division 
of Industry Productivity Studies (202-691-5618) or by sending a 
request by email to [email protected].
    \91\ See U.S. Department of Commerce--Bureau of Economic 
Analysis. Regional Multipliers: A User Handbook for the Regional 
Input-Output Modeling System (RIMS II). 1997. U.S. Government 
Printing Office: Washington, DC. Available at www.bea.gov/scb/pdf/regional/perinc/meth/rims2.pdf.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    DOE estimated indirect national employment impacts for the standard 
levels considered in this final rule using an input/output model of the 
U.S. economy called Impact of Sector Energy Technologies, version 3.1.1 
(ImSET).\92\ ImSET is a special-purpose version of the ``U.S. Benchmark 
National Input-Output'' (I-O) model, which was designed to estimate the 
national employment and income effects of energy-saving technologies. 
The ImSET software includes a computer-based I-O model having 
structural coefficients that characterize economic flows among the 187 
sectors most relevant to industrial, commercial, and residential 
building energy use.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \92\ J.M. Roop, M.J. Scott, and R.W. Schultz, ImSET 3.1: Impact 
of Sector Energy Technologies, PNNL-18412, Pacific Northwest 
National Laboratory (2009) (Available at: www.pnl.gov/main/publications/external/technical_reports/PNNL-18412.pdf).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    DOE notes that ImSET is not a general equilibrium forecasting model 
and understands the uncertainties involved in projecting employment 
impacts, especially changes in the later years of the analysis. Because 
ImSET does not incorporate price changes, the employment effects 
predicted by ImSET may over-estimate actual job impacts over the long 
run. Therefore, DOE used ImSET only to generate results for near-term 
timeframes (i.e., through 2025), where these uncertainties are reduced.
    For more details on the employment impact analysis, see chapter 16 
of the final rule TSD.

V. Analytical Results and Conclusions

    The following section addresses the results from DOE's analyses 
with respect to the considered energy conservation standards for 
commercial packaged boilers. It addresses the TSLs examined by DOE, the 
projected

[[Page 1654]]

impacts of each of these levels if adopted as energy conservation 
standards for CPB equipment, and the standard levels that DOE is 
adopting in this final rule. Additional details regarding DOE's 
analyses are contained in the final rule TSD supporting this document.

A. Trial Standard Levels

    DOE analyzed the benefits and burdens of five TSLs for CPB 
equipment. These TSLs were developed by combining specific efficiency 
levels for each of the equipment classes analyzed by DOE. DOE presents 
the results for the TSLs in this document, while the results for all 
efficiency levels that DOE analyzed are in the final rule TSD.
    Table V.1 and Table V.2 present the TSLs analyzed and the 
corresponding efficiency levels that DOE identified for potential 
amended energy conservation standards for each equipment class. The 
efficiency levels in each TSL can be characterized as follows:
     TSL 5 corresponds to the max-tech efficiency level for 
each equipment class.
     TSL 4 is composed of the efficiency levels corresponding 
to the maximum NPV at a 7-percent discount rate for each equipment 
class.
     TSL 3 is composed of a mixture of condensing and non-
condensing efficiency levels.
     TSL 2 and TSL 1 are each composed of a mixture of non-
condensing efficiency levels only.
    A more detailed description of TSLs may be found in appendix 10C of 
the final rule TSD.

              Table V.1--Trial Standard Levels for Commercial Packaged Boilers by Efficiency Level
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                 Trial standard level
                                                                    --------------------------------------------
                          Equipment class                               1        2        3        4        5
                                                                    --------------------------------------------
                                                                        EL       EL       EL       EL       EL
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Small Gas-Fired Hot Water Commercial Packaged Boilers..............        3        3        6        6        7
Large Gas-Fired Hot Water Commercial Packaged Boilers..............        2        3        3        5        5
Small Oil-Fired Hot Water Commercial Packaged Boilers..............        4        4        4        6        6
Large Oil-Fired Hot Water Commercial Packaged Boilers..............        1        2        2        3        4
Small Gas-Fired Steam Commercial Packaged Boilers..................        3        4        4        5        5
Large Gas-Fired Steam Commercial Packaged Boilers..................        4        5        5        6        6
Small Oil-Fired Steam Commercial Packaged Boilers..................        1        2        2        3        3
Large Oil-Fired Steam Commercial Packaged Boilers..................        1        2        2        3        3
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


                    Table V.2--Trial Standard Levels for Commercial Packaged Boilers by Thermal Efficiency and Combustion Efficiency
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                                 Trial standard level *
                                                               -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                        1                 2                 3                 4                 5
                        Equipment class                        -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                 ET (%)   EC (%)   ET (%)   EC (%)   ET (%)   EC (%)   ET (%)   EC (%)   ET (%)   EC (%)
 
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Small Gas-Fired Hot Water Commercial Packaged Boilers.........       84      n/a       84      n/a       95      n/a       95      n/a       99      n/a
Large Gas-Fired Hot Water Commercial Packaged Boilers.........      n/a       84      n/a       85      n/a       85      n/a       97      n/a       97
Small Oil-Fired Hot Water Commercial Packaged Boilers.........       87      n/a       87      n/a       87      n/a       97      n/a       97      n/a
Large Oil-Fired Hot Water Commercial Packaged Boilers.........      n/a       86      n/a       88      n/a       88      n/a       89      n/a       97
Small Gas-Fired Steam Commercial Packaged Boilers.............       80      n/a       81      n/a       81      n/a       83      n/a       83      n/a
Large Gas-Fired Steam Commercial Packaged Boilers.............       81      n/a       82      n/a       82      n/a       84      n/a       84      n/a
Small Oil-Fired Steam Commercial Packaged Boilers.............       83      n/a       84      n/a       84      n/a       86      n/a       86      n/a
Large Oil-Fired Steam Commercial Packaged Boilers.............       83      n/a       85      n/a       85      n/a       87      n/a       87      n/a
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
* ET stands for thermal efficiency, and EC stands for combustion efficiency.

B. Economic Justification and Energy Savings

1. Economic Impacts on Individual Consumers
    DOE analyzed the economic impacts on CPB consumers by looking at 
the effects potential amended standards at each TSL will have on the 
LCC and PBP. DOE also examined the impacts of potential standards on 
selected consumer subgroups. These analyses are discussed below.
a. Life-Cycle Cost and Payback Period
    In general, higher-efficiency equipment will affect consumers in 
two ways: (1) Purchase price increases, and (2) annual operating costs 
decrease. LCC and PBP include total installed costs (i.e., equipment 
price plus installation costs), and operating costs (i.e., annual 
energy use, energy prices, energy price trends, repair costs, and 
maintenance costs). The LCC calculation also uses equipment lifetime 
and a discount rate. Chapter 8 of the final rule TSD and section IV.F 
of this document provide detailed information on the LCC and PBP 
analysis.

[[Page 1655]]

    Table V.3 through Table V.18 show the LCC and PBP results for the 
TSLs considered for each equipment class. In the first of each pair of 
tables, the simple payback is measured relative to the baseline 
equipment. In the second table, the impacts are measured relative to 
the efficiency distribution in the no-new-standards case in the 
compliance year (see section IV.H.1 of this document). Because some 
consumers purchase equipment with higher efficiency in the no-new-
standards case, the average savings are less than the difference 
between the average LCC of EL 0 (efficiency level 0) and the average 
LCC at each TSL. The savings refer only to consumers who are affected 
by a standard at a given TSL. Those who already purchase equipment with 
efficiency at or above a given TSL are not affected. Consumers for whom 
the LCC increases at a given TSL experience a net cost.

               Table V.3--Average LCC and Simple PBP Results by Efficiency Level for Small Gas-Fired Hot Water Commercial Packaged Boilers
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                              Average costs  (2015$)
                                              Thermal    ----------------------------------------------------------------     Simple          Average
                   TSL                      efficiency                     First year's      Lifetime                         payback        lifetime
                                            (ET) level    Installed cost     operating       operating          LCC           period          (years)
                                                                               cost            cost                           (years)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
0.......................................               0         $25,050         $10,621        $167,232        $192,282  ..............            24.8
                                                       1          25,915          10,512         165,525         191,440             7.9            24.8
                                                       2          26,857          10,406         163,862         190,718             8.4            24.8
1, 2....................................               3          29,302          10,201         160,665         189,967            10.1            24.8
                                                       4          31,505          10,103         159,125         190,630            12.5            24.8
                                                       5          41,440           9,802         155,196         196,636            20.0            24.8
3, 4....................................               6          42,337           9,626         152,449         194,786            17.4            24.8
5.......................................               7          45,399           9,297         147,356         192,755            15.4            24.8
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Note: The results for each TSL are calculated assuming that all consumers use equipment with that efficiency level. The PBP is measured relative to the
  baseline equipment.


  Table V.4--Average LCC Savings Relative to the No-New-Standards-Case for Small Gas-Fired Hot Water Commercial
                                                Packaged Boilers
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                      Life-cycle cost savings
                                                                                 -------------------------------
                                                                      Thermal     Average  life-       % of
                               TSL                                  efficiency      cycle  cost   consumers that
                                                                    (ET) level       savings *     experience  a
                                                                                      (2015$)        net cost
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
0...............................................................               0  ..............               0
                                                                               1             $65               3
                                                                               2             164               5
1, 2............................................................               3             212              14
                                                                               4            -208              20
                                                                               5          -2,267              28
3, 4............................................................               6            -993              35
5...............................................................               7             945              52
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
* The savings represent the average LCC for affected consumers.


                  Table V.5--Average LCC and PBP Results by Efficiency Level for Large Gas-Fired Hot Water Commercial Packaged Boilers
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                              Average costs  (2015$)                          Simple
                                            Combustion   ----------------------------------------------------------------     payback         Average
                   TSL                      efficiency                     First year's      Lifetime                         period         lifetime
                                            (EC) level    Installed cost  operating cost  operating cost        LCC           (years)         (years)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
0.......................................               0         $96,319         $61,654        $931,329      $1,027,648  ..............            24.8
                                                       1         100,141          60,911         920,158       1,020,299             5.1            24.8
1.......................................               2         104,306          60,188         909,281       1,013,587             5.4            24.8
2,3.....................................               3         111,547          59,483         898,689       1,010,236             7.0            24.8
                                                       4         167,178          56,437         856,643       1,023,821            13.6            24.8
4,5.....................................               5         175,096          54,643         829,842       1,004,938            11.2            24.8
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Note: The results for each TSL are calculated assuming that all consumers use equipment at that efficiency level. The PBP is measured relative to the
  baseline (EL 0) equipment.


[[Page 1656]]


Table V.6--Average LCC Savings Relative to the No-New-Standards-Case Efficiency Distribution for Large Gas-Fired
                                      Hot Water Commercial Packaged Boilers
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                      Life-cycle cost savings
                                                                                 -------------------------------
                                                                    Combustion    Average  life-       % of
                               TSL                                  efficiency      cycle  cost   consumers that
                                                                    (EC) Level       savings *     experience  a
                                                                                      (2015$)        net cost
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
0...............................................................               0  ..............               0
                                                                               1            $588               3
1...............................................................               2           1,307               4
2, 3............................................................               3           2,037               6
                                                                               4          -1,537              16
4, 5............................................................               5          16,952              33
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
* The savings represent the average LCC for affected consumers.


                  Table V.7--Average LCC and PBP Results by Efficiency Level for Small Oil-Fired Hot Water Commercial Packaged Boilers
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                              Average costs  (2015$)                          Simple
                                              Thermal    ----------------------------------------------------------------     payback         Average
                   TSL                      efficiency                     First year's      Lifetime                         period         lifetime
                                            (ET) level    Installed cost  operating cost  operating cost        LCC           (years)         (years)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
0.......................................               0         $27,204         $26,706        $514,805        $542,009  ..............            24.8
                                                       1          28,121          26,406         508,914         537,036             3.1            24.8
                                                       2          29,112          26,114         503,167         532,279             3.2            24.8
                                                       3          30,607          25,828         497,558         528,165             3.9            24.8
1, 2, 3.................................               4          33,009          25,278         486,738         519,747             4.1            24.8
                                                       5          34,355          25,012         481,517         515,873             4.2            24.8
4, 5....................................               6          51,713          23,819         459,234         510,947             8.5            24.8
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Note: The results for each TSL are calculated assuming that all consumers use equipment at that efficiency level. The PBP is measured relative to the
  baseline (EL 0) equipment.


Table V.8--Average LCC Savings Relative to the No-New-Standards-Case Efficiency Distribution for Small Oil-Fired
                                      Hot Water Commercial Packaged Boilers
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                      Life-cycle cost savings
                                                                                 -------------------------------
                                                                      Thermal     Average  life-       % of
                               TSL                                  efficiency      cycle  cost   consumers that
                                                                    (ET) level       savings *     experience  a
                                                                                      (2015$)        net cost
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
0...............................................................               0  ..............               0
                                                                               1          $1,745               3
                                                                               2           4,445               6
                                                                               3           7,264              10
1, 2, 3.........................................................               4          14,421              14
                                                                               5          18,127              17
4, 5............................................................               6          22,934              42
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
* The savings represent the average LCC for affected consumers.


                  Table V.9--Average LCC and PBP Results by Efficiency Level for Large Oil-Fired Hot Water Commercial Packaged Boilers
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                              Average costs  (2015$)                          Simple
                                            Combustion   ----------------------------------------------------------------     payback         Average
                   TSL                      efficiency                     First year's      Lifetime                         period         lifetime
                                            (EC) level    Installed cost  operating cost  operating cost        LCC           (years)         (years)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
0.......................................               0         $67,485         $92,682      $1,730,005      $1,797,490  ..............            24.8
1.......................................               1          75,964          90,644       1,691,719       1,767,683             4.2            24.8
2, 3....................................               2          86,757          88,697       1,655,180       1,741,937             4.8            24.8
4.......................................               3          93,198          87,756       1,637,533       1,730,731             5.2            24.8
5.......................................               4         159,246          85,255       1,590,539       1,749,785            12.4            24.8
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Note: The results for each TSL are calculated assuming that all consumers use equipment at that efficiency level. The PBP is measured relative to the
  baseline (EL 0) equipment.


[[Page 1657]]


  Table V.10--Average LCC Savings Relative to the No-New-Standards-Case Efficiency Distribution for Large Oil-
                                   Fired Hot Water Commercial Packaged Boilers
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                      Life-cycle cost savings
                                                                                 -------------------------------
                                                                    Combustion    Average  life-       % of
                               TSL                                  efficiency      cycle  cost   consumers that
                                                                    (EC) level       savings *     experience  a
                                                                                      (2015$)        net cost
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
0...............................................................               0  ..............               0
1...............................................................               1         $10,193               1
2, 3............................................................               2          31,379               7
4...............................................................               3          41,902              10
5...............................................................               4          23,643              57
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
* The savings represent the average LCC for affected consumers.


                    Table V.11--Average LCC and PBP Results by Efficiency Level for Small Gas-Fired Steam Commercial Packaged Boilers
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                              Average costs  (2015$)                          Simple
                                              Thermal    ----------------------------------------------------------------     payback         Average
                   TSL                      efficiency                     First year's      Lifetime                         period         lifetime
                                            (ET) level    Installed cost  operating cost  operating cost        LCC           (years)         (years)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
0.......................................               0         $22,734         $10,116        $159,682        $182,416  ..............            24.8
                                                       1          23,553          10,020         158,140         181,693             8.5            24.8
                                                       2          24,443           9,926         156,638         181,080             9.0            24.8
1.......................................               3          25,408           9,835         155,175         180,584             9.5            24.8
2, 3....................................               4          26,457           9,746         153,751         180,208            10.1            24.8
4, 5....................................               5          28,831           9,574         151,013         179,844            11.3            24.8
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Note: The results for each TSL are calculated assuming that all consumers use equipment at that efficiency level. The PBP is measured relative to the
  baseline (EL 0) equipment.


  Table V.12--Average LCC Savings Relative to the No-New-Standards-Case Efficiency Distribution for Small Gas-
                                     Fired Steam Commercial Packaged Boilers
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                      Life-cycle cost savings
                                                                                 -------------------------------
                                                                      Thermal     Average  life-       % of
                               TSL                                  efficiency      cycle  cost   consumers that
                                                                    (ET) level       savings *     experience  a
                                                                                      (2015$)        net cost
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
0...............................................................               0  ..............               0
                                                                               1            $241              17
                                                                               2             465              19
1...............................................................               3             720              27
2, 3............................................................               4           1,002              41
4, 5............................................................               5           1,341              54
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
* The savings represent the average LCC for affected consumers.


                    Table V.13--Average LCC and PBP Results by Efficiency Level for Large Gas-Fired Steam Commercial Packaged Boilers
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                              Average costs  (2015$)                          Simple
                                              Thermal    ----------------------------------------------------------------     payback         Average
                   TSL                      efficiency                     First year's      Lifetime                         period         lifetime
                                            (ET) level    Installed cost  operating cost  operating cost        LCC           (years)         (years)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
0.......................................               0         $75,672         $51,229        $773,831        $849,504  ..............            24.8
                                                       1          77,684          50,623         764,684         842,368             3.3            24.8
                                                       2          79,813          50,032         755,775         835,588             3.5            24.8
                                                       3          82,066          49,456         747,095         829,162             3.6            24.8
1.......................................               4          84,452          48,895         738,636         823,088             3.8            24.8
2, 3....................................               5          87,665          48,347         730,390         818,056             4.2            24.8
4, 5....................................               6          93,166          47,292         714,506         807,672             4.4            24.8
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Note: The results for each TSL are calculated assuming that all consumers use equipment at that efficiency level. The PBP is measured relative to the
  baseline (EL 0) equipment.


[[Page 1658]]


  Table V.14--Average LCC Savings Relative to the No-New-Standards-Case Efficiency Distribution for Large Gas-
                                     Fired Steam Commercial Packaged Boilers
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                      Life-cycle cost savings
                                                                                 -------------------------------
                                                                      Thermal     Average  life-       % of
                               TSL                                  efficiency      cycle  cost   consumers that
                                                                    (ET) level       savings *     experience  a
                                                                                      (2015$)        net cost
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
0...............................................................               0  ..............               0
                                                                               1            $498               1
                                                                               2           2,066               4
                                                                               3           4,239               6
1...............................................................               4           7,959              11
2, 3............................................................               5          11,188              15
4, 5............................................................               6          20,291              21
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
* The savings represent the average LCC for affected consumers.


                    Table V.15--Average LCC and PBP Results by Efficiency Level for Small Oil-Fired Steam Commercial Packaged Boilers
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                              Average costs  (2015$)                          Simple
                                              Thermal    ----------------------------------------------------------------     payback         Average
                   TSL                      efficiency                     First year's      Lifetime                         period         lifetime
                                            (ET) level    Installed cost  operating cost  operating cost        LCC           (years)         (years)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
0.......................................               0         $24,481         $27,361        $519,200        $543,680  ..............            24.8
1.......................................               1          26,747          26,760         507,521         534,268             3.8            24.8
2, 3....................................               2          28,058          26,471         501,897         529,955             4.0            24.8
4, 5....................................               3          31,580          25,913         491,053         522,633             4.9            24.8
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Note: The results for each TSL are calculated assuming that all consumers use equipment at that efficiency level. The PBP is measured relative to the
  baseline (EL 0) equipment.


  Table V.16--Average LCC Savings Relative to the No-New-Standards-Case Efficiency Distribution for Small Oil-
                                     Fired Steam Commercial Packaged Boilers
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                      Life-cycle cost savings
                                                                                 -------------------------------
                                                                      Thermal     Average  life-       % of
                               TSL                                  efficiency      cycle  cost   consumers that
                                                                    (ET) level       savings *     experience  a
                                                                                      (2015$)        net cost
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
0...............................................................               0  ..............               0
1...............................................................               1          $2,409               2
2, 3............................................................               2           5,839               8
4, 5............................................................               3          12,779              14
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
* The savings represent the average LCC for affected consumers.


                    Table V.17--Average LCC and PBP Results by Efficiency Level for Large Oil-Fired Steam Commercial Packaged Boilers
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                              Average costs  (2015$)                          Simple
                                              Thermal    ----------------------------------------------------------------     payback         Average
                   TSL                      efficiency                     First year's      Lifetime                         period         lifetime
                                            (ET) level    Installed cost  operating cost  operating cost        LCC           (years)         (years)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
0.......................................               0         $70,522        $108,788      $1,990,314      $2,060,836  ..............            24.8
1.......................................               1          76,661         106,219       1,943,027       2,019,688             2.4            24.8
2, 3....................................               2          83,859         103,773       1,898,016       1,981,874             2.7            24.8
4, 5....................................               3          92,296         101,441       1,855,125       1,947,421             3.0            24.8
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Note: The results for each TSL are calculated assuming that all consumers use equipment at that efficiency level. The PBP is measured relative to the
  baseline (EL 0) equipment.


[[Page 1659]]


  Table V.18--Average LCC Savings Relative to the No-New-Standards-Case Efficiency Distribution for Large Oil-
                                     Fired Steam Commercial Packaged Boilers
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                      Life-cycle cost savings
                                                                                 -------------------------------
                                                                      Thermal     Average  life-       % of
                               TSL                                  efficiency      cycle  cost   consumers that
                                                                    (ET) level       savings *     experience  a
                                                                                      (2015$)        net cost
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
0...............................................................               0  ..............               0
1...............................................................               1          12,563               0
2, 3............................................................               2          36,832               1
4, 5............................................................               3          70,909               3
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
* The savings represent the average LCC for affected consumers.

b. Consumer Subgroup Analysis
    In the consumer subgroup analysis, DOE estimated the impacts of the 
considered TSLs on low-income (i.e., multi-family) residential and 
small business consumers. Given the magnitude of the installation and 
operating expenditures in question for each equipment class, the LCC 
savings and corresponding payback periods for low-income residential 
and small business consumers are generally similar to the impacts for 
all consumers with, for example, the residential low-income subgroup 
showing somewhat higher than average benefits and the small business 
consumers showing slightly lower benefits when compared to the overall 
CPB consumer population for the SGHW CPB equipment class. DOE estimated 
the average LCC savings and PBP for the low-income residential subgroup 
compared with average CPB consumers, as shown in Table V.19 through 
Table V.26. DOE also estimated LCC savings and PBP for small 
businesses, and presented the results in Table V.19 through Table V.26. 
Chapter 11 of the final rule TSD presents the complete LCC and PBP 
results for the subgroups.

       Table V.19--Comparison of LCC Savings and PBP for Consumer Subgroups and the Nation, Small Gas-Fired Hot Water Commercial Packaged Boilers
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                   Average LCC savings  (2015$)                   Simple payback period  (years)
                                              Thermal    -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                   TSL                      efficiency                      Commercial                                      Commercial
                                            (ET) level      Residential        small          Nation        Residential        small          Nation
                                                            low-income       business                       low-income       business
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                       1            $108             $52             $65             5.9             8.2             7.9
                                                       2             272             133             164             6.2             8.6             8.4
1, 2....................................               3             602             101             212             7.5            10.4            10.1
                                                       4             287            -354            -208             9.9            12.7            12.5
                                                       5            -771          -2,610          -2,267            15.9            20.5            20.0
3, 4....................................               6           1,021          -1,526            -993            13.5            17.8            17.4
5.......................................               7           4,667             -86             945            11.7            15.8            15.4
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


       Table V.20--Comparison of LCC Savings and PBP for Consumer Subgroups and the Nation, Large Gas-Fired Hot Water Commercial Packaged Boilers
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                   Average LCC savings  (2015$)                   Simple payback period  (years)
                                            Combustion   -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                   TSL                      efficiency                      Commercial                                      Commercial
                                            (EC) level      Residential        small          Nation        Residential        small          Nation
                                                            low-income       business                       low-income       business
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                       1            $334            $487            $588             6.9             5.1             5.1
1.......................................               2             724           1,077           1,307             7.3             5.4             5.4
2, 3....................................               3             856           1,654           2,037            10.5             7.0             7.0
                                                       4          -4,219          -2,921          -1,537            22.5            13.5            13.6
4, 5....................................               5           6,339          12,524          16,952            17.6            11.2            11.2
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


[[Page 1660]]


       Table V.21--Comparison of LCC Savings and PBP for Consumer Subgroups and the Nation, Small Oil-Fired Hot Water Commercial Packaged Boilers
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                   Average LCC savings  (2015$)                   Simple payback period  (years)
                                              Thermal    -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                   TSL                      efficiency                      Commercial                                      Commercial
                                            (ET) level      Residential        small          Nation        Residential        small          Nation
                                                            low-income       business                       low-income       business
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                       1          $2,741          $1,236          $1,745             2.1             3.8             3.1
                                                       2           7,050           3,116           4,445             2.2             4.0             3.2
                                                       3          11,490           5,112           7,264             3.0             4.6             3.9
1, 2, 3.................................               4          23,280           9,984          14,421             3.0             4.9             4.1
                                                       5          29,489          12,451          18,127             3.0             5.1             4.2
4,5.....................................               6          47,470          11,101          22,934             5.8            10.5             8.5
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


       Table V.22--Comparison of LCC Savings and PBP for Consumer Subgroups and the Nation, Large Oil-Fired Hot Water Commercial Packaged Boilers
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                   Average LCC savings  (2015$)                   Simple payback period  (years)
                                            Combustion   -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                   TSL                      efficiency                      Commercial                                      Commercial
                                            (EC) level      Residential        small          Nation        Residential        small          Nation
                                                            low-income       business                       low-income       business
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1.......................................               1         $24,584          $7,705         $10,193             2.0             4.5             4.2
2, 3....................................               2          79,156          23,115          31,379             2.3             5.3             4.8
4.......................................               3         108,008          30,418          41,902             2.5             5.7             5.2
5.......................................               4         141,883           3,718          23,643             5.9            13.4            12.4
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


         Table V.23--Comparison of LCC Savings and PBP for Consumer Subgroups and the Nation, Small Gas-Fired Steam Commercial Packaged Boilers
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                   Average LCC savings  (2015$)                   Simple payback period  (years)
                                              Thermal    -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                   TSL                      efficiency                      Commercial                                      Commercial
                                            (ET) level      Residential        small          Nation        Residential        small          Nation
                                                            low-income       business                       low-income       business
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                       1            $428            $211            $241             6.0             8.7             8.5
                                                       2             855             403             465             6.3             9.2             9.0
1.......................................               3           1,387             608             720             6.7             9.7             9.5
2, 3....................................               4           2,083             812           1,002             7.1            10.3            10.1
4, 5....................................               5           3,461             963           1,341             7.9            11.5            11.3
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


         Table V.24--Comparison of LCC Savings and PBP for Consumer Subgroups and the Nation, Large Gas-Fired Steam Commercial Packaged Boilers
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                   Average LCC savings  (2015$)                   Simple payback period  (years)
                                              Thermal    -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                   TSL                      efficiency                      Commercial                                      Commercial
                                            (ET) level      Residential        small          Nation        Residential        small          Nation
                                                            low-income       business                       low-income       business
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                       1            $357            $444            $498             4.0             3.3             3.3
                                                       2           1,449           1,791           2,066             4.2             3.5             3.5
                                                       3           2,938           3,658           4,239             4.4             3.6             3.6
1.......................................               4           5,465           6,846           7,959             4.6             3.8             3.8
2, 3....................................               5           6,683           9,504          11,188             5.6             4.2             4.2
4, 5....................................               6          12,975          17,223          20,291             5.8             4.4             4.4
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


[[Page 1661]]


         Table V.25--Comparison of LCC Savings and PBP for Consumer Subgroups and the Nation, Small Oil-Fired Steam Commercial Packaged Boilers
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                   Average LCC savings  (2015$)                   Simple payback period  (years)
                                              Thermal    -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                   TSL                      efficiency                      Commercial                                      Commercial
                                            (ET) level      Residential        small          Nation        Residential        small          Nation
                                                            low-income       business                       low-income       business
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1.......................................               1          $3,848          $2,039          $2,409             2.5             4.0             3.8
2, 3....................................               2           9,349           4,908           5,839             2.7             4.2             4.0
4, 5....................................               3          20,877          10,572          12,779             3.3             5.1             4.9
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


         Table V.26--Comparison of LCC Savings and PBP for Consumer Subgroups and the Nation, Large Oil-Fired Steam Commercial Packaged Boilers
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                   Average LCC savings  (2015$)                   Simple payback period  (years)
                                              Thermal    -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                   TSL                      efficiency                      Commercial                                      Commercial
                                            (ET) level      Residential        small          Nation        Residential        small          Nation
                                                            low-income       business                       low-income       business
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1.......................................               1         $24,494         $10,960         $12,563             1.2             2.4             2.4
2, 3....................................               2          72,382          31,813          36,832             1.4             2.7             2.7
4, 5....................................               3         141,678          61,065          70,909             1.5             3.0             3.0
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

c. Rebuttable Presumption Payback
    As discussed in section III.E.2 of this document, EPCA establishes 
a rebuttable presumption that an energy conservation standard is 
economically justified if the increased purchase cost for equipment 
that meets the standard is less than three times the value of the 
first-year energy savings resulting from the standard. In calculating a 
rebuttable presumption payback period for each of the considered TSLs, 
DOE used discrete values, and, as required by EPCA, based the energy 
use calculation on the DOE test procedures for commercial packaged 
boilers. In contrast, the PBPs presented in section V.B.1 were 
calculated using distributions that reflect the range of energy use in 
the field.
    Table V.27 presents the rebuttable-presumption PBPs for the 
considered TSLs. While DOE examined the rebuttable-presumption 
criterion, it considered whether the standard levels considered for 
this rule are economically justified through a more detailed analysis 
of the economic impacts of those levels, pursuant to 42 U.S.C. 
6295(o)(2)(B)(i), that considers the full range of impacts to the 
consumer, manufacturer, Nation, and environment. The results of that 
analysis serve as the basis for DOE to definitively evaluate the 
economic justification for a potential standard level, thereby 
supporting or rebutting the results of any preliminary determination of 
economic justification. The results of that analysis serve as the basis 
for DOE to definitively evaluate the economic justification for a 
potential standard level, thereby supporting or rebutting the results 
of any preliminary determination of economic justification.

       Table V.27--Rebuttable Presumption Payback Periods for Commercial Packaged Boiler Equipment Classes
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                      Rebuttable presumption payback  (years)
         Equipment class         -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                       TSL 1           TSL 2           TSL 3           TSL 4           TSL 5
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Small Gas-Fired Hot Water                    9.2             9.2            15.3            15.3            15.3
 Commercial Packaged Boilers....
Large Gas-Fired Hot Water                    4.9             5.9             5.9            10.0            10.0
 Commercial Packaged Boilers....
Small Oil-Fired Hot Water                   12.1            12.1            12.1            12.6            24.5
 Commercial Packaged Boilers....
Large Oil-Fired Hot Water                   12.0            13.6            13.6            14.6            34.3
 Commercial Packaged Boilers....
Small Gas-Fired Steam Commercial             8.5             9.0             9.0            10.1            10.1
 Packaged Boilers...............
Large Gas-Fired Steam Commercial             3.4             3.9             3.9             4.1             4.1
 Packaged Boilers...............
Small Oil-Fired Steam Commercial            10.5            11.2            11.2            13.9            13.9
 Packaged Boilers...............
Large Oil-Fired Steam Commercial             6.5             7.2             7.2             8.0             8.0
 Packaged Boilers...............
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

2. Economic Impacts on Manufacturers
    DOE performed an MIA to estimate the impact of amended energy 
conservation standards on manufacturers of commercial packaged boilers. 
The next section describes the expected impacts on manufacturers at 
each TSL. Chapter 12 of the final rule TSD explains the analysis in 
further detail.
a. Industry Cash-Flow Analysis Results
    In this section, DOE provides GRIM results from the analysis, which 
examines changes in the industry that would result from a standard. 
Table V.28 and Table V.29 depict the estimated financial impacts 
(represented by changes in INPV) of potential amended energy 
conservation standards on manufacturers of commercial packaged boilers, 
as well as the conversion costs that DOE expects manufacturers of 
commercial packaged boilers will incur for all equipment classes at 
each TSL. As discussed in

[[Page 1662]]

section IV.J.2.b, DOE modeled two different markup scenarios using 
different assumptions that correspond to the range of anticipated 
market responses to amended energy conservation standards: (1) The 
preservation of gross margin percentage scenario and (2) the 
preservation of per-unit operating profit scenario. Each of these 
scenarios is discussed immediately below.
    To assess the less severe end of the range of potential impacts on 
industry profitability, DOE modeled a preservation of gross margin 
percentage markup scenario, in which a uniform ``gross margin 
percentage'' markup is applied across all potential efficiency levels. 
In this scenario, DOE assumed that a manufacturer's absolute dollar 
markup will increase as production costs increase in the standards 
case.
    To assess the more severe end of the range of potential impacts on 
industry profitability, DOE modeled the preservation of operating 
profit markup scenario, which assumes that manufacturers will not be 
able to generate greater operating profit on a per-unit basis in the 
standards case as compared to the no-new-standards case. Rather, as 
manufacturers make the necessary investments required to convert their 
facilities to produce new standards-compliant equipment and incur 
higher costs of goods sold, their percentage markup decreases. 
Operating profit does not change in absolute dollars and decreases as a 
percentage of revenue.
    Each of the markup scenarios results in a unique set of cash flows 
and corresponding industry values at each TSL. In the following 
discussion, the INPV results refer to the difference in industry value 
between the no-new-standards case and each standards case that result 
from the sum of discounted cash flows from the reference year (2016) 
through the end of the analysis period (2049). To provide perspective 
on the short-run cash flow impact, DOE includes in the discussion of 
results a comparison of free cash flow between the no-new-standards 
case and the standards case at each TSL in the year before amended 
standards would take effect. This figure provides an understanding of 
the magnitude of required conversion costs relative to cash flows 
calculated by the industry in the no-new-standards case.
    The results in Table V.28 and Table V.29 show potential INPV 
impacts for CPB manufacturers; Table V.28 reflects the upper bound of 
impacts and Table V.29 represents the lower bound.

           Table V.28--Manufacturer Impact Analysis for Commercial Packaged Boilers--Preservation of Gross Margin Percentage Markup Scenario *
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                              No-new-                                  Trial standard level
                                               Units         standards   -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                               case              1               2               3               4               5
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
INPV....................................         2015$ M           277.6           272.4           267.3           252.1           235.3           235.3
Change in INPV..........................         2015$ M  ..............           (5.2)          (10.3)          (25.5)          (42.3)          (42.3)
                                                       %  ..............           (1.9)           (3.7)           (9.2)          (15.2)          (15.2)
Product Conversion Costs................         2015$ M  ..............             8.2            13.4            17.7            19.4            19.8
Capital Conversion Costs................         2015$ M  ..............             5.3             7.8            22.8            35.8            36.5
Total Conversion Costs..................         2015$ M  ..............            13.5            21.2            40.5            55.2            56.4
Free Cash Flow (2019)...................         2015$ M            19.3            14.2            11.4             3.2           (3.2)           (3.7)
Change in Free Cash Flow................         2015$ M  ..............           (5.1)           (8.0)          (16.1)          (22.5)          (23.0)
                                                       %  ..............          (26.3)          (41.2)          (83.4)         (116.6)         (119.0)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
* Parentheses indicate negative values. All values have been rounded to the nearest tenth. M = millions.


              Table V.29--Manufacturer Impact Analysis for Commercial Packaged Boilers--Preservation of Operating Profit Markup Scenario *
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                              No-new-                                  Trial standard level
                                               Units         standards   -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                               case              1               2               3               4               5
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
INPV....................................         2015$ M           277.6           265.4           259.1           227.6           160.9           159.1
Change in INPV..........................         2015$ M  ..............          (12.2)          (18.5)          (50.0)         (116.7)         (118.5)
                                                       %  ..............           (4.4)           (6.7)          (18.0)          (42.0)          (42.7)
Product Conversion Costs................         2015$ M  ..............             8.2            13.4            17.7            19.4            19.8
Capital Conversion Costs................         2015$ M  ..............             5.3             7.8            22.8            35.8            36.5
Total Conversion Costs..................         2015$ M  ..............            13.5            21.2            40.5            55.2            56.4
Free Cash Flow (2019)...................         2015$ M            19.3            14.2            11.4             3.2           (3.2)           (3.7)
Change in Free Cash Flow................         2015$ M  ..............           (5.1)           (8.0)          (16.1)          (22.5)          (23.0)
                                                       %  ..............          (26.3)          (41.2)          (83.4)         (116.6)         (119.0)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
* Parentheses indicate negative values. All values have been rounded to the nearest tenth. M = millions.

    TSL 1 represents EL 3 (84 percent) for small gas-fired hot water 
boilers, EL 2 (84 percent) for large gas-fired hot water boilers, EL 4 
(87 percent) for small oil-fired hot water boilers, EL 1 (86 percent) 
for large oil-fired hot water boilers, EL 3 (80 percent) for small gas-
fired steam boilers, EL 4 (81 percent) for large gas-fired steam 
boilers, EL 1 (83 percent) for small oil-fired steam boilers, and EL 1 
(83 percent) for large oil-fired steam boilers. At TSL 1, DOE estimates

[[Page 1663]]

impacts on INPV for CPB manufacturers to range from -4.4 percent to -
1.9 percent, or a change in INPV of -$12.2 million to -$5.2 million. At 
this potential standard level, industry free cash flow will be 
estimated to decrease by approximately 26.3 percent to $14.2 million, 
compared to the no-new-standards case value of $19.3 million in 2019, 
the year before the compliance date. Overall, DOE expects industry to 
incur product conversion costs of $8.2 million and capital conversion 
costs of $5.3 million to reach this standard level. At TSL 1, DOE also 
projects higher unit prices will result in a slight decrease in total 
shipments in the compliance year (2020). DOE estimates a change in 
shipments of -0.03 percent relative to the no-new-standards case.
    At TSL 1, under the preservation of gross margin percentage markup 
scenario, the shipment-weighted average price per unit increases by 4.6 
percent relative to the no-new-standards case price per unit in the 
year of compliance (2020). This slight price increase would mitigate a 
portion of the $13.5 million in conversion costs estimated at TSL 1, 
resulting in slightly negative INPV impacts under this scenario. Under 
the preservation of operating profit markup scenario, products at 
higher efficiency levels command a lower markup to maintain the same 
operating profit per unit in the no-new-standards case. At TSL 1, this 
markup scenario results in a weighted average price increase of 4.2 
percent. This relatively modest price increase in outweighed by the 
expected conversion costs and slight decrease in total shipments, 
resulting in more severe INPV impacts.
    TSL 2 sets the efficiency level at EL 3 (84 percent) for small gas-
fired hot water boilers, EL 3 (85 percent) for large gas-fired hot 
water boilers, EL 4 (87 percent) for small oil-fired hot water boilers, 
EL 2 (88 percent) for large oil-fired hot water, EL 4 (81 percent) for 
small gas-fired steam boilers, EL 5 (82 percent) for large gas-fired 
steam boilers, EL 2 (84 percent) for small oil-fired steam boilers, and 
EL 2 (85 percent) for large oil-fired steam boilers. At TSL 2, DOE 
estimates impacts on INPV for CPB manufacturers to range from -6.7 
percent to -3.7 percent, or a change in INPV of -$18.5 million to -
$10.3 million. At this potential standard level, industry free cash 
flow will be estimated to decrease by approximately 41.2 percent to 
$11.4 million, compared to the no-new-standards case value of $19.3 
million in 2019, the year before the compliance date. Overall, DOE 
estimates manufactures will incur product conversion costs of $13.4 
million and capital conversion costs of $7.8 million at this standard 
level. At TSL 2, DOE also projects higher unit prices will result in a 
slight decrease in total shipments in the compliance year (2020). DOE 
estimates a change in shipments of -0.03 percent relative to the no-
new-standards case.
    At TSL 2, under the preservation of gross margin percentage markup 
scenario, the shipment-weighted average price per unit increases by 5.3 
percent relative to the no-new-standards case price per unit in the 
year of compliance (2020). In this scenario, manufacturers are able to 
fully pass on the increase in MPC to consumers. However, this price 
increase in outweighed by the $21.2 million in conversion costs 
estimated at TSL 2, resulting in slightly negative INPV impacts under 
this scenario. Under the preservation of operating profit markup 
scenario, the weighted average price per unit increases by 4.9 percent. 
This price increase is offset by the expected conversion costs and 
slight decrease in total shipments, resulting in more severe INPV 
impacts.
    TSL 3 represents EL 6 (95 percent) for small gas-fired hot water 
boilers, EL 3 (85 percent) for large gas-fired hot water boilers, EL 4 
(87 percent) for small oil-fired hot water boilers, EL 2 (88 percent) 
for large oil-fired hot water boilers, EL 4 (81 percent) for small gas-
fired steam boilers, EL 5 (82 percent) for large gas-fired steam 
boilers, EL 2 (84 percent) for small oil-fired steam boilers, and EL 2 
(85 percent) for large oil-fired steam boilers. At TSL 3, DOE estimates 
impacts on INPV for CPB manufacturers to range from -18.0 percent to -
9.2 percent, or a change in INPV of -$50.0 million to -$25.5 million. 
At this potential standard level, industry free cash flow will be 
estimated to decrease by approximately 83.4 percent in 2019, the year 
before compliance to $3.2 million compared to the no-new-standards case 
value of $19.3 million. DOE estimates manufactures will incur product 
conversion costs of $17.7 million and capital conversion costs of $22.8 
million to reach this standard level. At TSL 3, DOE also projects 
higher unit prices will result in a slight decrease in total shipments 
in the compliance year (2020). DOE estimates a change in shipments of -
0.12 percent relative to the no-new-standards case.
    At TSL 3, under the preservation of gross margin percentage markup 
scenario, the shipment-weighted average price per unit increases by 
19.1 percent relative to the no-new-standards case price per unit in 
the year of compliance (2020). In this scenario, manufacturers are able 
to fully pass on the increase in MPC to consumers. However, this price 
increase in outweighed by the $40.5 million in conversion costs 
estimated at TSL 3, resulting in slightly negative INPV impacts under 
this scenario. Under the preservation of operating profit markup 
scenario, the weighted average price per unit increases by 18.0 
percent. This price increase is offset by the expected conversion costs 
and slight decrease in total shipments, resulting in more severe INPV 
impacts.
    TSL 4 represents EL 7 (99 percent) for small gas-fired hot water 
boilers, EL 5 (97 percent) for large gas-fired hot water boilers, EL 6 
(97 percent) for small oil-fired hot water boilers, EL 3 (89 percent) 
for large oil-fired hot water boilers, EL 5 (83 percent) for small gas-
fired steam boilers, EL 6 (84 percent) for large gas-fired steam 
boilers, EL 3 (86 percent) for small oil-fired steam boilers, and EL 3 
(87 percent) for large oil-fired steam boilers. At TSL 4, DOE estimates 
impacts on INPV for CPB manufacturers to range from -42.0 percent to -
15.2 percent, or a change in INPV of -$116.7 million to -$42.3 million. 
At this potential standard level, industry free cash flow will be 
estimated to decrease by approximately 116.6 percent in the year before 
compliance (2019) to -$3.2 million relative to the no-new-standards 
case value of $19.3 million. DOE estimates that manufacturers will 
incur product conversion costs of $19.4 million and capital conversion 
costs of $35.8 million to reach this standard level. At TSL 4, DOE also 
projects higher unit prices will result in a slight decrease in total 
shipments in the compliance year (2020). DOE estimates a change in 
shipments of -0. 24 percent relative to the no-new-standards case.
    At TSL 4, under the preservation of gross margin percentage markup 
scenario, the shipment-weighted average price per unit increases by 
39.3 percent relative to the no-new-standards case price per unit in 
the year of compliance (2020). In this scenario, manufacturers are able 
to fully pass on the increase in MPC to consumers. However, this price 
increase in outweighed by the $55.2 million in conversion costs 
estimated at TSL 4, resulting in slightly negative INPV impacts under 
this scenario. Under the preservation of operating profit markup 
scenario, the weighted average price per unit increases by 36.1 
percent. This price increase is offset by the expected conversion costs 
and slight decrease in total shipments, resulting in more severe INPV 
impacts.
    TSL 5 represents EL 7 (99 percent) for small gas-fired hot water 
boilers, EL 5 (97 percent) for large gas-fired hot water

[[Page 1664]]

boilers, EL 6 (97 percent) for small oil-fired hot water boilers, EL 4 
(97 percent) for large oil-fired hot water boilers, EL 5 (83 percent) 
for small gas-fired steam boilers, EL 6 (84 percent) for large gas-
fired steam boilers, EL 3 (86 percent) for small oil-fired steam 
boilers, and EL 3 (87 percent) for large oil-fired steam boilers. TSL 5 
represents max-tech for all equipment classes. At TSL 5, DOE estimates 
impacts on INPV for CPB manufacturers to range from -42.7 percent to -
15.2 percent, or a change in INPV of -$118.5 million to -$42.3 million. 
At this potential standard level, industry free cash flow will be 
estimated to decrease by approximately 119.0 percent in the year before 
compliance (2019) to -$3.7 million relative to the no-new-standards 
case value of $19.3 million. DOE estimates manufacturers will incur 
product conversion costs of $19.8 million and capital conversion costs 
of $36.5 million to reach this standard level. At TSL 5, DOE also 
projects higher unit prices will result in a slight decrease in total 
shipments in the compliance year (2020). DOE estimates a change in 
shipments of -0.24 percent relative to the no-new-standards case.
    At TSL 5, under the preservation of gross margin percentage markup 
scenario, the shipment-weighted average price per unit increases by 
40.3 percent relative to the no-new-standards case price per unit in 
the year of compliance (2020). In this scenario, manufacturers are able 
to fully pass on the increase in MPC to consumers. However, this price 
increase in outweighed by the $56.4 million in conversion costs 
estimated at TSL 5, resulting in slightly negative INPV impacts under 
this scenario. Under the preservation of operating profit markup 
scenario, the weighted average price per unit increases by 37.0 
percent. This price increase is offset by the expected conversion costs 
and slight decrease in total shipments, resulting in more severe INPV 
impacts.
b. Impacts on Direct Employment
    To quantitatively assess the impacts of amended energy conservation 
standards on direct employment in the CPB industry, DOE used the GRIM 
to estimate the domestic labor expenditures and number of direct 
employees in the no-new-standards case and in each of the standards 
cases in 2020. In its analysis, DOE assumed that the ratio of 
production workers to non-production workers remains constant. The sum 
of domestic production and non-production workers represent total 
domestic direct employment. DOE used statistical data from the U.S. 
Census Bureau's 2014 ASM, the results of the engineering analysis, and 
interviews with manufacturers to determine the inputs necessary to 
calculate industry-wide labor expenditures and domestic employment 
levels. Labor expenditures related to manufacturing of the product are 
a function of the labor intensity of the product, the sales volume, and 
an assumption that wages remain fixed in real terms over time. The 
total labor expenditures in each year are calculated by multiplying the 
MPCs by the labor percentage of MPCs.
    The total labor expenditures in the GRIM are converted to domestic 
production employment levels by dividing production labor expenditures 
by the annual payment per production worker (production worker hours 
times the labor rate found in the U.S. Census Bureau's 2014 ASM). The 
estimates of production workers in this section cover workers, 
including line-supervisors who are directly involved in fabricating and 
assembling a unit within the manufacturing facility. Workers performing 
services that are closely associated with production operations, such 
as materials handling tasks using forklifts, are also included as 
production labor.
    To calculate non-production workers, the GRIM assumed non-
production workers account for 38 percent of total direct employment, 
which is a ratio derived from 2014 ASM Census data. The total direct 
employment impacts calculated in the GRIM are the sum of the changes in 
the number of domestic production and non-production workers resulting 
from the amended energy conservation standards for CPBs, as compared to 
the no-new-standards case. In general, more-efficient CPBs are more 
complex and more labor intensive. Per-unit labor requirements and 
production time requirements increase with higher energy conservation 
standards.
    DOE estimates that in the absence of amended energy conservation 
standards, there will be 954 domestic production and non-production 
workers in the CPB industry in 2020, the year of compliance. DOE 
estimates that approximately 80 percent of commercial packaged boilers 
sold in the United States are manufactured domestically. Table V.30 
shows the range of the impacts of potential amended energy conservation 
standards on U.S. production and non-production workers of commercial 
packaged boilers.

                       Table V.30--Potential Changes in the Total Number of Commercial Packaged Boilers Direct Employment in 2020
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                Trial standard level \*\
                               -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                    No-new-
                                standards case            1                    2                    3                    4                    5
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total Number of Domestic                   594  364 to 624..........  323 to 628.........  175 to 645.........  8 to 730...........  8 to 739.
 Production Workers in 2020
 (without changes in
 production locations).
Potential Changes in Domestic   ..............  (230) to 30.........  (301) to 4.........  (453) to 17........  (637) to 85........  (722) to 9.
 Production Workers in 2020.
Total Number of Domestic                   954  585 to 1,002........  518 to 1,009.......  281 to 1,036.......  13 to 1,173........  13 to 1,187.
 Direct Employment in 2020 **.
Potential Changes in Domestic   ..............  (369) to 48.........  (484) to 7.........  (728) to 27........  (1,023) to 137.....  (1,160) to 14.
 Direct Employment in 2020.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
* DOE presents a range of potential employment impacts. Numbers in parentheses indicate negative numbers.
** This field presents impacts on total domestic direct employment, which aggregates production and non-production workers. Based on ASM census data, we
  assumed the ratio of production to non-production employees stays consistent across all analyzed TSLs, which is 38 percent non-production workers.


[[Page 1665]]

    At the upper end of the range, all examined TSLs show positive 
impacts on domestic employment levels. Producing more-efficient CPBs 
tends to require more labor, and DOE estimates that if CPB 
manufacturers chose to keep their current production in the U.S., 
domestic employment could increase at each TSL. In interviews, some 
manufacturers who produce high-efficiency boiler equipment stated that 
a standard that went to condensing levels could cause them to hire more 
employees to increase their production capacity.
    To establish a lower bound end of production worker employment, DOE 
assumes no manufacturer chooses to invest in redesign of equipment that 
does not meet the standard. Production worker employment drops in 
proportion with the percentage of equipment that is retired. Since this 
is a lower bound, DOE does not account for additional production labor 
needed for higher efficiency equipment. During interviews, several 
manufacturers expressed that they could lose a significant number of 
employees at TSL 3, TSL 4 and TSL 5, due to the fact that these TSLs 
contain condensing efficiency levels for the gas-fired hot water boiler 
equipment classes and oil-fired hot water boiler equipment classes. 
These manufacturers have employees who work on production lines that 
produce cast iron sections and carbon steel or copper heat exchangers 
for lower to mid-efficiency equipment. If amended energy conservation 
standards were to require condensing efficiency levels, these employees 
will no longer be needed for that function, and manufacturers will have 
to decide whether to develop their own condensing heat exchanger 
production, source heat exchangers from Asia or Europe and assemble 
higher efficiency equipment, or leave the market entirely.
    DOE notes that the employment impacts discussed here are 
independent of the indirect employment impacts to the broader U.S. 
economy, which are documented in chapter 15 of the final rule TSD.
c. Impacts on Manufacturing Capacity
    In manufacturer interviews, most CPB manufacturers stated that 
their current production is only running at 50-percent to 75-percent 
capacity and that any standard that does not propose efficiency levels 
where manufacturers will use condensing technology for hot water 
boilers will not have a large effect on capacity. The impacts of a 
condensing standard on manufacturer capacity are difficult to quantify. 
Some manufacturers who are already making condensing equipment with a 
sourced heat exchanger said they will likely be able to increase 
production using the equipment they already have by utilizing a second 
shift. Others said a condensing standard will idle a large portion of 
their business, causing stranded assets and decreased capacity. These 
manufacturers will have to determine how to best increase their 
condensing boiler production capacity. DOE believes that some larger 
domestic manufacturers may choose to add production capacity for a 
condensing heat exchanger production line.
    Manufacturers stated that in a scenario where a potential standard 
would require efficiency levels at which manufacturers would use 
condensing technology, there is concern about the level of technical 
resources required to redesign and test all equipment. The engineering 
analysis shows that increasingly complex components and control 
strategies are required as standard levels increase. Manufacturers 
commented in interviews that the industry would need to add electrical 
engineering and control systems engineering talent beyond current 
staffing to meet the redesign requirements of higher TSLs. Additional 
training might be needed for manufacturing engineers, laboratory 
technicians, and service personnel if condensing equipment was broadly 
adopted. However, because TSL 2 (the adopted level) will not require 
condensing standards, DOE does not expect manufacturers to face long-
term capacity constraints due to the standard levels adopted in this 
final rule.
d. Impacts on Subgroups of Manufacturers
    Small manufacturers, niche equipment manufacturers, and 
manufacturers exhibiting a cost structure substantially different from 
the industry average could be affected disproportionately. Using 
average cost assumptions developed for an industry cash-flow estimate 
is inadequate to assess differential impacts among manufacturer 
subgroups.
    For the CPB industry, DOE identified and evaluated the impact of 
amended energy conservation standards on one subgroup--small 
manufacturers. The SBA defines a ``small business'' as having 500 
employees or less for NAICS 333414, ``Heating Equipment (except Warm 
Air Furnaces) Manufacturing.'' Based on this definition, DOE identified 
33 manufacturers in the CPB industry that qualify as small businesses. 
For a discussion of the impacts on the small manufacturer subgroup, see 
the regulatory flexibility analysis in section VI.B of this document 
and chapter 12 of the final rule TSD.
e. Cumulative Regulatory Burden
    One aspect of assessing manufacturer burden involves looking at the 
cumulative impact of multiple DOE standards and the regulatory actions 
of other Federal agencies and States that affect the manufacturers of a 
covered product or equipment. While any one regulation may not impose a 
significant burden on manufacturers, the combined effects of several 
existing or impending regulations may have serious consequences for 
some manufacturers, groups of manufacturers, or an entire industry. 
Multiple regulations affecting the same manufacturer can strain profits 
and lead companies to abandon equipment lines or markets with lower 
expected future returns than competing equipment. For these reasons, 
DOE conducts an analysis of cumulative regulatory burden as part of its 
rulemakings pertaining to equipment efficiency.
    For the cumulative regulatory burden analysis, DOE looks at other 
regulations that could affect CPB manufacturers during the compliance 
period, from 2017 to 2020, or those that take effect within three years 
of the 2020 compliance date of amended energy conservation standards 
for this equipment. In interviews, manufacturers cited Federal 
regulations on equipment other than commercial packaged boilers that 
contribute to their cumulative regulatory burden. The compliance years 
and expected industry conversion costs of relevant amended energy 
conservation standards are indicated in Table V.31. Included in the 
table are Federal regulations that have compliance dates beyond the six 
year range of DOE's analysis.

[[Page 1666]]



      Table V.31--Compliance Dates and Expected Conversion Expenses of Federal Energy Conservation Standards Affecting Commercial Packaged Boilers
                                                                      Manufacturers
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                      Number of
  Federal energy conservation       Number of       manufacturers                                Industry  conversion costs       Industry  conversion
           standard              manufacturers *    affected from     Approx. standards year            (millions $)               costs/revenue ***
                                                   today's rule **
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Commercial Packaged Air                       13                 2  2018 and 2023............  520.8 (2014$).................  4.4%.
 Conditioners and Heat Pumps
 (Air-Cooled) 81 FR 2420
 (January 15, 2016).
Residential Furnace Fans, 79                  38                 2  2019.....................  40.6 (2014$)..................  1.6%.
 FR 38129 (July 3, 2014).
Commercial Water Heaters                      25                17  2019.....................  29.8 (2014$)..................  3.0%.
 [dagger] 81 FR 34440 (May 31,
 2016).
Residential Boilers 81 FR 2320                36                22  2020.....................  2.5 (2014$)...................  Less than 1%.
 (January 15, 2016).
Residential Furnaces [dagger]                 12                 2  2021.....................  55.0 (2013$)..................  1.0%.
 80 FR 13120 (March 12, 2015).
Central Air Conditioners and                  30                 4  2023.....................  342.6 (2015$).................  Less than 1%.
 Heat Pumps Sec.   (December
 5, 2016).
Commercial Warm Air Furnaces                  14                 3  2023.....................  7.5 to 22.2 (2014$) [Dagger]..  1.7% to 5.2% [Dagger].
 81 FR 2420 (January 15, 2016).
Residential Water Heaters 75                  39                 6  2015.....................  17.5 (2009$)..................  4.9%.
 FR 20112 (April 2016, 2010) +.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
* This column presents the total number of manufacturers identified in the energy conservation standard rule contributing to cumulative regulatory
  burden.
** This column presents the number of manufacturers producing CPB equipment that are also listed as manufacturers in the listed energy conservation
  standard contributing to cumulative regulatory burden.
*** This column presents conversion costs as a percentage of cumulative revenue for the industry during the conversion period. The conversion period is
  the timeframe over which manufacturers must make conversion costs investments and lasts from the announcement year of the final rule to the standards
  year of the final rule. This period typically ranges from 3 to 5 years, depending on the energy conservation standard.
[dagger] The final rule for this energy conservation standard has not been published. The compliance date and analysis of conversion costs have not been
  finalized at this time. (If a value is provided for total industry conversion expense, this value represents an estimate from the March 2016 NOPR.)
[Dagger] Low and high conversion cost scenarios were analyzed as part of this Direct Final Rule. The range of estimated conversion expenses presented
  here reflects those two scenarios.
Sec.   DOE has issued a pre-publication Federal Register direct final rule on December 5, 2016. The document can be found at: https://energy.gov/eere/buildings/downloads/issuance-2016-12-05-energy-conservation-program-energy-conservation-0.
+ Consistent with Chapter 12 of the TSD, DOE has assessed whether this rule will have significant impacts on manufacturers that are also subject to
  significant impacts from other EPCA rules with compliance dates within three years of this rule's compliance date. However, DOE recognizes that a
  manufacturer incurs costs during some period before a compliance date as it prepares to comply, such as by revising product designs and manufacturing
  processes, testing products, and preparing certifications. As such, to illustrate a broader set of rules that may also create additional burden on
  manufacturers, DOE has included another rule with compliance dates that fall within six years of the compliance date of this rule by expanding the
  timeframe of potential cumulative regulatory burden. Note that the inclusion of any given rule in this Table does not indicate that DOE considers the
  rule to contribute significantly to cumulative impact. DOE has chosen to broaden its list of rules in order to provide additional information about
  its rulemaking activities.

    In addition to the Federal energy conservation standards listed in 
Table V.31, there are multiple appliance standards that do not have 
published NOPRs, including residential water heaters and residential 
pool heaters. DOE also identified other regulatory burdens that will 
affect manufacturers of commercial packaged boilers:
    DOE will continue to evaluate its approach to assessing cumulative 
regulatory burden for use in future rulemakings to ensure that it is 
effectively capturing the overlapping impacts of its regulations. DOE 
plans to seek public comment on the approaches it has used here (i.e., 
both the 3 and 6 year timeframes from the compliance date) in order to 
better understand at what point in the compliance cycle manufacturers 
most experience the effects of cumulative and overlapping burden from 
the regulation of multiple equipment classes.
DOE Certification, Compliance, and Enforcement (CC&E) Rule
    The amended standard that DOE adopted will also impose accompanying 
CC&E requirements for manufacturers of CPB equipment. DOE conducted a 
rulemaking to expand AEDM coverage to commercial HVAC, including 
commercial packaged boilers and issued a final rule on December 31, 
2013. (78 FR 79579). An AEDM is a computer modeling or mathematical 
tool that predicts the performance of non-tested basic models. For this 
final rule, DOE permits manufacturers of commercial packaged boilers to 
rate basic models using AEDMs for compliance certification purposes, 
reducing the need for sample units and reducing burden on 
manufacturers. The final rule establishes revised verification 
tolerances CPB manufacturers. More information can be found at https://energy.gov/eere/buildings/implementation-certification-and-enforcement.
3. National Impact Analysis
    This section presents DOE's estimates of the national energy 
savings and the NPV of consumer benefits that would result from each of 
the TSLs considered as potential amended standards.
a. Significance of Energy Savings
    To estimate the energy savings attributable to potential amended 
standards for commercial packaged boilers, DOE compared their energy 
consumption under the no-new-standards case to their anticipated energy 
consumption under each TSL. The savings are measured over the entire 
lifetime of equipment purchased in the 30-year period that begins in 
the year of anticipated compliance with amended standards (2020-2049). 
Table V.32 presents DOE's projections of the national energy savings 
for each TSL

[[Page 1667]]

considered for commercial packaged boilers. The savings were calculated 
using the approach described in section IV.H.2 of this final rule.

      Table V.32--Cumulative National Energy Savings for Commercial Packaged Boilers; 30 Years of Shipments
                                                   [2020-2049]
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                               Trial standard level
                                 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                         1               2               3               4               5
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                      (quads)
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Primary Energy..................           0.202           0.242           0.721           1.885           1.894
FFC Energy......................           0.227           0.272           0.803           2.096           2.107
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Circular A-4 requires agencies to present analytical results, 
including separate schedules of the monetized benefits and costs that 
show the type and timing of benefits and costs.\93\ Circular A-4 also 
directs agencies to consider the variability of key elements underlying 
the estimates of benefits and costs. For this rulemaking, DOE undertook 
a sensitivity analysis using 9 years, rather than 30 years, of 
equipment shipments. The choice of a 9-year period is a proxy for the 
timeline in EPCA for the review of certain energy conservation 
standards and potential revision of and compliance with such revised 
standards.\94\ The review timeframe established in EPCA is generally 
not synchronized with the equipment lifetime, equipment manufacturing 
cycles, or other factors specific to commercial packaged boilers. Thus, 
such results are presented for informational purposes only and are not 
indicative of any change in DOE's analytical methodology. The NES 
sensitivity analysis results based on a 9-year analytical period are 
presented in Table V.33. The impacts are counted over the lifetime of 
equipment purchased in 2020-2028.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \93\ U.S. Office of Management and Budget. Circular A-4: 
Regulatory Analysis. September 17, 2003. www.whitehouse.gov/omb/circulars_a004_a-4/.
    \94\ EPCA requires DOE to review its standards at least once 
every 6 years, and requires, for certain equipment, a 3-year period 
after any new standard is promulgated before compliance is required, 
except that in no case may any new standards be required within 6 
years of the compliance date of the previous standards. (42 U.S.C. 
6313(a)(6)(C)) While adding a 6-year review to the 3-year compliance 
period adds up to 9 years, DOE notes that it may undertake reviews 
at any time within the 6-year period and that the 3-year compliance 
date may yield to the 6-year backstop. A 9-year analysis period may 
not be appropriate given the variability that occurs in the timing 
of standards reviews and the fact that for some commercial 
equipment, the compliance period is 5 years rather than 3 years.

      Table V.33--Cumulative National Energy Savings for Commercial Packaged Boilers; 9 Years of Shipments
                                                   [2020-2028]
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                               Trial standard level
                                 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                         1               2               3               4               5
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                      (quads)
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Primary Energy..................           0.065           0.079           0.218           0.550           0.553
FFC Energy......................           0.073           0.089           0.243           0.611           0.615
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

b. Net Present Value of Consumer Costs and Benefits
    DOE estimated the cumulative NPV of the total costs and savings for 
consumers that will result from the TSLs considered for commercial 
packaged boilers. In accordance with OMB's guidelines on regulatory 
analysis,\95\ DOE calculated NPV using both a 7-percent and a 3-percent 
real discount rate.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \95\ Office of Management and Budget. OMB Circular A-4, 
Regulatory Analysis. Section E. 2003. Washington, DC. September 17, 
2003. https://www.whitehouse.gov/omb/circulars_a004_a-4/.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Table V.34 shows the consumer NPV results at 3-percent and 7-
percent discount rates respectively for each TSL considered for 
commercial packaged boilers covered in this rulemaking. In each case, 
the impacts cover the lifetime of equipment purchased in 2020-2049.

Table V.34--Cumulative Net Present Value of Consumer Benefits for Commercial Packaged Boiler Equipment; 30 Years
                                                  of Shipments
                                                   [2020-2049]
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                               Trial standard level
          Discount rate          -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                         1               2               3               4               5
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                  (billion 2015$)
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3 percent.......................           1.607           1.977           3.323           9.347           9.361
7 percent.......................           0.451           0.558           0.606           1.997           1.966
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


[[Page 1668]]

    The NPV results based on the aforementioned 9-year analytical 
period are presented in Table V.35. The impacts are counted over the 
lifetime of commercial packaged boilers purchased in 2020-2028. As 
mentioned previously, such results are presented for informational 
purposes only and are not indicative of any change in DOE's analytical 
methodology or decision criteria.

 Table V.35--Cumulative Net Present Value of Consumer Benefits for Commercial Packaged Boiler Equipment; 9 Years
                                                  of Shipments
                                                   [2020-2028]
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                               Trial standard level
          Discount rate          -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                         1               2               3               4               5
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                  (billion 2015$)
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3 percent.......................           0.545           0.675           0.952           2.665           2.663
7 percent.......................           0.204           0.254           0.197           0.705           0.685
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

c. Indirect Impacts on Employment
    DOE expects that amended energy conservation standards for 
commercial packaged boilers would reduce energy expenditures for 
consumers of the equipment, with the resulting net savings being 
redirected to other forms of economic activity. These expected shifts 
in spending and economic activity could affect the demand for labor. As 
described in section IV.N of this document, DOE used an input/output 
model of the U.S. economy to estimate indirect employment impacts of 
the TSLs that DOE considered in this rulemaking. DOE understands that 
there are uncertainties involved in projecting employment impacts, 
especially changes in the later years of the analysis. Therefore, DOE 
generated results for near-term timeframes (2020-2025), where these 
uncertainties are reduced.
    The results suggest that the adopted standards are likely to have 
negligible impact on the net demand for labor in the economy. The net 
change in jobs is so small that it will be imperceptible in national 
labor statistics and might be offset by other, unanticipated effects on 
employment. Chapter 16 of the final rule TSD presents detailed results 
regarding anticipated indirect employment impacts.
4. Impact on Utility or Performance
    As discussed in section III.E.1.d of this final rule, DOE has 
concluded that the standards adopted in this final rule will not reduce 
the utility or performance of commercial packaged boilers under 
consideration in this rulemaking. Manufacturers of the equipment 
currently offer units that meet or exceed the adopted standards.
5. Impact of Any Lessening of Competition
    DOE considered any lessening of competition that would be likely to 
result from new or amended standards. As discussed in section 
III.E.1.e, the Attorney General of the United States (Attorney General) 
determines the impact, if any, of any lessening of competition likely 
to result from an adopted standard and transmits such determination in 
writing to the Secretary within 60 days of the publication of a 
proposed rule, together with an analysis of the nature and extent of 
such impact.
    To assist the Attorney General in making this determination, DOE 
provided the Department of Justice (DOJ) with copies of the 2016 CPB 
NOPR and the NOPR TSD for review. In its assessment letter responding 
to DOE, DOJ concluded that the proposed energy conservation standards 
for commercial packaged boilers are unlikely to have a significant 
adverse impact on competition. DOE is publishing the Attorney General's 
assessment at the end of this final rule.
6. Need of the Nation To Conserve Energy
    Enhanced energy efficiency, where economically justified, improves 
the Nation's energy security, strengthens the economy, and reduces the 
environmental impacts (costs) of energy production. Reduced electricity 
demand due to energy conservation standards is also likely to reduce 
the cost of maintaining the reliability of the electricity system, 
particularly during peak-load periods. As a measure of this reduced 
demand, chapter 15 in the final rule TSD presents the estimated 
reduction in generating capacity, relative to the no-new-standards 
case, for the TSLs that DOE considered in this rulemaking.
    Energy conservation resulting from amended standards for commercial 
packaged boilers is expected to yield environmental benefits in the 
form of reduced emissions of certain air pollutants and greenhouse 
gases. Table V.36 provides DOE's estimate of cumulative emissions 
reductions expected to result from the TSLs considered in this 
rulemaking. The table includes both power sector emissions and upstream 
emissions. The emissions were calculated using the multipliers 
discussed in section IV.K of this document. DOE reports annual 
emissions reductions for each TSL in chapter 13 of the final rule TSD.

         Table V.36--Cumulative Emissions Reduction for Commercial Packaged Boilers Shipped in 2020-2049
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                        TSL
                                 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                         1               2               3               4               5
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                             Power Sector Emissions
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CO2 (million metric tons).......           11.99           14.48           40.01          104.03          104.73
NOX (thousand tons).............           10.57           12.77           35.35           91.61           92.24
Hg (tons).......................            0.00            0.00          (0.00)          (0.00)          (0.00)
N2O (thousand tons).............            0.10            0.13            0.18            0.44            0.46

[[Page 1669]]

 
CH4 (thousand tons).............            0.30            0.37            0.85            2.28            2.30
SO2 (thousand tons).............            2.26            2.93            2.54            6.66            7.03
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                               Upstream Emissions
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CO2 (million metric tons).......            1.65            2.01            5.32           13.72           13.83
NOX (thousand tons).............           23.32           28.11           79.79          206.51          207.85
Hg (tons).......................            0.00            0.00            0.00            0.00            0.00
N2O (thousand tons).............            0.01            0.01            0.02            0.04            0.04
CH4 (thousand tons).............          118.36          138.58          492.36        1,289.41        1,290.98
SO2 (thousand tons).............            0.14            0.19            0.20            0.47            0.49
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                               Total FFC Emissions
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CO2 (million metric tons).......           13.65           16.49           45.33          117.75          118.57
NOX (thousand tons).............           33.90           40.88          115.15          298.12          300.09
Hg (tons).......................            0.00            0.00          (0.00)          (0.00)          (0.00)
N2O (thousand tons).............            0.11            0.14            0.19            0.48            0.49
N2O (thousand tons COeq) *......           29.11           37.20           50.61          126.68          130.98
CH4 (thousand tons).............          118.66          138.95          493.21        1,291.69        1,293.28
CH4 (thousand tons COeq) *......        3,322.44        3,890.66       13,809.78       36,167.26       36,211.79
SO2 (thousand tons).............            2.40            3.11            2.74            7.13            7.52
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
* CO2eq is the quantity of CO2 that would have the same global warming potential (GWP).
Note: Parentheses indicate negative values. Negative values refer to an increase in emissions.

    As part of the analysis for this final rule, DOE estimated monetary 
benefits likely to result from the reduced emissions of CO2 
and NOX estimated for each of the TSLs considered for 
commercial packaged boilers. As discussed in section IV.L of this 
document, for CO2, DOE used the most recent values for the 
SCC developed by an interagency process. The four sets of SCC values 
for CO2 emissions reductions correspond to the average 
values from a distribution that uses a 5-percent discount rate, the 
average values from a distribution that uses a 3-percent discount rate, 
the average values from a distribution that uses a 2.5-percent discount 
rate, and the 95th-percentile values from a distribution that uses a 3-
percent discount rate. For emissions in 2015, the SCC values (expressed 
in 2015$) are represented by $12.4/t, $40.6/t, $63.2/t, and $118/t, 
respectively. The values for later years are higher due to increasing 
damages (public health, economic and environmental) as the projected 
magnitude of climate change increases.
    Table V.37 presents the global value of CO2 emissions 
reductions at each TSL. For each of the four cases, DOE calculated a 
present value of the stream of annual values using the same discount 
rate as was used in the studies upon which the dollar-per-ton values 
are based. DOE calculated domestic values as a range from 7 percent to 
23 percent of the global values, and these results are presented in 
chapter 14 of the final rule TSD.

 Table V.37--Estimate of Global Present Value of CO2 Emissions Reduction for Commercial Packaged Boilers Shipped
                                                  in 2020-2049
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                          SCC scenario *
                                                 ---------------------------------------------------------------
                       TSL                                                                          3% Discount
                                                    5% Discount     3% Discount    2.5% Discount    rate, 95th
                                                   rate, average   rate, average   rate, average    percentile
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                          (million 2015$)
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                             Power Sector Emissions
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1...............................................              73             350             565           1,066
2...............................................              88             424             683           1,289
3...............................................             240           1,161           1,874           3,533
4...............................................             621           3,010           4,860           9,160
5...............................................             625           3,031           4,893           9,223
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                               Upstream Emissions
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1...............................................              10              48              78             147
2...............................................              12              59              95             179
3...............................................              32             154             249             470
4...............................................              82             397             641           1,208

[[Page 1670]]

 
5...............................................              83             400             646           1,218
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                               Total FFC Emissions
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1...............................................              83             399             643           1,213
2...............................................             100             482             777           1,468
3...............................................             272           1,316           2,123           4,003
4...............................................             703           3,407           5,501          10,368
5...............................................             708           3,431           5,539          10,441
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
* For each of the four cases, the corresponding SCC value for emissions in 2015 is $12.4, $40.6, $63.2 and $118
  per metric ton (2015$). The values are for CO2 only (i.e., not CO2eq of other greenhouse gases).

    DOE is well aware that scientific and economic knowledge about the 
contribution of CO2 and other GHG emissions to changes in 
the future global climate and the potential resulting damages to the 
world economy continues to evolve rapidly. Thus, any value placed on 
reduced CO2 emissions in this rulemaking is subject to 
change. DOE, together with other Federal agencies, will continue to 
review various methodologies for estimating the monetary value of 
reductions in CO2 and other GHG emissions. This ongoing 
review will consider the comments on this subject that are part of the 
public record for this and other rulemakings, as well as other 
methodological assumptions and issues. However, consistent with DOE's 
legal obligations, and taking into account the uncertainty involved 
with this particular issue, DOE has included in this final rule the 
most recent values and analyses resulting from the interagency review 
process.
    DOE also estimated the cumulative monetary value of the economic 
benefits associated with NOX emissions reductions 
anticipated to result from the considered TSLs for commercial packaged 
boilers. The dollar-per-ton value that DOE used is discussed in section 
IV.L of this document. Table V.38 presents the cumulative present 
values for NOX emissions reductions for each TSL calculated 
using 7-percent and 3-percent discount rates. This table presents 
values that use the low dollar-per-ton values, which reflect DOE's 
primary estimate. Results that reflect the range of NOX 
dollar-per-ton values are presented in Table V.40. Detailed discussions 
on NOX emissions reductions are available in chapter 14 of 
the final rule TSD.

  Table V.38--Estimates of Present Value of NOX Emissions Reduction for
            Commercial Packaged Boilers Shipped in 2020-2049
------------------------------------------------------------------------
               TSL                 3% Discount rate    7% Discount rate
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                              (million 2015$)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                         Power Sector Emissions
------------------------------------------------------------------------
1...............................                  44                  15
2...............................                  53                  19
3...............................                 146                  51
4...............................                 376                 129
5...............................                 379                 130
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                           Upstream Emissions
------------------------------------------------------------------------
1...............................                  37                  13
2...............................                  45                  16
3...............................                 126                  45
4...............................                 325                 114
5...............................                 327                 114
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                           Total FFC Emissions
------------------------------------------------------------------------
1...............................                  81                  29
2...............................                  99                  35
3...............................                 273                  95
4...............................                 701                 243
5...............................                 706                 245
------------------------------------------------------------------------


[[Page 1671]]

7. Other Factors
    The Secretary of Energy, in determining whether a standard is 
economically justified, may consider any other factors that the 
Secretary deems to be relevant. (42 U.S.C. 6313(a)(6)(B)(ii)(VII)) No 
other factors were considered in this analysis.
8. Summary of National Economic Impacts
    The NPV of the monetized benefits associated with emissions 
reductions can be viewed as a complement to the NPV of the consumer 
savings calculated for each TSL considered in this rulemaking. Table 
V.39 presents the NPV values that result from adding the estimates of 
the potential economic benefits resulting from reduced CO2 
and NOX emissions in each of four valuation scenarios to the 
NPV of consumer savings calculated for each TSL considered in this 
rulemaking, at both a 7-percent and 3-percent discount rate. The 
CO2 label values used in the columns correspond to the 2015 
values in the four sets of SCC values discussed in section IV.L.1 of 
this document. The dollar-per-ton values that DOE used for 
NOX emissions are presented in the final rule TSD chapter 14 
of the final rule TSD.

  Table V.39--Commercial Packaged Boilers TSLs: Net Present Value of Consumer Savings Combined With Net Present
                        Value of Monetized Benefits From CO2 and NOX Emissions Reductions
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                     Consumer NPV at 3% discount rate added with:
                                     ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                         SCC value of       SCC value of       SCC value of
                 TSL                   $12.4/t CO2* and   $40.6/t CO2* and   $63.2/t CO2* and  SCC value of $118/
                                       3% low NOX value   3% low NOX value   3% low NOX value  t CO2* and 3% low
                                                                                                   NOX value
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                    (billion 2015$)
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1...................................              1.772              2.088              2.331              2.902
2...................................              2.176              2.558              2.853              3.543
3...................................              3.867              4.911              5.718              7.599
4...................................             10.751             13.455             15.549             20.416
5...................................             10.776             13.499             15.607             20.509


----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                     Consumer NPV at 7% discount rate added with:
                                     ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                         SCC value of       SCC value of       SCC value of
                 TSL                   $12.4/t CO2* and   $40.6/t CO2* and   $63.2/t CO2* and  SCC value of $118/
                                       7% low NOX value   7% low NOX value   7% low NOX value  t CO2* and 7% low
                                                                                                   NOX value
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                    (billion 2015$)
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1...................................              0.563              0.879              1.123              1.693
2...................................              0.693              1.075              1.370              2.060
3...................................              0.973              2.017              2.824              4.705
4...................................              2.943              5.647              7.741             12.608
5...................................              2.918              5.641              7.749             12.651
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
* These label values represent the global SCC in 2015, in 2015$. The present values have been calculated with
  scenario-consistent discount rates.

    In considering the results in Table V.39, two issues are relevant. 
First, the national operating cost savings are domestic U.S. monetary 
savings that occur as a result of purchasing the covered commercial 
packaged boilers. The national operating cost savings is measured for 
the lifetime of units shipped in 2020-2049. The CO2 
reduction is a benefit that accrues globally due to decreased domestic 
energy consumption that is expected to result from this rule. Because 
CO2 emissions have a very long residence time in the 
atmosphere, the SCC values in future years reflect future climate-
related impacts that continue beyond 2100 through 2300.

C. Conclusion

    When considering new or amended energy conservation standards for 
commercial packaged boilers, the standards that DOE adopts must be 
designed to achieve significant improvement in energy efficiency and be 
technologically feasible and economically justified. (42 U.S.C. 
6313(a)(6)(A)(ii) and (C)(i)) In determining whether a standard is 
economically justified, the Secretary must determine whether the 
benefits of the standard exceed its burdens by, to the greatest extent 
practicable, considering the seven statutory factors discussed 
previously. (42 U.S.C. 6313(a)(6)(B)(ii)(I)-(VII) and (C)(i))
    For this final rule, DOE considered the impacts of amended 
standards for commercial packaged boilers at each TSL, beginning with 
the maximum technologically feasible level, to determine whether that 
level was economically justified. Where the max-tech level was not 
justified, DOE then considered the next most efficient level and 
undertook the same evaluation until it reached the highest TSL that is 
both technologically feasible and economically justified and saves a 
significant amount of energy.
    To aid the reader as DOE discusses the benefits and/or burdens of 
each TSL, tables in this section present a summary of the results of 
DOE's quantitative analysis for each TSL. In addition to the 
quantitative results presented in the tables, DOE also considers other 
burdens and benefits that affect economic justification. These include 
the impacts on identifiable subgroups of consumers who may be 
disproportionately affected by a national standard and impacts on 
employment.
1. Benefits and Burdens of Trial Standard Levels Considered for 
Commercial Packaged Boiler Standards
    Table V.40, Table V.41, and Table V.42 summarize the quantitative 
impacts estimated for each TSL for commercial packaged boilers. The 
national impacts are measured over the lifetime of commercial packaged 
boilers

[[Page 1672]]

purchased in the 30-year period that begins in the anticipated year of 
compliance with amended standards (2020-2049). The energy savings, 
emissions reductions, and value of emissions reductions refer to full-
fuel-cycle results. The efficiency levels contained in each TSL are 
described in section V.A of this final rule.

                             Table V.40--Summary of Analytical Results for Commercial Packaged Boiler TSLs: National Impacts
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
           Category                      TSL 1                    TSL 2                    TSL 3                   TSL 4                   TSL 5
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Cumulative FFC National Energy  0.227..................  0.272..................  0.803.................  2.096.................  2.107.
 Savings (quads).
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                   NPV of Commercial consumer Benefits (billion 2015$)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3% discount rate..............  1.607..................  1.977..................  3.323.................  9.347.................  9.361.
7% discount rate..............  0.451..................  0.558..................  0.606.................  1.997.................  1.966.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                  Cumulative Emissions Reduction (Total FFC Emissions)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CO2 (million metric tons).....  13.65..................  16.49..................  45.33.................  117.75................  118.57.
NOX (thousand tons)...........  33.90..................  40.88..................  115.15................  298.12................  300.09.
Hg (tons).....................  0.000..................  0.00...................  0.00..................  0.00..................  0.00.
N2O (thousand tons)...........  0.11...................  0.14...................  0.19..................  0.48..................  0.49.
N2O (thousand tons CO2eq) *...  29.11..................  37.20..................  50.61.................  126.68................  130.98.
CH4 (thousand tons)...........  118.66.................  138.95.................  493.21................  1,291.69..............  1,293.28.
CH4 (thousand tons CO2eq) *...  3,322.44...............  3,890.66...............  13,809.78.............  36,167.26.............  36,211.79.
SO2 (thousand tons)...........  2.40...................  3.11...................  2.74..................  7.13..................  7.52.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                   Value of Emissions Reduction (Total FFC Emissions)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CO2 (million 2015$) **........  83 to 1,213............  100 to 1,468...........  272 to 4,003..........  703 to 10,368.........  708 to 10,441.
NOX--3% discount rate (million  81 to 168..............  99 to 201..............  273 to 595............  701 to 1,535..........  706 to 1,543.
 2015$).
NOX--7% discount rate (million  29 to 66...............  35 to 80...............  95 to 215.............  243 to 549............  245 to 553.
 2015$).
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Parentheses indicate negative (-) values.
* CO2eq is the quantity of CO2 that would have the same global warming potential (GWP).
** Range of the economic value of CO2 reductions is based on estimates of the global benefit of reduced CO2 emissions.


                       Table V.41--NPV of Commercial Consumer Benefits by Equipment Class
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                            Trial standard level
                Equipment class                  Discount ------------------------------------------------------
                                                 rate (%)      1          2          3          4          5
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                   (billion 2015$)
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Small Gas-Fired Hot Water.....................          3      0.527      0.527      1.873      4.986      4.986
Commercial Packaged Boilers...................          7      0.114      0.114      0.163      0.898      0.898
Large Gas-Fired Hot Water.....................          3      0.115      0.183      0.183      2.009      2.009
Commercial Packaged Boilers...................          7      0.032      0.047      0.047      0.491      0.491
Small Oil-Fired Hot Water.....................          3      0.770      0.770      0.770      1.405      1.405
Commercial Packaged Boilers...................          7      0.242      0.242      0.242      0.324      0.324
Large Oil-Fired Hot Water.....................          3      0.044      0.140      0.140      0.190      0.205
Commercial Packaged Boilers...................          7      0.014      0.042      0.042      0.056      0.025
Small Gas-Fired Steam.........................          3      0.019      0.040      0.040      0.082      0.082
Commercial Packaged Boilers...................          7      0.005      0.010      0.010      0.017      0.017
Large Gas-Fired Steam.........................          3      0.027      0.043      0.043      0.084      0.084
Commercial Packaged Boilers...................          7      0.010      0.015      0.015      0.029      0.029
Small Oil-Fired Steam.........................          3      0.075      0.184      0.184      0.415      0.415
Commercial Packaged Boilers...................          7      0.024      0.058      0.058      0.125      0.125
Large Oil-Fired Steam.........................          3      0.030      0.089      0.089      0.174      0.174
Commercial Packaged Boilers...................          7      0.010      0.029      0.029      0.057      0.057
                                               -----------------------------------------------------------------
    Total--All Classes........................          3      1.607      1.977      3.323      9.347      9.361
                                                        7      0.451      0.558      0.606      1.997      1.966
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
* Parentheses indicate negative (-) values.


                    Table V.42--Summary of Analytical Results for Commercial Packaged Boiler TSLs: Manufacturer and Consumer Impacts
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
           Category                     TSL 1 *                  TSL 2 *                  TSL 3 *                 TSL 4 *                 TSL 5 *
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                  Manufacturer Impacts
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Industry NPV (million 2015$)    265.4 to 272.4.........  259.1 to 267.3.........  227.6 to 252.1........  160.9 to 235.3........  159.1 to 235.3.
 (No-new-standards case INPV =
 277.6).
Industry NPV (% change).......  (4.4) to (1.9).........  (6.7) to (3.7).........  (18.0) to (9.2).......  (42.0) to (15.2)......  (42.7) to (15.2).
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

[[Page 1673]]

 
                                                          Consumer Average LCC Savings (2015$)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Small Gas-Fired Hot Water       $212...................  $212...................  ($2,267)..............  ($2,267)..............  $945.
 Commercial Packaged Boilers.
Large Gas-Fired Hot Water       $1,307.................  $2,037.................  $2,037................  $16,952...............  $16,952.
 Commercial Packaged Boilers.
Small Oil-Fired Hot Water       $14,421................  $14,421................  $14,421...............  $22,934...............  $22,934.
 Commercial Packaged Boilers.
Large Oil-Fired Hot Water       $10,193................  $31,379................  $31,379...............  $41,902...............  $23,643.
 Commercial Packaged Boilers.
Small Gas-Fired Steam           $720...................  $1,002.................  $1,002................  $1,341................  $1,341.
 Commercial Packaged Boilers.
Large Gas-Fired Steam           $7,959.................  $11,188................  $11,188...............  $20,291...............  $20,291.
 Commercial Packaged Boilers.
Small Oil-Fired Steam           $2,409.................  $5,839.................  $5,839................  $12,779...............  $12,779.
 Commercial Packaged Boilers.
Large Oil-Fired Steam           $12,563................  $36,832................  $36,832...............  $70,909...............  $70,909.
 Commercial Packaged Boilers.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                               Consumer Simple PBP (years)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Small Gas-Fired Hot Water       10.1...................  10.1...................  17.4..................  17.4..................  15.4.
 Commercial Packaged Boilers.
Large Gas-Fired Hot Water       5.4....................  7.0....................  7.0...................  11.2..................  11.2.
 Commercial Packaged Boilers.
Small Oil-Fired Hot Water       4.1....................  4.1....................  4.1...................  8.5...................  8.5.
 Commercial Packaged Boilers.
Large Oil-Fired Hot Water       4.2....................  4.8....................  4.8...................  5.2...................  12.4.
 Commercial Packaged Boilers.
Small Gas-Fired Steam           9.5....................  10.1...................  10.1..................  11.3..................  11.3.
 Commercial Packaged Boilers.
Large Gas-Fired Steam           3.8....................  4.2....................  4.2...................  4.4...................  4.4.
 Commercial Packaged Boilers.
Small Oil-Fired Steam           3.8....................  4.0....................  4.0...................  4.9...................  4.9.
 Commercial Packaged Boilers.
Large Oil-Fired Steam           2.4....................  2.7....................  2.7...................  3.0...................  3.0.
 Commercial Packaged Boilers.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                         % of Consumers that Experience Net Cost
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Small Gas-Fired Hot Water       14%....................  14%....................  35%...................  35%...................  52%.
 Commercial Packaged Boilers.
Large Gas-Fired Hot Water       4%.....................  6%.....................  6%....................  33%...................  33%.
 Commercial Packaged Boilers.
Small Oil-Fired Hot Water       14%....................  14%....................  14%...................  42%...................  42%.
 Commercial Packaged Boilers.
Large Oil-Fired Hot Water       1%.....................  7%.....................  7%....................  10%...................  57%.
 Commercial Packaged Boilers.
Small Gas-Fired Steam           27%....................  41%....................  41%...................  54%...................  54%.
 Commercial Packaged Boilers.
Large Gas-Fired Steam           11%....................  15%....................  15%...................  21%...................  21%.
 Commercial Packaged Boilers.
Small Oil-Fired Steam           2%.....................  8%.....................  8%....................  14%...................  14%.
 Commercial Packaged Boilers.
Large Oil-Fired Steam           0%.....................  1%.....................  1%....................  3%....................  3%.
 Commercial Packaged Boilers.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
* Parentheses indicate negative (-) values.

    DOE first considered TSL 5, which represents the max-tech level for 
all the equipment classes and offers the potential for the highest 
cumulative energy savings through the analysis period from 2020 through 
2049. The estimated energy savings from TSL 5 are 2.11 quads of energy. 
TSL 5 has an estimated NPV of consumer benefit of $1.966 billion using 
a 7-percent discount rate, and $9.36 billion using a 3-percent discount 
rate.
    The cumulative emissions reductions at TSL 5 are 119 million metric 
tons of CO2, 7.52 thousand tons of SO2, 300 
thousand tons of NOX, 1,293 thousand tons of CH4, 
0.49 thousand ton of N2O, and an emissions increase of 
0.0008 ton of Hg. The estimated monetary value of the CO2 
emissions reductions at TSL 5 ranges from $708 million to $10,441 
million.
    At TSL 5, the average LCC savings range from $945 to $70,909 
depending on equipment class. The fraction of consumers incurring a net 
cost ranges from 3 percent for the large oil-fired steam CPB equipment 
class to 57 percent for the large oil-fired hot water CPB equipment 
class.
    At TSL 5, the projected change in INPV ranges from a decrease of 
$118.5 million to a decrease of $42.3 million, which corresponds to a 
change in INPV of -42.7 percent to -15.2 percent, respectively. The 
industry is expected to incur $56.4 million in total conversion costs 
at this level. Approximately 98.6 percent of industry equipment 
listings require redesign to meet this standard level today. At this 
level, manufacturers stated they will require additional engineering 
expertise and production lines, or possibly source parts from other 
manufacturers.
    Accordingly, the Secretary concludes that at TSL 5 for commercial 
packaged boilers, the benefits of energy savings, NPV of consumer 
benefits, emission reductions, and the estimated monetary value of the 
CO2 emissions reductions will be outweighed by the negative 
LCC savings for consumers of small gas-fired hot water commercial 
packaged boilers, the large number of consumers of small gas-fired hot 
water commercial packaged boilers, large oil-fired hot water commercial 
packaged boilers, and small gas-fired steam commercial packaged boilers 
incurring a net cost, and the large negative change in INPV for 
manufacturers. Consequently, DOE

[[Page 1674]]

has concluded that TSL 5 is not economically justified.
    DOE then considered TSL 4, which corresponds to the efficiency 
level within each equipment class that provides the highest consumer 
NPV at a 7-percent discount rate over the analysis period from 2020 
through 2049. The estimated energy savings from TSL 4 are 2.096 quad of 
energy. TSL 4 has an estimated NPV of consumer benefit of $2.0 billion 
using a 7-percent discount rate, and $9.35 billion using a 3-percent 
discount rate.
    The cumulative emissions reductions at TSL 4 are 118 million metric 
tons of CO2, 7.1 thousand tons of SO2, 298 
thousand tons of NOX, 1,292 thousand tons of CH4, 
0.48 thousand ton of N2O, and an emissions increase of 
0.0008 ton of Hg. The estimated monetary value of the CO2 
emissions reductions at TSL 4 ranges from $703 million to $10,368 
million.
    At TSL 4, the average LCC savings range from -$2,267 to $70,909 
depending on equipment class. The fraction of consumers incurring a net 
cost ranges from 3 percent for the large oil-fired steam CPB equipment 
class to 54 percent for the small gas-fired steam CPB equipment class.
    At TSL 4, the projected change in INPV ranges from a decrease of 
$116.7 million to a decrease in $42.3 million, which corresponds to a 
change of -42.0 percent to -15.2 percent, respectively. The industry is 
expected to incur $55.2 million in total conversion costs at this 
level. Approximately 88.3 percent of industry equipment listings 
require redesign to meet this standard level today.
    Accordingly, the Secretary concludes that at TSL 4 for commercial 
packaged boilers, the benefits of energy savings, NPV of consumer 
benefits, emission reductions, and the estimated monetary value of the 
CO2 emissions reductions will be outweighed by the negative 
LCC savings for consumers of small gas-fired hot water commercial 
packaged boilers, the large percentage of small gas-fired steam and 
small gas-fired hot water CPB consumers incurring a net cost, and the 
reduction in INPV for manufacturers. Consequently, DOE has concluded 
that TSL 4 is not economically justified.
    DOE then considered TSL 3, which corresponds to the intermediate 
level with both condensing and high efficiency non-condensing standard 
levels, depending on equipment class, and offers the potential for 
significant cumulative energy savings over the analysis period from 
2020 through 2049. The estimated energy savings from TSL 3 are 0.80 
quad of energy. TSL 3 has an estimated NPV of consumer benefit of $0.61 
billion using a 7-percent discount rate, and $3.32 billion using a 3-
percent discount rate.
    The cumulative emissions reductions at TSL 3 are 45 million metric 
tons of CO2, 2.74 thousand tons of SO2, 115 
thousand tons of NOX, 493 thousand tons of CH4, 
and 0.19 thousand ton of N2O, and an emissions increase of 
0.0014 ton of Hg. The estimated monetary value of the CO2 
emissions reductions at TSL 3 ranges from $272 million to $4,003 
million.
    At TSL 3, the average LCC savings range from -$2,267 to $36,832, 
depending on equipment class. The fraction of consumers incurring a net 
cost ranges from 1 percent for the large oil-fired steam CPB equipment 
class to 41 percent for the small gas-fired steam CPB equipment class.
    At TSL 3, the projected INPV ranges from a decrease of $50.0 
million to a decrease of $25.5 million, which corresponds to a change 
of -18.0 percent to -9.2 percent, respectively. The industry is 
expected to incur $40.5 million in total conversion costs at this 
level. Approximately 70.5 percent of industry equipment listings 
require redesign to meet this standard level today.
    Accordingly, the Secretary concludes that at TSL 3 for commercial 
packaged boilers, the benefits of energy savings, NPV of consumer 
benefits, emission reductions, and the estimated monetary value of the 
CO2 emissions reductions will be outweighed by the large 
negative average life-cycle-cost savings (i.e., costs to the consumer) 
of the small gas-fired hot water CPB equipment class consumers and the 
large percentage of industry listings requiring redesign to meet this 
standard level today. Consequently, DOE has concluded that TSL 3 is not 
economically justified.
    TSL 2 corresponds to the intermediate level with only non-
condensing standard levels and offers the potential for significant 
cumulative energy savings over the analysis period from 2020 through 
2049. The estimated energy savings from TSL 2 are 0.27 quad of energy. 
TSL 2 has an estimated NPV of consumer benefit of $0.56 billion using a 
7-percent discount rate, and $1.98 billion using a 3-percent discount 
rate.
    The cumulative emissions reductions at TSL 2 are 16 million metric 
tons of CO2, 3.1 thousand tons of SO2, 41 
thousand tons of NOX, 0.0003 ton of Hg, 139 thousand tons of 
CH4, and 0.14 thousand ton of N2O. The estimated 
monetary value of the CO2 emissions reductions at TSL 2 
ranges from $100 million to $1,468 million.
    At TSL 2, the average LCC savings range from $212 to $36,832, 
depending on equipment class. The fraction of consumers incurring a net 
cost ranges from 1 percent for the large oil-fired steam CPB equipment 
class to 41 percent for the small gas-fired steam CPB equipment class.
    At TSL 2, the projected INPV ranges from a decrease of $18.5 
million to a decrease of $10.3 million, which corresponds to a change 
of -6.7 percent to -3.7 percent, respectively. The industry is expected 
to incur $21.2 million in total conversion costs at this level. 
Approximately 45.7 percent of industry equipment listings require 
redesign to meet this standard level today.
    Accordingly, the Secretary concludes that at TSL 2 for commercial 
packaged boilers, the benefits of energy savings, NPV of consumer 
benefits, emission reductions, and the estimated monetary value of the 
CO2 emissions reductions will outweigh the negative change 
in INPV for manufacturers. Consequently, DOE has concluded that TSL 2 
is economically justified.
    After carefully considering the analysis results and weighing the 
benefits and burdens of TSL 2, and based on clear and convincing 
evidence, setting the standards for commercial packaged boilers at TSL 
2 represents a significant improvement in energy efficiency that is 
technologically feasible and economically justified, as defined under 
EPCA at 42 U.S.C. 6313(a). TSL 2 is technologically feasible because 
the technologies required to achieve these levels already exist in the 
current market and are available from multiple manufacturers. TSL 2 is 
economically justified because the benefits to the Nation in the form 
of energy savings, consumer NPV at 3-percent and 7-percent discount 
rates, and emissions reductions outweigh the costs associated with 
reduced INPV. This is the case for each of the low, primary and high 
economic cases examined, indicating even under the conservative 
estimations used in the low economic case the standards are still 
economically justified. Therefore, DOE adopts amended energy 
conservation standards for commercial packaged boilers at the levels 
established by TSL 2 and presented in Table V.43.

[[Page 1675]]



 Table V.43--Amended Energy Conservation Standards for Commercial Packaged Boilers (Compliance Required Starting
                               [Date Three Years After Publication of Final Rule])
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                Energy conservation standards
                                                                           -------------------------------------
                                 Equipment                                                          Minimum
                                                                             Minimum thermal       combustion
                                                                              efficiency (%)     efficiency (%)
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Small Gas-Fired Hot Water Commercial Packaged Boilers.....................                 84                n/a
Large Gas-Fired Hot Water Commercial Packaged Boilers.....................                n/a                 85
Small Oil-Fired Hot Water Commercial Packaged Boilers.....................                 87                n/a
Large Oil-Fired Hot Water Commercial Packaged Boilers.....................                n/a                 88
Small Gas-Fired Steam Commercial Packaged Boilers.........................                 81                n/a
Large Gas-Fired Steam Commercial Packaged Boilers.........................                 82                n/a
Small Oil-Fired Steam Commercial Packaged Boilers.........................                 84                n/a
Large Oil-Fired Steam Commercial Packaged Boilers.........................                 85                n/a
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

2. Summary of Benefits and Costs (Annualized) of the Adopted Standards
    The benefits and costs of the adopted standards can also be 
expressed in terms of annualized values. The annualized net benefit is 
the sum of (1) the annualized national economic value (expressed in 
2015$) of the benefits from consumer operation of equipment that meets 
the adopted standards (consisting primarily of operating cost savings 
from using less energy, minus increases in equipment purchase and 
installation costs), and (2) the annualized monetary value of the 
CO2 and NOX emission reductions.\96\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \96\ To convert the time-series of costs and benefits into 
annualized values, DOE calculated a present value in 2016, the year 
used for discounting the NPV of total consumer costs and savings. 
For the benefits, DOE calculated a present value associated with 
each year's shipments in the year in which the shipments occur 
(2020, 2030, etc.), and then discounted the present value from each 
year to 2016. The calculation uses discount rates of 3 and 7 percent 
for all costs and benefits except for the value of CO2 
reductions, for which DOE used case-specific discount rates. Using 
the present value, DOE then calculated the fixed annual payment over 
a 30-year period, starting in the compliance year that yields the 
same present value.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Table V.44 shows the annualized values for commercial packaged 
boilers under TSL 2, expressed in 2015$. The results under the primary 
estimate are as follows. Using a 7-percent discount rate for benefits 
and costs other than CO2 reductions (for which DOE used a 3-
percent discount rate along with the average SCC series corresponding 
to a value of $40.6/t in 2015 (2015$)), the estimated cost of the 
adopted standards for CPB equipment is $35 million per year in 
increased equipment costs, while the estimated benefits are $90 million 
per year in reduced equipment operating costs, $27 million per year in 
CO2 reductions, and $3.5 million per year in reduced 
NOX emissions. In this case, the net benefit amounts to $85 
million per year.
    Using a 3-percent discount rate for all benefits and costs and the 
average SCC series corresponding to a value of $40.6/t in 2015 (in 
2015$), the estimated cost of the adopted standards for commercial 
packaged boilers is $34 million per year in increased equipment costs, 
while the estimated annual benefits are $144 million in reduced 
operating costs, $27 million in CO2 reductions, and $5.5 
million in reduced NOX emissions. In this case, the net 
benefit would amount to $143 million per year.

             Table V.44--Selected Categories of Annualized Benefits and Costs of Adopted Standards (TSL 2) for Commercial Packaged Boilers *
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                                          Low net benefits          High net benefits
                                                 Discount rate                  Primary estimate              estimate                  estimate
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                        (million 2015$/year)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                        Benefits
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Consumer Operating Cost Savings *..  7%...................................  90......................  80......................  98.
                                     3%...................................  144.....................  128.....................  160.
CO2 Reduction Monetized Value        5%...................................  8.......................  7.......................  8.
 (using mean SCC at 5% discount
 rate) * **.
CO2 Reduction Monetized Value        3%...................................  27......................  24......................  29.
 (using mean SCC at 3% discount
 rate) * **.
CO2 Reduction Monetized Value        2.5%.................................  40......................  36......................  43.
 (using mean SCC at 2.5% discount
 rate) * **.
CO2 Reduction Monetized Value        3%...................................  82......................  74......................  89.
 (using 95th percentile SCC at 3%
 discount rate) * **.
NOX Reduction Value [dagger].......  7%...................................  3.......................  3.......................  9.
                                     3%...................................  5.......................  5.......................  12.
Total Benefits [Dagger]............  7% plus CO2 range....................  101 to 175..............  90 to 158...............  115 to 196.
                                     7%...................................  120.....................  108.....................  136.
                                     3% plus CO2 range....................  157 to 231..............  140 to 208..............  180 to 261.
                                     3%...................................  177.....................  158.....................  201.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

[[Page 1676]]

 
                                                                          Costs
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Consumer Incremental...............  7%...................................  35......................  31......................  37.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 Equipment Costs                     3%...................................  34......................  31......................  37.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                      Net Benefits
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Total [Dagger].................  7% plus CO2 range....................  66 to 140...............  59 to 127...............  78 to 158.
                                     7%...................................  85......................  77......................  99.
                                     3% plus CO2 range....................  123 to 198..............  109 to 177..............  144 to 224.
                                     3%...................................  143.....................  127.....................  165.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
* This table presents the annualized costs and benefits associated with commercial packaged boilers shipped in 2020-2049. These results include benefits
  to consumers that accrue after 2049 from the equipment purchased in 2020-2049. The incremental installed costs include incremental equipment cost as
  well as installation costs. The CO2 reduction benefits are global benefits due to actions that occur nationally. The Primary, Low Benefits, and High
  Benefits Estimates utilize projections of building stock and energy prices from the AEO2016 No-CPP case, a Low Economic Growth case, and a High
  Economic Growth case, respectively. In addition, DOE used a constant equipment price assumption as the default price projection; the cost to
  manufacture a given unit of higher efficiency neither increases nor decreases over time. The equipment price projection is described in section IV.F.1
  of this document and chapter 8 of the NOPR technical support document (TSD). In addition, DOE used estimates for equipment efficiency distribution in
  its analysis based on national data supplied by industry. Purchases of higher efficiency equipment are a result of many different factors unique to
  each consumer including boiler heating loads, installation costs, site environmental consideration, and others. For each consumer, all other factors
  being the same, it would be anticipated that higher efficiency purchases in the baseline would correlate positively with higher energy prices. To the
  extent that this occurs, it would be expected to result in some lowering of the consumer operating cost savings from those calculated in this rule.
** The CO2 reduction benefits are calculated using 4 different sets of SCC values. The first three use the average SCC calculated using 5-percent, 3-
  percent, and 2.5-percent discount rates, respectively. The fourth represents the 95th percentile of the SCC distribution calculated using a 3-percent
  discount rate. The SCC values are emission year specific. See section IV.L.1 for more details.
[dagger] DOE estimated the monetized value of NOX emissions reductions associated with electricity savings using benefit per ton estimates from the
  Regulatory Impact Analysis for the Clean Power Plan Final Rule, published in August 2015 by EPA's Office of Air Quality Planning and Standards.
  (Available at www.epa.gov/cleanpowerplan/clean-power-plan-final-rule-regulatory-impact-analysis.) See section IV.L.2 for further discussion. For the
  Primary Estimate and Low Net Benefits Estimate, DOE used national benefit-per-ton estimates for NOX emitted from the Electric Generating Unit sector
  based on an estimate of premature mortality derived from the ACS study (Krewski et al. 2009). For the High Net Benefits Estimate, the benefit-per-ton
  estimates were based on the Six Cities study (Lepuele et al. 2011); these are nearly two-and-a-half times larger than those from the ACS study
[Dagger] Total Benefits for both the 3-percent and 7-percent cases are presented using only the average SCC with 3-percent discount rate.

VI. Procedural Issues and Regulatory Review

A. Review Under Executive Orders 12866 and 13563

    Section 1(b)(1) of Executive Order 12866, ``Regulatory Planning and 
Review,'' 58 FR 51735 (Oct. 4, 1993), requires each agency to identify 
the problem that it intends to address, including, where applicable, 
the failures of private markets or public institutions that warrant new 
agency action, as well as to assess the significance of that problem. 
The problems that this standards address are as follows:
    (1) Insufficient information and the high costs of gathering and 
analyzing relevant information leads some consumers to miss 
opportunities to make cost-effective investments in energy efficiency.
    (2) In some cases the benefits of more efficient equipment are not 
realized due to misaligned incentives between purchasers and users. An 
example of such a case is when the equipment purchase decision is made 
by a building contractor or building owner who does not pay the energy 
costs.
    (3) There are external benefits resulting from improved energy 
efficiency of commercial packaged boilers that are not captured by the 
users of such equipment. These benefits include externalities related 
to public health, environmental protection and national energy security 
that are not reflected in energy prices, such as reduced emissions of 
air pollutants and greenhouse gases that impact human health and global 
warming. DOE attempts to qualify some of the external benefits through 
use of social cost of carbon values.
    The Administrator of the Office of Information and Regulatory 
Affairs (OIRA) in the OMB has determined that the regulatory action in 
this document is a significant regulatory action under Executive Order 
12866. Accordingly, pursuant to section 6(a)(3)(B) of the Order, DOE 
has provided to OIRA: (i) The text of the draft regulatory action, 
together with a reasonably detailed description of the need for the 
regulatory action and an explanation of how the regulatory action will 
meet that need; and (ii) An assessment of the potential costs and 
benefits of the regulatory action, including an explanation of the 
manner in which the regulatory action is consistent with a statutory 
mandate. DOE has included these documents in the rulemaking record.
    In addition, the Administrator of OIRA has determined that the 
regulatory action is an ``economically significant regulatory action'' 
under section (3)(f)(1) of Executive Order 12866. Accordingly, pursuant 
to section 6(a)(3)(C) of the Order, DOE has provided to OIRA an 
assessment, including the underlying analysis, of benefits and costs 
anticipated from the regulatory action, together with, to the extent 
feasible, a quantification of those costs; and an assessment, including 
the underlying analysis, of costs and benefits of potentially effective 
and reasonably feasible alternatives to the planned regulation, and an 
explanation why the planned regulatory action is preferable

[[Page 1677]]

to the identified potential alternatives. These assessments can be 
found in chapter 17 of the technical support document for this 
rulemaking.\97\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \97\ See https://www.regulations.gov/document?D=EERE-2013-BT-STD-0030-0044.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    DOE has also reviewed this regulation pursuant to Executive Order 
13563. 76 FR 3281 (Jan. 21, 2011). Executive Order 13563 is 
supplemental to and explicitly reaffirms the principles, structures, 
and definitions governing regulatory review established in Executive 
Order 12866. To the extent permitted by law, agencies are required by 
Executive Order 13563 to: (1) Propose or adopt a regulation only upon a 
reasoned determination that its benefits justify its costs (recognizing 
that some benefits and costs are difficult to quantify); (2) tailor 
regulations to impose the least burden on society, consistent with 
obtaining regulatory objectives, taking into account, among other 
things, and to the extent practicable, the costs of cumulative 
regulations; (3) select, in choosing among alternative regulatory 
approaches, those approaches that maximize net benefits (including 
potential economic, environmental, public health and safety, and other 
advantages; distributive impacts; and equity); (4) to the extent 
feasible, specify performance objectives, rather than specifying the 
behavior or manner of compliance that regulated entities must adopt; 
and (5) identify and assess available alternatives to direct 
regulation, including providing economic incentives to encourage the 
desired behavior, such as user fees or marketable permits, or providing 
information upon which choices can be made by the public.
    DOE emphasizes as well that Executive Order 13563 requires agencies 
to use the best available techniques to quantify anticipated present 
and future benefits and costs as accurately as possible. In its 
guidance, the OIRA has emphasized that such techniques may include 
identifying changing future compliance costs that might result from 
technological innovation or anticipated behavioral changes. For the 
reasons stated in the preamble, DOE concludes that this final rule is 
consistent with these principles, including the requirement that, to 
the extent permitted by law, benefits justify costs.

B. Review Under the Regulatory Flexibility Act

    The Regulatory Flexibility Act (5 U.S.C. 601 et seq.) requires 
preparation of an initial regulatory flexibility analysis (IRFA) and a 
final regulatory flexibility analysis (FRFA) for any rule that by law 
must be proposed for public comment, unless the agency certifies that 
the rule, if promulgated, will not have a significant economic impact 
on a substantial number of small entities. As required by Executive 
Order 13272, ``Proper Consideration of Small Entities in Agency 
Rulemaking,'' 67 FR 53461 (August 16, 2002), DOE published procedures 
and policies on February 19, 2003, to ensure that the potential impacts 
of its rules on domestic small entities are properly considered during 
the rulemaking process. 68 FR 7990. DOE has made its procedures and 
policies available on the Office of the General Counsel's website 
(https://energy.gov/gc/office-general-counsel). DOE published an IRFA in 
a notice of proposed rule published on March 24, 2016. 81 FR 15836. The 
Department requested comment on the IRFA and has prepared the following 
FRFA:
1. Need for, Objectives of, and Legal Basis for, the Rule
    A statement of the need for, objectives of, and legal basis for, 
the rule is stated in section II.A and not repeated here.
2. Significant Issues Raised In Response to the IRFA
    As part of the IRFA, DOE requested comment on financial, sales, and 
market share data from small manufacturers. In response to the request 
for comment, ABMA stated that it believes that the proposed standards 
included in the March 2016 NOPR, if adopted, will have an adverse 
effect on the financial well-being of all boiler manufacturing 
companies, with a proportionally greater impact on the smaller 
companies, operating in what is a very competitive marketplace. (ABMA, 
No. 64 at p. 3) However, ABMA did not provide any additional data 
regarding the finances, sales, or market share of small manufacturers 
that would allow DOE to refine its analysis. Lochinvar recommended DOE 
consult with AHRI on whether or not small manufacturers are accurately 
covered by its directory or other available sources. (Lochinvar, No. 70 
at p. 6) DOE used AHRI's equipment directory and discussions with the 
manufacturers of the equipment as a resources to compile its small 
manufacturer list for the IRFA. Additionally, DOE asked all 
participants at the NOPR public meeting, including AHRI, for additional 
information on small manufacturers. Raypak noted that the 11 small 
manufacturers that are not part of AHRI or ABMA comprise 25 percent of 
the total marketplace. (Raypak, No. 72 at p. 3)
    During the NOPR stage DOE used equipment listings from AHRI, 
information from the ABMA trade association website, company websites, 
and market research tools to identify small manufacturers. For the 
final rule analysis, DOE did not rely on AHRI data for the quantitative 
analysis behind this FRFA. Rather, DOE based its analysis on listings 
in the Compliance Certification Database,\98\ which is the database 
that houses certified values submitted by manufacturers of covered 
equipment subject to Federal energy conservation standards. The 
equipment information in the Compliance Certification Database 
represents the entire market of covered equipment that is legally sold 
in the United States.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \98\ DOE Compliance Certification Database. https://www.regulations.doe.gov/certification-data/#q=Product_Group_s%3A*.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    AHRI commented that utility data on rebate programs would be useful 
for the Regulatory Impact Analysis (RIA). (AHRI, Public Meeting 
Transcript, No. 61 at p. 215) PG&E commented that they could provide 
data on the effectiveness of utility rebate programs. (PG&E, Public 
Meeting Transcript, No. 61 at p. 215) Raypak noted that rebates on high 
efficiency boilers might encourage people to use them even in 
applications where such boilers are not operating at the high 
efficiency. (Raypak, Public Meeting Transcript, No. 61 at pp. 216-217)
    DOE notes that it does consider rebate programs as an alternative 
to amended standards in its RIA. While it did not receive data on the 
effectiveness of utility rebates programs, rebates are still considered 
in this final rule among other alternatives evaluated. More information 
regarding the RIA may be found in chapter 17 of the final rule TSD. DOE 
also notes that the method of evaluating the impact of these non-
regulatory alternatives considers that certain purchases of high 
efficiency/condensing boilers may not operate at, or near, their rated 
efficiencies.
3. Description and Estimate of the Number of Small Entities Affected
a. Methodology for Estimating the Number of Small Entities
    For manufacturers of CPB equipment, the Small Business 
Administration (SBA) has set a size threshold, which defines those 
entities classified as ``small businesses'' for the purposes of the 
statute. DOE used the SBA's small business size standards to determine 
whether any small entities would be subject to the requirements of the 
rule. (See 13 CFR part 121.) The size standards are listed by North 
American Industry Classification System (NAICS) code and industry 
description and are

[[Page 1678]]

available at https://www.sba.gov/sites/default/files/files/Size_Standards_Table.pdf. Manufacturing of commercial packaged boilers 
is classified under NAICS 333414, ``Heating Equipment (except Warm Air 
Furnaces) Manufacturing.'' The SBA sets a threshold of 500 employees or 
fewer for an entity to be considered as a small business for this 
category.
    To identify and estimate the total number of companies that could 
be small business manufacturers of equipment covered by this 
rulemaking, DOE conducted a market survey using publicly available 
information to identify potential small manufacturers. DOE's research 
involved its Compliance Certification Database, the AHRI Directory,\99\ 
individual company and trade association websites, and market research 
tools (e.g., Hoovers reports) to create a list of companies that 
manufacture or sell equipment covered by this rulemaking. DOE also 
asked stakeholders and industry representatives if they were aware of 
any other small manufacturers during manufacturer interviews and at DOE 
public meetings. DOE screened out companies that do not offer equipment 
covered by this rulemaking, do not meet the definition of a ``small 
business,'' or do not manufacture the covered equipment in the United 
States.
    DOE identified 45 manufacturers of CPBs affected by this 
rulemaking. Of these, DOE identified 21 as small manufacturers that met 
the screening requirements.
    DOE attempted to contact all the small business manufacturers of 
CPB equipment it had identified. Five of the 21 identified small 
businesses agreed to take part in an MIA interview. DOE also obtained 
information about small business impacts while interviewing large 
manufacturers.
4. Description and Estimate of Compliance Requirements, Including 
Differences in Cost, If Any, for Different Groups of Small Entities
    The Compliance Certification Database, which provided quantitative 
data for the basis of this FRFA, contained equipment information for 
only 8 small manufacturers of CPBs in the market. The equipment 
distribution in the Compliance Certification Database is representative 
of the all CPB equipment legally sold in the United States and is the 
basis for the quantitative analysis of small businesses.
    At higher trial standard levels, an increasing number of small 
manufacturer have no models that are able to meet the evaluated levels. 
Table VI.1 shows the number of small business manufacturers that have 
equipment on the market today that could meet the trial standard 
levels. Table VI.1 illustrates that as the standard level increases, 
smaller manufacturers, as a group, may have a harder time meeting the 
energy conservation standard.

 Table VI.1--Number of Small Manufacturers With Compliant Model Listings
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                            Number  of
                     Standard level                            small
                                                           manufacturers
------------------------------------------------------------------------
No-New STD..............................................               8
TSL 1...................................................               8
TSL 2...................................................               8
TSL 3...................................................               8
TSL 4...................................................               7
TSL 5...................................................               2
------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Additionally, DOE performed a more detail examination of impacts by 
equipment class. Table VI.2 shows the number of manufacturers in each 
equipment class able to meet trial standard levels with existing 
equipment offerings.

                            Table VI.2--Number of Small Manufacturers With Listings Compliant at the Analyzed Standard Levels
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                      Number of small business manufacturers with compliant equipment
                 Standard level                  -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                      SGHW         LGHW         SOHW         LOHW         SGST         LGST         SOST         LOST
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No-New STD......................................            8            4            3            3            4            1            3            2
TSL 1...........................................            8            2            1            1            2            1            3            2
TSL 2...........................................            8            2            1            1            2            1            3            2
TSL 3...........................................            7            2            1            1            2            1            3            2
TSL 4...........................................            7            0            0            1            1            0            0            0
TSL 5...........................................            0            0            0            1            1            0            0            0
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    At TSL 5, there are multiple equipment classes where no small 
manufacturers currently offer equipment that meets the efficiency 
level. Specifically, no small manufacturers have designs that could 
meet TSL in the small gas hot water, large gas hot water, small oil hot 
water, large gas steam, small oil steam, or large oil steam equipment 
classes. Similarly at TSL 4, small manufacturers do not currently have 
product offerings meeting the levels for most equipment classes. At TSL 
3, TSL 2, and TSL 1, the number of small manufacturers that currently 
have compliant listings is reduced, but there are small manufacturers 
with existing equipment offerings meeting the efficiency level for 
every equipment class analyzed.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \99\ See www.ahridirectory.org/ahriDirectory/pages/home.aspx.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    To estimate the maximum potential costs to the industry, DOE's 
conversion cost model assumes manufacturers will choose to redesign all 
non-compliant models. Manufacturers, including small manufacturers, 
with no equipment compliant with the amended standard would redesign 
all models to offer a full suite of equipment. DOE used model counts to 
disaggregate conversion costs for the small manufacturers in the 
Compliance Certification Database. Small manufacturers accounted for 21 
percent of models. At the adopted standard, small manufacturers in the 
Compliance Certification Database would have conversion costs totaling 
$4.5 million. This averages out to $0.56 million in conversion costs 
per small manufacturer. Using publicly available information from 
Hoovers, Manta, and Glassdoor, DOE estimated revenues for small 
manufacturers listed in the Compliance Certification Database. The 
average annual revenue was $29.6 million. Based on this information, 
DOE estimated conversion costs to be 0.63 percent of revenue over the 
three-year conversion period.
    For gas-fired commercial packaged boilers, DOE's engineering 
analysis concludes that no proprietary technology is required to meet 
today's amended standard level. Manufacturers would likely need to 
adopt one or a combination of different technology options: (1) Heat 
exchanger

[[Page 1679]]

improvements (including upgrading mechanical draft or condensing heat 
exchangers); (2) improvements in burner technology; or (3) using oxygen 
trim systems.
    DOE notes that the market for oil-fired commercial packaged boilers 
is shrinking. Some manufacturers, both small and large, may choose not 
to invest in equipment redesign given the small market size and 
projected decline in shipments. For manufacturers that do stay in the 
oil-fired market, DOE's analysis indicates that there are no 
proprietary technologies required to meet TSL 2. Manufacturers would 
likely need to adopt one or a combination of different technology 
options: (1) Heat exchanger improvements (including upgrading to 
mechanical draft heat exchangers); (2) improvements in burner 
technology; or (3) using oxygen trim systems.
5. Significant Alternatives to the Rule
    The discussion above analyzes impacts on small businesses that 
would result from the adopted standards. In addition to considering 
other TSLs in this rulemaking, DOE considered several policy 
alternatives in lieu of standards that could potentially result in 
energy savings while reducing burdens on small businesses. DOE 
considered the following policy alternatives: (1) No change in 
standard; (2) commercial consumer rebates; (3) commercial consumer tax 
credits; (4) voluntary energy efficiency targets; and (5) early 
replacement. While these alternatives may mitigate to some varying 
extent the economic impacts on small entities compared to the 
standards, DOE determined that the energy savings of these alternatives 
are significantly smaller than those that would be expected to result 
from the adopted standard levels. Accordingly, DOE is declining to 
adopt any of these alternatives and is adopting the standards set forth 
in this rulemaking. (See chapter 17 of the final rule TSD for further 
detail on the policy alternatives DOE considered.)
    In reviewing alternatives to the final rule, DOE examined energy 
conservation standards set at other trial standard levels. At levels 
above TSL 2, the impacts to small manufacturers would be more severe. 
While TSL 1 would reduce the impacts on small business manufacturers, 
it would come at the expense of a reduction in energy savings. DOE 
concludes that establishing standards at TSL 2 balances the benefits of 
the energy savings at TSL 2 with the potential burdens placed on 
commercial packaged boiler manufacturers, including small business 
manufacturers.
    Additional compliance flexibilities may be available through other 
means. EPCA provides that a manufacturer whose annual gross revenue 
from all of its operations does not exceed $8 million may apply for an 
exemption from all or part of an energy conservation standard for a 
period not longer than 24 months after the effective date of a final 
rule establishing the standard. Additionally, section 504 of the 
Department of Energy Organization Act, 42 U.S.C. 7194, provides 
authority for the Secretary to adjust a rule issued under EPCA in order 
to prevent ``special hardship, inequity, or unfair distribution of 
burdens'' that may be imposed on that manufacturer as a result of such 
rule. Manufacturers should refer to 10 CFR part 430, subpart E, and 10 
CFR part 1003 for additional details.

C. Review Under the Paperwork Reduction Act

    Manufacturers of commercial packaged boilers must certify to DOE 
that their equipment comply with any applicable energy conservation 
standards. In certifying compliance, manufacturers must test their 
equipment according to the DOE test procedures for commercial packaged 
boilers, including any amendments adopted for those test procedures. 
DOE has established regulations for the certification and recordkeeping 
requirements for all covered consumer equipment and commercial 
equipment, including commercial packaged boilers. 76 FR 12422 (March 7, 
2011). The collection-of-information requirement for the certification 
and recordkeeping is subject to review and approval by OMB under the 
Paperwork Reduction Act (PRA). This requirement has been approved by 
OMB under OMB control number 1910-1400. DOE requested OMB approval of 
an extension of this information collection for three years, 
specifically including the collection of information proposed in the 
present rulemaking, and estimated that the annual number of burden 
hours under this extension is 30 hours per company. In response to 
DOE's request, OMB approved DOE's information collection requirements 
covered under OMB control number 1910-1400 through November 30, 2017. 
80 FR 5099 (January 30, 2015).
    Notwithstanding any other provision of the law, no person is 
required to respond to, nor shall any person be subject to a penalty 
for failure to comply with, a collection of information subject to the 
requirements of the PRA, unless that collection of information displays 
a currently valid OMB Control Number.

D. Review Under the National Environmental Policy Act of 1969

    Pursuant to the National Environmental Policy Act (NEPA) of 1969, 
DOE has determined that this rule fits within the category of actions 
included in Categorical Exclusion (CX) B5.1 and otherwise meets the 
requirements for application of a CX. (See 10 CFR part 1021, App. B, 
B5.1(b); 1021.410(b) and Appendix B, B(1)-(5).) The rule fits within 
the category of actions because it is a rulemaking that establishes 
energy conservation standards for consumer equipment or industrial 
equipment, and for which none of the exceptions identified in CX 
B5.1(b) apply. Therefore, DOE has made a CX determination for this 
rulemaking, and DOE does not need to prepare an Environmental 
Assessment or Environmental Impact Statement for this rule. DOE's CX 
determination for this rule is available at https://energy.gov/nepa/categorical-exclusion-cx-determinations-cx.

E. Review Under Executive Order 13132

    Executive Order 13132, ``Federalism,'' 64 FR 43255 (Aug. 10, 1999), 
imposes certain requirements on Federal agencies formulating and 
implementing policies or regulations that preempt State law or that 
have Federalism implications. The Executive Order requires agencies to 
examine the constitutional and statutory authority supporting any 
action that would limit the policymaking discretion of the States and 
to carefully assess the necessity for such actions. The Executive Order 
also requires agencies to have an accountable process to ensure 
meaningful and timely input by State and local officials in the 
development of regulatory policies that have Federalism implications. 
On March 14, 2000, DOE published a statement of policy describing the 
intergovernmental consultation process it will follow in the 
development of such regulations. 65 FR 13735. DOE has examined this 
rule and has determined that it would not have a substantial direct 
effect on the States, on the relationship between the national 
government and the States, or on the distribution of power and 
responsibilities among the various levels of government. EPCA governs 
and prescribes Federal preemption of State regulations as to energy 
conservation for the equipment that is the subject of this final rule. 
States can petition DOE for exemption from such preemption to the 
extent, and based on criteria, set forth in

[[Page 1680]]

EPCA. (42 U.S.C. 6297) No further action is required by Executive Order 
13132.

F. Review Under Executive Order 12988

    With respect to the review of existing regulations and the 
promulgation of new regulations, section 3(a) of Executive Order 12988, 
``Civil Justice Reform,'' imposes on Federal agencies the general duty 
to adhere to the following requirements: (1) Eliminate drafting errors 
and ambiguity, (2) write regulations to minimize litigation, and (3) 
provide a clear legal standard for affected conduct rather than a 
general standard and promote simplification and burden reduction. 61 FR 
4729 (Feb. 7, 1996). Section 3(b) of Executive Order 12988 specifically 
requires that Executive agencies make every reasonable effort to ensure 
that the regulation (1) clearly specifies the preemptive effect, if 
any, (2) clearly specifies any effect on existing Federal law or 
regulation, (3) provides a clear legal standard for affected conduct 
while promoting simplification and burden reduction, (4) specifies the 
retroactive effect, if any, (5) adequately defines key terms, and (6) 
addresses other important issues affecting clarity and general 
draftsmanship under any guidelines issued by the Attorney General. 
Section 3(c) of Executive Order 12988 requires Executive agencies to 
review regulations in light of applicable standards in section 3(a) and 
section 3(b) to determine whether they are met or it is unreasonable to 
meet one or more of them. DOE has completed the required review and 
determined that, to the extent permitted by law, this final rule meets 
the relevant standards of Executive Order 12988.

G. Review Under the Unfunded Mandates Reform Act of 1995

    Title II of the Unfunded Mandates Reform Act of 1995 (UMRA) 
requires each Federal agency to assess the effects of Federal 
regulatory actions on State, local, and Tribal governments and the 
private sector. Public Law 104-4, sec. 201 (codified at 2 U.S.C. 1531). 
For a regulatory action likely to result in a rule that may cause the 
expenditure by State, local, and Tribal governments, in the aggregate, 
or by the private sector of $100 million or more in any one year 
(adjusted annually for inflation), section 202 of UMRA requires a 
Federal agency to publish a written statement that estimates the 
resulting costs, benefits, and other effects on the national economy. 
(2 U.S.C. 1532(a), (b)) The UMRA also requires a Federal agency to 
develop an effective process to permit timely input by elected officers 
of State, local, and Tribal governments on a ``significant 
intergovernmental mandate,'' and requires an agency plan for giving 
notice and opportunity for timely input to potentially affected small 
governments before establishing any requirements that might 
significantly or uniquely affect them. On March 18, 1997, DOE published 
a statement of policy on its process for intergovernmental consultation 
under UMRA. 62 FR 12820. DOE's policy statement is also available at 
https://energy.gov/sites/prod/files/gcprod/documents/umra_97.pdf.
    DOE has concluded that this final rule may require expenditures of 
$100 million or more by the private sector. Such expenditures may 
include (1) investment in research and development and in capital 
expenditures by commercial packaged boilers manufacturers in the years 
between the final rule and the compliance date for the new standards, 
and (2) incremental additional expenditures by consumers to purchase 
higher-efficiency commercial packaged boilers, starting at the 
compliance date for the applicable standard.
    Section 202 of UMRA authorizes a Federal agency to respond to the 
content requirements of UMRA in any other statement or analysis that 
accompanies the final rule. (2 U.S.C. 1532(c)) The content requirements 
of section 202(b) of UMRA relevant to a private sector mandate 
substantially overlap the economic analysis requirements that apply 
under section 325(o) of EPCA and Executive Order 12866. The 
SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION section of the final rule and TSD for this 
rule respond to those requirements.
    Under section 205 of UMRA, the Department is obligated to identify 
and consider a reasonable number of regulatory alternatives before 
promulgating a rule for which a written statement under section 202 is 
required. (2 U.S.C. 1535(a)) DOE is required to select from those 
alternatives the most cost-effective and least burdensome alternative 
that achieves the objectives of the rule unless DOE publishes an 
explanation for doing otherwise, or the selection of such an 
alternative is inconsistent with law. As required by EPCA in 42 U.S.C. 
6313(a), this final rule establishes amended energy conservation 
standards for commercial packaged boilers that are designed to achieve 
a significant improvement in energy efficiency that DOE has determined 
to be both technologically feasible and economically justified. A full 
discussion of the alternatives considered by DOE is presented in 
chapter 17 of the TSD for this final rule.

H. Review Under the Treasury and General Government Appropriations Act, 
1999

    Section 654 of the Treasury and General Government Appropriations 
Act, 1999 (Pub. L. 105-277) requires Federal agencies to issue a Family 
Policymaking Assessment for any rule that may affect family well-being. 
This rule would not have any impact on the autonomy or integrity of the 
family as an institution. Accordingly, DOE has concluded that it is not 
necessary to prepare a Family Policymaking Assessment.

I. Review Under Executive Order 12630

    DOE has determined, under Executive Order 12630, ``Governmental 
Actions and Interference with Constitutionally Protected Property 
Rights,'' 53 FR 8859 (Mar. 15, 1988), that this regulation would not 
result in any takings that might require compensation under the Fifth 
Amendment to the U.S. Constitution.

J. Review Under the Treasury and General Government Appropriations Act, 
2001

    Section 515 of the Treasury and General Government Appropriations 
Act, 2001 (44 U.S.C. 3516, note) provides for Federal agencies to 
review most disseminations of information to the public under 
guidelines established by each agency pursuant to general guidelines 
issued by OMB. OMB's guidelines were published at 67 FR 8452 (Feb. 22, 
2002), and DOE's guidelines were published at 67 FR 62446 (Oct. 7, 
2002). DOE has reviewed this final rule under the OMB and DOE 
guidelines and has concluded that it is consistent with applicable 
policies in those guidelines.

K. Review Under Executive Order 13211

    Executive Order 13211, ``Actions Concerning Regulations That 
Significantly Affect Energy Supply, Distribution, or Use,'' 66 FR 28355 
(May 22, 2001), requires Federal agencies to prepare and submit to OIRA 
at OMB, a Statement of Energy Effects for any significant energy 
action. A ``significant energy action'' is defined as any action by an 
agency that promulgates or is expected to lead to promulgation of a 
final rule, and that (1) is a significant regulatory action under 
Executive Order 12866, or any successor order, and (2) is likely to 
have a significant adverse effect on the supply, distribution, or use 
of energy, or (3) is designated by the Administrator of OIRA as a 
significant energy action. For any significant energy action, the 
agency must give a detailed statement of any adverse effects on

[[Page 1681]]

energy supply, distribution, or use should the proposal be implemented, 
and of reasonable alternatives to the action and their expected 
benefits on energy supply, distribution, and use.
    DOE has concluded that this regulatory action, which sets forth 
amended energy conservation standards for commercial packaged boilers, 
is not a significant energy action because the standards are not likely 
to have a significant adverse effect on the supply, distribution, or 
use of energy, nor has it been designated as such by the Administrator 
at OIRA. Accordingly, DOE has not prepared a Statement of Energy 
Effects on the final rule.

L. Review Under the Information Quality Bulletin for Peer Review

    On December 16, 2004, OMB, in consultation with the Office of 
Science and Technology Policy (OSTP), issued its Final Information 
Quality Bulletin for Peer Review (the Bulletin). 70 FR 2664 (Jan. 14, 
2005). The Bulletin establishes that certain scientific information 
shall be peer reviewed by qualified specialists before it is 
disseminated by the Federal Government, including influential 
scientific information related to agency regulatory actions. The 
purpose of the bulletin is to enhance the quality and credibility of 
the Government's scientific information. Under the Bulletin, the energy 
conservation standards rulemaking analyses are ``influential scientific 
information,'' which the Bulletin defines as ``scientific information 
the agency reasonably can determine will have, or does have, a clear 
and substantial impact on important public policies or private sector 
decisions.'' Id. 70 FR 2667.
    In response to OMB's Bulletin, DOE conducted formal peer reviews of 
the energy conservation standards development process and the analyses 
that are typically used and prepared a report describing that peer 
review.\100\ Generation of this report involved a rigorous, formal, and 
documented evaluation using objective criteria and qualified and 
independent reviewers to make a judgment as to the technical/
scientific/business merit, the actual or anticipated results, and the 
productivity and management effectiveness of programs and/or projects. 
DOJ has determined that the peer-reviewed analytical process continues 
to reflect current practice, and the Department followed that process 
for developing energy conservation standards in the case of the present 
rulemaking.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \100\ The 2007 ``Energy Conservation Standards Rulemaking Peer 
Review Report'' is available at the following website: https://energy.gov/eere/buildings/downloads/energy-conservation-standards-rulemaking-peer-review-report-0.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

M. Congressional Notification

    As required by 5 U.S.C. 801, DOE will report to Congress on the 
promulgation of this rule prior to its effective date. The report will 
state that it has been determined that the rule is a ``major rule'' as 
defined by 5 U.S.C. 804(2).

VII. Approval of the Office of the Secretary

    The Secretary of Energy has approved publication of this final 
rule.

List of Subject in 10 CFR Part 431

    Administrative practice and procedure, Confidential business 
information, Energy conservation, Test procedures, and Reporting and 
recordkeeping requirements.

    Issued in Washington, DC, on December 28, 2016.
David J. Friedman,
Acting Assistant Secretary, Energy Efficiency and Renewable Energy.

    Note: DOE is publishing this document concerning commercial 
packaged boilers to comply with an order from the U.S. District 
Court for the Northern District of California in the consolidated 
cases of Natural Resources Defense Council, et al. v. Perry and 
People of the State of California et al. v. Perry, Case No. 17-cv-
03404-VC, as affirmed by the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Ninth 
Circuit in the consolidated cases Nos. 18-15380 and 18-15475. DOE 
reaffirmed the original signature and date in the Energy 
Conservation Standards implementation of the court order published 
elsewhere in this issue of the Federal Register. This document is 
substantively identical to the signed document. DOE had previously 
posted to its website. In response to an error correction request, 
DOE revised two tables in the document that inadvertently listed the 
lower bound of several equipment classes as >300,000 Btu/h, instead 
of >=300,000 Btu/h. The document has also been edited and formatted 
in conformance with the publication requirements for the Federal 
Register and CFR to ensure the document can be given legal effect.


    Editorial Note:  This document was received for publication by 
the Office of the Federal Register on December 3, 2019.
    For the reasons set forth in the preamble, DOE amends part 431 of 
chapter II, subchapter D, of title 10 of the Code of Federal 
Regulations, to read as set forth below:

PART 431--ENERGY EFFICIENCY PROGRAM FOR CERTAIN COMMERCIAL AND 
INDUSTRIAL EQUIPMENT

0
1. The authority citation for Part 431 continues to read as follows:

    Authority: 42 U.S.C. 6291-6317; 28 U.S.C. 2461 note.


0
2. Section 431.87 is revised to read as follows:


Sec.  431.87  Energy and water conservation standards and their 
effective dates.

    (a) Each commercial packaged boiler listed in Table 1 to Sec.  
431.87 and manufactured on or after March 2, 2012 and prior to January 
10, 2023, must meet the applicable energy conservation standard levels 
as follows:

               Table 1 to Sec.   431.87--Commercial Packaged Boiler Energy Conservations Standards
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                          Efficiency level--
             Equipment                     Subcategory        Size category (input)   effective date:  March 2,
                                                                                                2012 *
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Hot Water Commercial Packaged        Gas-fired.............  >=300,000 Btu/h and     80.0% ET.
 Boilers.                                                     <=2,500,000 Btu/h.
Hot Water Commercial Packaged        Gas-fired.............  >2,500,000 Btu/h......  82.0% EC.
 Boilers.
Hot Water Commercial Packaged        Oil-fired.............  >=300,000 Btu/h and     82.0% ET.
 Boilers.                                                     <=2,500,000 Btu/h.
Hot Water Commercial Packaged        Oil-fired.............  >2,500,000 Btu/h......  84.0% EC.
 Boilers.
Steam Commercial Packaged Boilers..  Gas-fired--all, except  >=300,000 Btu/h and     79.0% ET.
                                      natural draft.          <=2,500,000 Btu/h.
Steam Commercial Packaged Boilers..  Gas-fired--all, except  >2,500,000 Btu/h......  79.0% ET.
                                      natural draft.
Steam Commercial Packaged Boilers..  Gas-fired--natural      >=300,000 Btu/h and     77.0% ET.
                                      draft.                  <=2,500,000 Btu/h.
Steam Commercial Packaged Boilers..  Gas-fired--natural      >2,500,000 Btu/h......  77.0% ET.
                                      draft.
Steam Commercial Packaged Boilers..  Oil-fired.............  >=300,000 Btu/h and     81.0% ET.
                                                              <=2,500,000 Btu/h.
Steam Commercial Packaged Boilers..  Oil-fired.............  >2,500,000 Btu/h......  81.0% ET.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
* Where ET means ``thermal efficiency'' and EC means ``combustion efficiency'' as defined in 10 CFR 431.82.


[[Page 1682]]

    (b) Each commercial packaged boiler listed in Table 2 to Sec.  
431.87 and manufactured on or after January 10, 2023, must meet the 
applicable energy conservation standard levels as follows:

               Table 2 to Sec.   431.87--Commercial Packaged Boiler Energy Conservations Standards
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                Equipment                   Size category  (rated input)       Energy  conservation  standard
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Small Gas-Fired Hot Water Commercial      >=300,000 Btu/h and <=2,500,000   84.0% ET.
 Packaged Boilers.                         Btu/h.
Large Gas-Fired Hot Water Commercial      >2,500,000 Btu/h and              85.0% EC.
 Packaged Boilers.                         <=10,000,000 Btu/h.
Very Large Gas-Fired Hot Water            >10,000,000 Btu/h...............  82.0% EC.
 Commercial Packaged Boilers.
Small Oil-Fired Hot Water Commercial      >=300,000 Btu/h and <=2,500,000   87.0% ET.
 Packaged Boilers.                         Btu/h.
Large Oil-Fired Hot Water Commercial      >2,500,000 Btu/h and              88.0% EC.
 Packaged Boilers.                         <=10,000,000 Btu/h.
Very Large Oil-Fired Hot Water            >10,000,000 Btu/h...............  84.0% EC.
 Commercial Packaged Boilers.
Small Gas-Fired Steam Commercial          >=300,000 Btu/h and <=2,500,000   81.0% ET.
 Packaged Boilers.                         Btu/h.
Large Gas-Fired Steam Commercial          >2,500,000 Btu/h and              82.0% ET.
 Packaged Boilers.                         <=10,000,000 Btu/h.
Very Large Gas-Fired Steam Commercial     >10,000,000 Btu/h...............  79.0% ET.
 Packaged Boilers **.
Small Oil-Fired Steam Commercial          >=300,000 Btu/h and <=2,500,000   84.0% ET.
 Packaged Boilers.                         Btu/h.
Large Oil-Fired Steam Commercial          >2,500,000 Btu/h and              85.0% ET.
 Packaged Boilers.                         <=10,000,000 Btu/h.
Very Large Oil-Fired Steam Commercial     >10,000,000 Btu/h...............  81.0% ET.
 Packaged Boilers.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
* Where ET means ``thermal efficiency'' and EC means ``combustion efficiency'' as defined in 10 CFR 431.82.
** Prior to March 2, 2022, for natural draft very large gas-fired steam commercial packaged boilers, a minimum
  thermal efficiency level of 77 percent is permitted and meets Federal commercial packaged boiler energy
  conservation standards.

[FR Doc. 2019-26356 Filed 1-9-20; 8:45 am]
BILLING CODE 6450-01-P